InglesparaFuerzasyCuerposdeSeguridadEd Mad

|ng|os
|uorzas y
Cuorpos do
5ogur|dad
para
Guardia CiviI
PoIica NacionaI
PoIica Autonmica
PoIica LocaI
IN0LS
PARA 0P0SICI0NES
DE FUERZAS CUERP0S
DE SE0URIDAD
Sovilla, mayo 2005
IN0LS
PARA 0P0SICI0NES
DE FUERZAS CUERP0S
DE SE0URIDAD
NDICE
Tema 1. l arfculo.
...................................................................................
Tema 2. l susfanfivo...............................................................................
Tema 3. l adjofivo calificafivo
................................................................
Tema 4. Adjofivos y pronombros pososivos...........................................
Tema 5. La pososin ..................................................................................
jorcicios do ropaso do los fomas 1-5 .....................................................
Tema 6. Vorbos Jo Bo y Jo Havo ..................................................
Tema 7. Adjofivos y pronombros domosfrafivos
..................................
Tema 8. l vorbo: ormacin dol Prosonfo
..........................................
Tema 9. l vorbo: ormacin dol Pasado .............................................
Tema 10. l vorbo: ormacin dol ufuro...........................................
jorcicios do ropaso do los fomas 6-10....................................................
Tema 11. l vorbo: ormacin do fiompos porfocfos.........................
Tema 12. La voz pasiva .............................................................................
Tema 13. jorcicios do ropaso..................................................................
Tema 14. l vorbo: ormacin dol imporafivo
....................................
Tema 15. jorcicios do ropaso
..................................................................
11
23
33
43
53
63
69
81
89
101
115
125
131
141
155
163
1?1
Tema 16. Pronombros porsonalos; rofloxivos y rocprocos..............
Tema 17. Adjofivos y pronombros indofinidos o inforrogafivos.....
Tema 18. l vorbo Jo o ....................................................................
Tema 19. Vorbos irrogularos o imporsonalos
......................................
Tema 20. Adjofivos calificafivos. l comparafivo y ol suporlafivo.....
Tema 21. La oracin compuosfa (I).......................................................
Tema 22. La oracin compuosfa (II).....................................................
jorcicios do ropaso do los fomas 11-22.................................................
Anoxo do foxfos para fraducir rosuolfos................................................
Bloquo I. Joxfos para fraducir: nivol do iniciacin ...........................
Bloquo II. Joxfos para fraducir: nivol informodio ............................
Bloquo III. Joxfos para fraducir: fipo oxamon ..................................
Bloquo IV. Ofros foxfos para fraducir ..................................................
1?9
189
203
213
225
23?
251
265
2??
303
313
323
331
l/ artcu/o
1. El articulo
1.1. El artculo determinado
Ll articulo determinado JHL es invariable. 3e usa para el masculino, emenino, singular y
plural. Por tanto se traduce por: el, la, los, las:
Jhe pupil: el alumno Jhe boy: el nio
Jhe wall: la pared Jhe boys: los nios
Jhe book: el libro Jhe girl: la nia
Jhe books: los libros Jhe girls: las nias
1.2. Usos del artculo determinado
Ln general, se usa el articulo determinado junto con sustantivos tomados en sentido de-
terminado. Jambin en los siguientes casos especiales:
a) Delante de los nombres de paises que se emplean en plural:
Jhe U3/: Los Lstados Unidos Jhe Netherlands: Los Paises Bajos
b) Delante de los nombres de rios, mares, montaas:
Jhe Jhames: el Jmesis Jhe Paciic: el Paciico
c) Delante de nombres singulares que representan una clase:
Jhe jumbo jet is a big plane. Ll avin a reaccin jumbo es un gran avin.
d) Delante de nombres de los que slo hay una unidad o que son considerados como una
unidad:
Jhe sky: el cielo Jhe weather: el tiempo
e) Delante de las palabras que indican partes del cuerpo y los objetos de uso personal se
emplea el adjetivo posesivo, que estudiaremos posteriormente:
My inger: mi dedo our eye: tu ojo
1.3. El artculo indeterminado
Ls / (/n si la palabra que le sigue empieza por h muda o vocal). 3e traduce por un, una.
No tiene plural. Ln su lugar se usan los adjetivos indeinidos, que estudiaremos ms adelante:
some pupils: algunos alumnos
a pupil: un alumno
an uncle: un tio
JLM/ 1: EL AR1CUL0 13
lnqlos oro Foorzos y Cooros oo Soqoriooo lNCLES
/ house: una casa, pero an hour: una hora. Lsto se debe a que la primera h no es
muda, mientras que la segunda si lo es.
No debe conundirse / y /N con 0NL (numeral): / y /N equivalen a uno cualquiera y 0NL,
a uno solo:
a book: un libro
one book, two pupils, three pens: un libro, dos alumnos, tres plumas.
1.4. Usos del artculo indeterminado
/dems de su uso normal como en castellano, se emplea en ingls delante de los siguien-
tes sustantivos:
a) Delante de sustantivos singulares usados como ejemplos de clase:
/ tiger is an animal: Un tigre es un animal.
b) Delante de nombres de proesiones:
He is a doctor: Ll es mdico.
c) Delante de epresiones de precio y velocidades:
20 pence a kilo: 20 peniques el kilo.
8 kilometres an hour: 8 kilmetros a la hora
d) Delante de nombres contables, que sern eplicados ms adelante, en eclamaciones con
tan.
what a beautiul girl!: Iu nia tan bonita!
3he is such a nice girl!: ILlla es una nia tan bonita!
e) Delante de nombres en singular que indican nacionalidad, partido politico, proesin, religin,
estado civil o modo de ser; precedidos del verbo J0 BL, ser o estar o verbos de estado:
He is a ool: Ls un loco.
ou are a doctor: Lres mdico.
He is a 3paniard: Ls espaol.
He is a Catholic: Ls catlico.
) Delante de HUNDRLD, cien, centenar, JH0U3/ND, mil, MlLLl0N, milln..., si no van pre-
cedidos de un numeral:
0ne in a hundred: uno en un centenar
14 JLM/ 1: EL AR1CUL0
lNCLES lnqlos oro Foorzos y Cooros oo Soqoriooo
1.5. LCundo no se usa ningn artculo7
No se usan articulos:
a) Delante de nombres en plural tomados en sentido general:
l have books: Jengo libros.
Jrees are green: Los rboles son verdes.
b) Delante de nombres abstractos:
l love kindness: /mo la bondad.
c) Delante de nombres de materia singular y plural, si tiene sentido genrico:
0old is a metal: Ll oro es un metal.
d) Delante de los titulos seguidos del nombre propio o del apellido:
Mister 3mith: el seor 3mith
e) Delante de los nombres que indican estaciones, meses, dias, iestas sealadas, idiomas,
comidas, plazas, calles...
Jhis is spring: Lsto es la primavera.
Jhat is Rome: /quello es Roma.
ln May the weather is ine: Ln mayo el tiempo es bueno.
) Delante de palabras como H0ML, casa, hogar, CHURCH, iglesia, 3CH00L, colegio, M/RKLJ,
mercado, H03PlJ/L, hospital, PRl30N, prisin, BLD, cama, cuando son usados para su inali-
dad principal:
l am in bed: Lstoy en la cama (acostado). PER0
Jhe pen is on the bed: La pluma est encima de la cama.
g) Delante de nombres plurales en eclamaciones:
what nice girls!: Iu nias tan bonitas!
h) /ntes de plurales usados indeinidamente:
0irls are beautiul: Las nias son guapas.
2. Presente del verbo To Be
Lste verbo signiica ser o estar.
2.1. Forma afirmativa
l am (yo)soy o estoy
ou are (t)eres o ests
He (el)
3he is (ella) es o est
lt (ello)
we are (nosotros) somos o estamos
ou are (vosotros) sois o estis
Jhey are (ellos,ellas) son o estn
Muy recuentemente se usa la orma abreviada:
l'm we're
ou're ou're
He
3he 's Jhey're
lt
2.2. Forma negativa
l am not (yo) no soy o estoy
ou are not (t) no eres o ests
He (l)
3he is not (ella) no es o est
lt (ello)
we are not (nosotros) no somos o estamos
ou are not (vosotros) no sois o estis
Jhey are not (ellos,ellas) no son o estn
Jambin tiene su orma abreviada:
l'm not we aren't
ou aren't ou aren't
He
3he isn't Jhey aren't
lt
2.3. Forma interrogativa
3e orma invirtiendo el orden normal de la rase en ingls, que es
3ujeto verbo Complementos
y que se convierte con el verbo to be y algunos otros en
verbo 3ujeto Complementos:
/m l...? 3oy o estoy (yo)...?
/re you...? Lres o ests (t)...?
he (l)...?
ls she...? Ls o est? (ella) ...?
it (ello) ...?
/re we...? 3omos o estamos (nosotros)...?
/re you...? 3ois o estis (vosotros)...?
/re they...? 3on o estn (ellos o ellas)...?
No tiene ormas abreviadas.
Ll verbo J0 BL precedido del adverbio JHLRL orma el impersonal haber.
Jhere is a ball: Hay una pelota.
Jhere are some apples: Hay (algunas) manzanas.
3. Vocabulario para este tema
/nd : y Nice : agradable
/nimal : animal No : no
/re there : hay (interrogativa plural) Not : no (para verbos)
Jo be : ser, estar 0 : de
Beautiul : bella 0n : encima de, sobre
Bed : cama 0range : naranja
Book : libro Pen : pluma
Boy : nio Plane : avin
Ceiling : techo Prison : prisin
Church : iglesia Pupil : alumno
Doctor : doctor 3chool : colegio
Door : puerta 3ky : cielo
Lye : ojo 3ugar : azcar
Finger : dedo 3un : sol
Floor : suelo 3weet : dulce
Fool : loco Jhat : se, sa, eso, aqulla,
aquel, aqullo
0irl : nia, muchacha Jhere : alli
0reen : verde Jhere are: hay (plural)
Jo have : haber, tener Jhere is : hay (singular)
Here : aqui Jhese : stos, stas
Home : casa, hogar Jhis : ste, sta, sto
Hospital : hospital Jhose : sos, sas, aqullos,
aqullas
Hour : hora Jiger : tigre
House : casa Uncle : tio
ln : en wall : pared
lnk : tinta weather : tiempo
ls there : hay (interrogativa singular) week : semana
Kilo : kilo what? : qu?
Kindness : amabilidad when? : cundo?
Market : mercado where? : dnde?
Miss : seorita who? : quin?
Mister : seor es : si
a) 1est - traduce:
1. 3he ____ beautiul. 2. l ____ French. 3. Jhe ink ____ green.
4. we ____ in 3pain. 5. ____ you a teacher? 6. Jhe boy ____ in
school. 7. Jhere ____ a book in the house. 8. Jhere ____ rooms
in the house. 9. Jhe man is ____ doctor. 10. Boys ____ ool.
11. Jhe girls are at ____ school. 12. we ____ in 3eville. 13. ____
he a doctor? 14. Jhe house ____ (no) green. 15. ____ you in this
house? 16. Jhe ceiling o this house ____ green. 17. who ____
you? 18. ____ is the ceiling? 19. Jhe book is ____ the table.
20. ____ a book in the school?
b) 1raduce al espacl:
1. who are you? l am the teacher. Jhis man is the pupil.
2. 3he is in the room. who is in the room? Jhe room is in the school.
3. where is the pupil? who is he? He is a pupil.
4. /re you the teacher? No, l am not the teacher. 3he is the teacher.
5. what is that? lt is a pen and this is an orange. where is the pen?
Jhe pen is on the bed.
c) Elige la traduccin ccrrecta:
1) l am not here. 2) /re the boy and the girl
a) No est aqui. in hospital?
b) Lstoy aqui. a) Ll chico y la chica estn
c) No estoy aqui. en el hospital.
d) Lst aqui. b) Lstn el chico y la chica
en el hospital?
c) Dnde estn ellos?
d) uin est en el
hospital?
3) where are they? 4) where are these bottles?
a) uines son? a) Dnde est la botella?
b) Dnde estamos? b) Dnde tienes la botella?
c) uin eres? c) Dnde estn las botellas?
d) Dnde estn? d) Dnde estn estas botellas?
E
Ejercicios
5) Jhe book is on the bed. 6) where are these houses?
a) Ll libro est encima de la a) Dnde est la casa?
cama. b) uin tiene casa?
b) La cama est debajo del c) Dnde estn estas casas?
libro. d) Dnde hay casas?
c) Dnde est el libro?
d) Ll libro est debajo de la
cama.
7) Jhe pupil is in prison. 8) ls there an orange?
a) Ll tio est en la prisin. a) Hay naranjas?
b) Hay un pupitre en la prisin. b) Cuntas naranjas hay?
c) Ll alumno est en la prisin. c) No hay naranjas.
d) Ll alumno no est en prisin. d) Hay una naranja?
9) Jhe wall is green. 10) ls the plane in the sun?
a) La pared es verde. a) Ll sol est en el avin
b) La pared es amarilla. b) Lst el avin en el sol?
c) Ls la pared roja? c) Ll avin est en el sol.
d) Dnde est la pared? d) Dnde est el sol?
11) Jhe ink is on the loor.
a) La leche est en la lor.
b) La tinta no est aqui.
c) La tinta est en el suelo.
d) No hay tinta detrs de la
lor.
E
a) 1est:
1. ls. 2. /m. 3. ls. 4. /re. 5. /re. 6. ls. 7. ls. 8. /re. 9. a. 10. /re.
11. No debe ponerse nada si se considera que estn estudiando. 3i
estn de visita llevar the. 12. /re. 13. ls. 14. lsn't o is not. 15.
/re. 16. ls. 17. /re. 18. where. 19. 0n. 20. ls there.
b)
1. uin eres ? o uines sois ? (Ln este caso el primero por el
conteto) 3oy el proesor. Lste hombre es el alumno.
2. Llla est en la habitacin. uin est en la habitacin? La habi-
tacin est en el colegio.
3. Dnde est el alumno? uin es? Ls un alumno.
4. Lres el proesor? No, no soy el proesor. Llla es la proesora.
5. u es eso? Ls una pluma y esto es una naranja. Dnde est la
pluma? La pluma est encima de la cama.
c)
1.c 2.b 3.d 4.d 5.a 6.c 7.c 8.d 9.a 10.b 11.c
S
Soluciones
Colours
Blue, green, red, yellow, brown, black, white, grey and pink are
colours.
Jhe sky is blue. Jhe grass is green. Blood is red. / banana is yellow.
Larth is brown. Coal is black. Jhe snow is white. /n elephant is grey. Pink is
a pale red colour. Roses may be pink or red.
0range is a miture o red and yellow. Purple or violet is a miture o
red and blue. 3ome colours may be lightened or darkened by adding
white or black. 3o we can say: light brown, dark brown; light green, dark
green; light blue, dark blue. 0rey is a colour between black and white.
Jhe sky is blue, but it can be grey on a cloudy day.
when we want to say that something is rather green, but not eactly
green, we say it is greenish. ln the same way we can say greyish,
bluish, whitish, etc.
Vccabulary
to lighten ~ clarear, aclarar rather ~ bastante
to darken ~ oscurecer, hacer ms oscuro
T
Traducciones
l/ sustantiuo
1. El sustantivo
1.1. El nmero del sustantivo
Ll plural de los nombres en ingls se orma aadiendo una s al singular:
Map: mapa / maps: mapas Book: libro / books: libros
Las que terminan en CH, 3H, X, 33, Z, aaden la silaba - L3.
Class: clase / classes: clases Bo : caja / boes : cajas
watch: reloj / watches: relojes Dish: plato / dishes: platos
Las palabras P0J/J0, HLR0, J0M/J0 aaden - L3:
Potato: patata / potatoes: patatas
Jomato: tomate / tomatoes: tomates
Hero : hroe / heroes : hroes
/lgunos nombres de origen sajn terminados en -F o -FL cambian la -F en -v antes de
aadir la silaba -L3:
wie: esposa / wives: esposas Lie: vida / Lives: vidas
Los nombres terminados en - precedida de consonante cambian sta en -l antes de
aadir la terminacin -L3. Cuando la - va precedida de vocal aaden simplemente
una -3:
3ky: cielo / 3kies: cielos Boy: nio / Boys: nios
1.1.1. P/ura/es irregu/ares
a) /lgunos nombres orman el plural aadiendo la silaba -LN o - RLN.
Child: nio, nia / Children: nios, nias
0 : buey / 0en : bueyes
b) /lgunas palabras suren un cambio en la vocal y no toman suijo:
Man: hombre / Men: hombres woman: mujer / women: mujeres
c) /lgunos nombres tienen el plural igual al singular:
3heep: cordero, corderos
JLM/ 2: EL SUS1AN1IV0 25
d) Hay palabras que tienen orma singular y signiicado plural:
People: gente
Jhe people are here.
e) /lgunas palabras se usan recuentemente en plural eclusivamente. 3on nombres de co-
sas que constan de ms de una parte o que indican pluralidad:
Jrousers: pantalones Jhanks: gracias 3pectacles: lentes, gaas
) Los nombres de nacionalidad que terminan en -M/N lo cambian por -MLN, ecepto
0LRM/N, alemn:
Lnglishman: ingls / Lnglishmen: ingleses
g) Las palabras compuestas orman el plural aadiendo a la palabra que sea sustantivo o
que uncione como tal la -3 del plural. 3i las dos palabras ueran sustantivos se pondr en
plural la que no se use como caliicadora:
Father-in-law: suegro / Fathers-in-law: suegros
3tepson : hijastro / 3tepsons : hijastros
h) Los objetos que van en pares son generalmente plurales y se les antepone las palabras /
P/lR 0F, un par de:
/ pair o gloves: un par de guantes
1.2. El gnero del sustantivo
Ln ingls slo son masculinos o emeninos los nombres que designan personas o anima-
les, segn el seo. Jodos los dems son del gnero neutro, ecepto las embarcaciones, que
son generalmente emeninas.
Los nombres que designan personas o animales tienen generalmente ormas dierentes
para los dos gneros. La dierencia puede consistir en la adicin de un suijo, en el uso de pa-
labras distintas o en la suma de una palabra que denote el gnero:
a) Ln el primer caso tenemos palabras como:
Man: hombre / woman: mujer Boy: nio / 0irl: nia
b) Ln algunas palabras se orma el emenino aadiendo el suijo -L33 al masculino:
/ctor: actor / /ctress: actriz Jiger: tigre / Jigeress: tigresa
Pero: widow: viuda / widower: viudo
26 JLM/ 2: EL SUS1AN1IV0
c) 0tras palabras necesitan del auilio de trminos que indican el gnero:
0rphan-boy: hurano / 0rphan-girl: hurana
Hay determinadas palabras que sirven para los dos gneros. Lntonces se dice que perte-
necen al gnero comn:
Pater : padre, madre Friend : amigo, amiga
Child : nio, nia Jeacher: proesor, proesora
Relation y Relative: pariente
2. Presente del verbo To have
3e traduce por haber y tener.
2.1. Forma afirmativa
Como el verbo to be tiene una orma completa y otra abreviada:
l have (yo) he o tengo l've
ou have (t) has o tienes ou've
He (l) He
3he has (ella) ha o tiene 3he 's
lt (ello) lt
we have (nosotros) hemos o tenemos we've
ou have (vosotros) habis o tenis ou've
Jhey have (ellos,ellas) han o tienen Jhey've
2.2. Forma negativa
3e orma aadiendo a la orma airmativa N0J o con las contracciones:
l haven't (yo) no he o no tengo
ou haven't (t) no has o no tienes
He (l)
3he hasn't (ella) no ha o no tiene
lt (ello)
we haven't (nosotros) no hemos o no tenemos
ou haven't (vosotros) no habis o no tenis
Jhey haven't (ellos,ellas) no han o no tienen
2.3. Forma interrogativa
Como con to be, se orma con la inversin de los espacios habituales que ocupan el su-
jeto y el verbo en la rase:
Have l...? He o tengo (yo)...?
Have you...? Has o tienes (t)...?
he...? (l)...?
Has she...? Ha o tiene (ella)...?
it..? (ello)...?
Have we...? Hemos o tenemos (nosotros)...?
Have you...? Habis o tenis (vosotros)...?
Have they...? Han o tienen (ellos,ellas)...?
Para epresar la idea de tener en presente eiste tambin la orma have got:
l have got a car.
Peter hasn't got a bicycle.
Have they got a big house?
/ctor : actor Map : mapa
/lso : tambin Mother : madre
/unt : tia Nephew : sobrino
Behind : detrs de Niece : sobrina
Bo : caja 0nly : slo
Brother : hermano Pater : padre, madre
Chair : silla People : gente
Child : nio, nia, hijo, hija Piece : pedazo, pieza
Class : clase Potato : patata
Daughter : hija ueen : reina
Dish : plato Red : rojo
Lercise : ejercicio Relation, Relative : pariente
Face : cara 3ister : hermana
Father : padre 3on : hijo
Female : hembra Jhanks : gracias
For : por, para Jobacco : tabaco
0entleman : caballero Jomato : tomate
0lasses, 3pectacles : gaas Jrousers : pantalones
How many? : Cuntos? Uncle : tio
Husband : marido Under : debajo de
King : rey watch : reloj
Lady : dama widow : viuda
Lie : vida widower : viudo
Male : macho wie : esposa
Man : hombre woman : mujer
a) Pcn en plural y traduce:
1. Boy. 2. Jree. 3. King. 4. Flower. 5. waiter. 6. Man. 7. woman. 8.
Jhis. 9. ueen. 10. Door.
b) Pcn en plural y traduce:
1. Jhis is a boy. 2. Jhis is a girl. 3. Jhis is a chair. 4. ls this a watch?
5. ls this a man? 6. ls that a potato? 7. ls the window near the door?
8. Jhat is a watch. 9. lt is not an egg. 10. ls that a tomato?
c) Pcn en negativc y traduce:
1. Jhat is a king. 2. Jhis is a house. 3. Jhose are kings. 4.Jhese are
boes. 5.Jhat is a red tomato. 6.Jhere is a ace in the window. 7.
Jhere are classes there. 8. lt is a king. 9. Jhe boy is there. 10. Jhe
tree is green.
d) Pcn en interrcgativc y traduce:
1.Jhat is a tomato. 2.Jhis is an actor. 3.Jhat is a door. 4.Jhose are
eercises. 5. Jhe dog is in the room. 6. Jhe pen is on the table. 7.
Jhat is a map. 8. Jhe map is in the class. 9. Jhe boy is there. 10. Jhe
tree is green.
e) 1raduce al espacl:
1. Jhe teacher and the boys are in the class. Jhe teacher is near the
door. Jhe boy is near the table.
2. Jhis is the school. lt has walls, windows and one door. Jhere are
tables or the pupils. How many doors are there in the school?
Jhere are our doors. Behind the chair there is a bo. lt has books,
one pen, one watch and two maps.
E
Ejercicios
f) Elige la traduccin ccrrecta
1) Jengo un padre y una madre. 2) Ll plato est detrs de la caja.
a) Have mother and ather. a) Jhe plates is behind the bo.
b) l have a mother and a b) Jhe plate is behind the bo.
sister. c) Jhe plate was behind the
c) l have a ather and a bo.
mother. d) Jhe plate is in ront o the
d) Has a mother and sister. bo.
3) Lsto es una pieza del reloj. 4) Los pantalones son rojos.
a) Jhis is a plate o the watch. a) Jrousers is red.
b) Jhis is one clock's piece. b) Jhe trouser is red.
c) Jhis is a piece o the clock c) Jhe red trouser.
(watch). d) Jhe trousers are red.
d) Jhis one is watchs piece.
5) Cuntos tios tienes? 6) Jhe widow has spectacles.
a) How many uncles a) La viuda tiene gaas.
have you? b) Ll viudo tiene gaas.
b) How much aunts c) Los viudos tienen gaas.
have you? d) La viuda es un espec-
c) How many aunts tculo
do you have?
d) How many aunts
has you?
7) Jhe tomato is under the 8) where is the red chair?
map. a) Jienes una silla?
a) Ll tomate est cerca del b) Dnde est la silla
mapa. roja?
b) Dnde estn el tomate y c) Hay sillas?
el mapa? d) Cuntas sillas rojas hay?
c) Ll tomate est debajo del
mapa.
d) Ll tomate est encima del
mapa.
9) ls she the ueen? 10) How many potatoes are there?
a) uin es la reina? a) Hay patatas alli?
b) Dnde est la reina? b) Cuntas patatas hay alli?
c) Llla es reina. c) Cuntas patatas hay?
d) Ls la reina? d) Jienes patatas?
E
a)
1. Boys. 2. Jrees. 3. Kings. 4. Flowers. 5. waiters. 6. Men. 7. wo-
men. 8. Jhese. 9. ueens. 10. Doors.
b)
1.Jhese are (some) boys. 2. Jhese are (some) girls. 3. Jhose are
(some) chairs. 4. /re these watches? 5. /re these men? 6. /re those
potatoes? 7. /re the windows near the doors? 8. Jhose are (some)
watches. 9. Jhey aren't eggs. 10. /re those tomatoes?
c)
1. Jhat isn't a king. 2. Jhis isn't a house. 3. Jhose aren't kings. 4.
Jhese aren't boes. 5. Jhat isn't a red tomato. 6. Jhere isn't a ace in
the window. 7. Jhere aren't classes there. 8. lt isn't a king. 9.Jhe boy
isn't there.10.Jhe tree isn't green.
d)
1. ls that a tomato? 2. lt this an actor? 3. ls that a door? 4. /re those
eercises? 5. ls the dog in the room? 6. ls the pen on the table? 7. ls
that a map? 8. ls the map in the class? 9. ls the boy there? 10 ls the
tree green?
e)
1. Ll proesor y los nios estn en la clase. Ll proesor est cerca de
la puerta. Ll nio est cerca de la mesa.
2. Lsto es el colegio. Jiene muros, ventanas y una puerta. Hay mesas
para los alumnos. Cuntas puertas hay en el colegio? Hay cuatro
puertas. Detrs de la silla hay una caja. Jiene libros, una pluma,
un reloj y dos mapas.
f)
1.c 2.b 3.c 4.d 5.a 6.a 7.c 8.b 9.d 10.c
S
Soluciones
A birthday
Joday is Henry's birthday. He's having a party. Mrs /lison, Henry's
mother, is getting everything ready or the party. 3he is now making
cheese sandwiches and ham sandwiches. Jhere is a big table in the
middle o the sitting room where there are a lot o drinks, such as
coke, orange juice, lemon juice and tomato juice.
Mr /lison, Henry's ather, is not at home now. He has gone to the
nearest cake shop to buy a cake with iteen candles, 15 or Henry is
iteen years old today.
/t about three, the doorbell begins to ring. Henry's riends are coming
to the party. Lach o his riends brings him a present. when they come
into the sitting-room, they say to Henry: Many happy returns o the day.
Jhen they begin to eat and drink.
/t about our, Mr /lison comes home with the cake. He puts it on the
table, lights the candles and asks Henry to blow them out.
Ihe classroom
Mr wilson is describing his classroom: l'm Peter wilson. l'm a teacher.
l teach Lnglish in this classroom.
Jhere are twenty desks or the students and a table and a chair or
me. Jhere is a large blackboard on the wall behind my table. Jhere are
also some pictures on the walls, as well as a long row o pegs or the
students' coats. ln this corner there is a bookcase ull o books. ln that
corner there is a cupboard where l keep the chalk to write on the
blackboard, a duster to clean it and my students' eercises.
l have our lessons every day rom Monday to Friday. Jhere are no
lessons on 3aturdays and 3undays.
Vccabulary
peg ~ gancho, colgadero duster ~ pao, trapo
T
Traduccin
l/ adjetiuo
ca/ijicatiuo
1. El ad]etivo calificativo
Ll adjetivo caliicativo es invariable. Jiene dos posiciones principales, segn la uncin que
realiza:
Puede preceder al sustantivo del que depende:
Jhis is a good book.: Lste es un libro bueno.
/ menudo, para evitar su repeticin, el sustantivo es sustituido por el pronombre indeinido
0NL:
l have a green book and a red one.: Jengo un libro verde y uno rojo.
Cuando es predicado va tras el verbo to be:
Jhis book is red.: Lste libro es rojo.
Ln el primero de los casos puede ocurrir que el adjetivo tenga complementos. Ln este
caso ir tras el sustantivo:
/ book diicult to read: un libro diicil de leer
Jambin se puede colocar detrs del nombre; acompaado del articulo determinado:
Peter the 0reat: Pedro el 0rande
1.1. Adjetivacin del sustantivo y sustantivacin del adjetivo
Ll sustantivo puede uncionar como adjetivo, especialmente cuando indica que algo perte-
nece o conviene a determinado tiempo, lugar u objeto, o sirve para un uso determinado. Ln
este caso los dos sustantivos se unen con un guin:
/ dog-house: una perrera Jhe tea-cup: la taza para el t
Los adjetivos pueden uncionar como sustantivos. Ln ese caso tienen un sentido colec-
tivo general y valor de plurales. 3on invariables y deben ir acompaados del articulo deter-
minado:
Jhe poor: los pobres Jhe good: los buenos
Jhe rich: los ricos
JLM/ 3: EL AD1E1IV0 CALIFICA1IV0 35
3i se les quiere dar un valor individual, ya sea en singular como en plural, hay que aadir
un sustantivo adecuado o el pronombre 0NL despus del adjetivo:
Jhe unortunate woman : la mujer desdichada
Jhe poor ellows : los pobres muchachos
l have a red pen and black one : tengo un boligrao rojo y uno negro
varios adjetivos se han convertido en verdaderos nombres y se emplean como tales en
singular y en plural, adems de servir como adjetivos:
Black: negro, Male: macho, Noble: noble...
2. Los nmeros cardinales
0: zero 30: thirty
1: one 40: orty
2: two 50: ity
3: three 60: sity
4: our 70: seventy
5: ive 80: eighty
6: si 90: ninety
7: seven 100: one hundred
8: eight 101: one hundred and one
9: nine 102: one hundred and two
10: ten 200: two hundred
11: eleven 300: three hundred
12: twelve 400: our hundred
13: thirteen 500: ive hundred
14: ourteen 1.000: one thousand
15: iteen 1.100: one thousand one hundred
16: siteen 1.200: one thousand two hundred
17: seventeen 10.000: ten thousand
18: eighteen 100.000: one hundred thousand
19: nineteen 1.000.000: one million
20: twenty
21: twenty-one
22: twenty-two
0bsrvese que desde 20 la unidad se une a la decena sin la conjuncin , como en espaol,
sino con un guin. Despus de 100, 1.000 y 1.000.000, los nmeros ineriores a cien si van
precedidos de la conjuncin equivalente a la castellana , o sea, /ND. 3i en la cantidad hubiera
decenas, la conjuncin /ND preceder a stas; si no las hubiera, preceder a las unidades.
1.343: one thousand three hundred and orty-three
2.203: two thousand two hundred and three.
36 JLM/ 3: EL AD1E1IV0 CALIFICA1IV0
Bad : malo Menu : men
Because : porque Milk : leche
Bill : cuenta Moment : momento
Black : negro Money : dinero
Blue : azul New : nuevo
Bread : pan Noble : noble
Brown : marrn Note : billete
But : pero, sino 0ld : viejo
Butter : mantequilla 0melette : tortilla
Cigarette : cigarrillo 0pen : abierto
Clean : limpio Pepper : pimienta
Cock : gallo Poor : pobre
Coee : ca Proud : soberbio
Colour : color Red : rojo
Dirty : sucio Rich : rico
Dog : perro 3alt : sal
Fire : uego 3hoe : zapato
Fork : tenedor 3mall : pequeo
Fo : zorro 3poon : cuchara
0ood : bueno 3teak : ilete
0rey : gris Jablecloth : mantel
Handsome : hermoso Jea : t
Happy : eliz Jhing : cosa
Hat : sombrero Jray : bandeja
Horse : caballo vegetable : vegetal
lce : hielo waiter : camarero
Key : llave water : agua
Knie : cuchillo white : blanco
Large : grande,amplio wide : ancho
Lazy : perezoso wine : vino
Meal : comida ellow : amarillo
a) 1est y traduce :
1. l____rich. 2. Jhey____small. 3. ou____(no) young. 4. Jhe trees
are____. 5. /re the boys____? No,they aren't. Jhey are good. 6.
____you any orks? No, l haven't. 7. ____he Lnglish? No, he isn't. He
is 3panish. 8. ls this a girl? No, ____a woman. 9.Have you any mo-
ney? No, ____. 10. l have a red shoe and a blue____.
b) 1raduce:
1. Jhe young woman has not any money. 2. Jhe old man has a small
dog. 3. Jhe ink is good but the pen is very bad. 4. Jhe book is white
and grey. 5. l have some pens but l haven't any ink. 6.3he is a very
beautiul child. 7.Jhey have a big dog and some cocks. 8. Jhis month
has only twenty-eight days.9. where is your brother? He is in that
small French town. 10. weeks have seven days.
1) Jhe spoons are red. 2) Jhere is ice in the shoe.
a) Los polos son rojos. a) Hay hielo en el zapato.
b) Las cucharas son azules. b) /lli hay hielo en el zapato.
c) Las cucharas son rojas. c) Hay nieve en el zoo.
d) Ll plato est roto. d) Hay hielo en la copa?
3) He is very handsome but 4) ls there any pepper in the
bad. omelette?
a) Llla es guapa pero tonta. a) La pimienta est alli.
b) Ls bello pero caro. b) Hay pimienta en la tortilla?
c) Ls muy hermoso pero c) uieres pimientos y tortilla?
malo. d) Lst la pimienta en la
d) Ls hermosa y mala. cocina?
5) Jhis is an old bill. 6) Has the dog a hat?
a) Ls mi cuento. a) Jiene el perro un sombrero?
b) Cul es la orden? b) Jiene la mueca un pa-
c) Lsto es Bill. uelo?
d) Lsto es una cuenta/un c) u perro es?
recibo viejo. d) Dnde est el sombrero
del perro?
E
Ejercicios
7) Jhe horse and the o 8) Jhe waiter has some
are clean. vegetables.
a) Ll caballo y el perro a) Ll camarero no tiene pan.
estn aqui. b) Hay que esperar los
b) Ll caballo y el zorro vegetales.
son limpios. c) Ll camarero tiene vegeta-
c) Me gustan el caballo les
y el zorro. d) u comemos?
d) Mi caballo tiene un
zorro limpio.
9) l have a key or the house. 10) Jhere is a large tray but there
a) No hay llave para la casa. isn't any bread.
b) Jengo una llave para tu a) Hay una bandeja grande pero
casa. no hay pan.
c) Jengo llaves en la casa. b) Hay trigo pero no mante-
d) Jengo una llave para la quilla.
casa. c) /lli est la bandeja con el
pan.
d) uiero trigo con mantequilla.
E
a) 1est:
1. /m. 2. /re. 3. /ren't. 4. 0reen. 5. Bad. 6. Have. 7. ls. 8.lt is. 9. l
haven't. 10. 0ne.
b)
1. La mujer joven no tiene dinero. 2. Ll hombre viejo tiene un perro
pequeo. 3. La tinta es buena pero la pluma es muy mala. 4. Ll libro
es blanco y gris. 5. Jengo algunas plumas pero no tengo tinta. 6. Ls
una nia muy bonita. 7. Jienen un gran perro y algunos gallos. 8. Lste
mes tiene slo 28 dias. 9. Dnde est t hermano? Lst en aquella
pequea ciudad rancesa. 10. Las semanas tienen 7 dias.
c)
1.c 2.a 3.c 4.b 5.d 6.a 7.b 8.c 9.d 10.a
S
Soluciones
My flat
l live in a large block o lats on the outskirts o the town. l live on the
sith loor. My lat has our bedrooms, a sitting-room and a kitchen.
/s you enter the lat through the ront, you ind a little hall with three
doors.
Jhrough the door opposite, you go into the sitting-room, which also
serves as a dining-room. Jhrough the door on the right, you go into the
kitchen, and through the door on the let, you go to the bedrooms.
Jhere is central heating and hot running water in the lat. Under the
block there is a very big car park where the neighbours keep their cars.
Vccabulary
outskirts ~ alrededores, hot running
aueras water ~ agua corriente
as you enter ~ entrando caliente
hall ~ entrada neighbour ~ vecino
opposite ~ en rente to keep ~ guardar,
central (aparcar)
heating ~ caleaccin
central
T
Traducciones
Adjetiuos y
pronombres
posesiuos
1. Ad]etivos y pronombres posesivos

Los posesivos pueden preceder a un nombre determinndolo (adjetivos posesivos) o pue-
den sustituirlo (pronombres posesivos). Ln ingls estos ltimos no llevan nunca articulo y di-
ieren ligeramente de las ormas adjetivas.
My riend: mi amigo. our dog: tu perro. Her table: su (de ella) mesa.
Ln castellano los adjetivos posesivos concuerdan con las cosas poseidas. Ln ingls no su-
cede asi. 3in embargo debemos tener en cuenta al poseedor.
Las ormas de los adjetivos posesivos:
My: Mi, mis
our: Ju, tus
3ingular His: 3u, sus (de l)
Her: 3u, sus (de ella)
lts: 3u, sus (de una cosa)
0ur: Nuestro, nuestros, nuestra, nuestras
Plural our: vuestro, vuestros, vuestra, vuestras, su, sus(vd)
Jheir: 3uyo, suya, suyos suyas
Lstas ormas van siempre delante de un sustantivo. Los pronombres, o sea, las ormas
que sustituyen los sustantivos, son:
Mine: Mio, mia, mios, mias
ours : Juyo, tuya, tuyos, tuyas
3ingular His: 3uyo, suya, suyos, suyas (de l)
Hers: 3uyo, suya, suyos, suyas (de ella)
lts: 3uyo, suya, suyos, suyas (de una cosa
0urs : Nuestro, nuestros, nuestra, nuestras
Plural ours: vuestro, vuestros, vuestra, vuestras, suyo, (vd)
Jheirs: 3uyo, suya, suyos suyas
Jhe cat is mine (pronombre posesivo): Ll gato es mio
My cat is big (adjetivo posesivo): Mi gato es grande
/ veces a los posesivos se les aade la palabra 0wN, que equivale al castellano propio.
3e emplea para hacer enticas las ormas adjetivas:
My own cat: mi propio gato
JLM/ 4: AD1E1IV0S PR0N0MRES P0SESIV0S 45
Hay otras ormas de indicar posesin, como el genitivo sajn, que estudiaremos ms tar-
de, y la construccin con la preposicin 0F, menos usada:
Jhe house o the village: la casa del pueblo
2. Nmeros ordinales
Los ordinales se orman aadiendo la terminacin -JH al cardinal, ecepto los tres primeros
nmeros, que tienen ormas distintas, y el 5, 9 y 12, en los que el cardinal sure una ligera modi-
icacin antes de tomar la terminacin -JH. Los terminados en - cambian sta en -lL antes de
aadir la terminacin.
Los ordinales se usan para epresar:
a) 0rden en general:
ou are the second.: Lres el segundo.
b) Cronologia:
0eorge the First. 1orge l
Jhe twentieth century: el siglo XX
c) Fechas:
London, May, the irst: Londres, uno de mayo
Cuando el ordinal est epresado por dos o ms ciras slo la ltima debe ponerse en ordinal:
Jhe twenty-irst: el 21'
La manera de ormar los ordinales con nmeros es aadindoles la terminacin con que
se orman cuando se epresa con letras, o sea, JH, en la mayoria de los casos, siendo en los
restantes la que les corresponde cuando se escriben con letras:
1st: the irst 18th: the eighteenth
2nd: the second 19th: the nineteenth
3rd: the third 20th: the twentieth
4th: the ourth 21st: the twenty-irst
5th: the ith 30th: the thirtieth
6th: the sith 40th: the ortieth
7th: the seventh 50th: the itieth
8th: the eighth 60th: the sitieth
9th: the ninth 70th: the seventieth
10th: the tenth 80th: the eightieth
11th: the eleventh 90th: the ninetieth
12th: the twelth 100th: the hundredth
46 JLM/ 4: AD1E1IV0S PR0N0MRES P0SESIV0S
13th: the thirteenth 101st: the hundred and irst
14th: the ourteenth 102nd: the hundred and second
15th: the iteenth 200th: the two hundredth
16th: the siteenth 1000th: the thousandth
17th: the seventeenth
Los numerales raccionados o quebrados se epresan como indicamos a continuacin :
1/2 : a hal o one hal
1/3 : a third
1/4 : a ourth, a quarter o one quarter
3/5 : three iths
300/1000 : three hundred thousandths
58/164 : ity-eight one hundred and sity ourths...
Puede emplearse el articulo determinado cuando lo requiera el caso:
Jhe hal: la mitad, two halves: dos mitades.
Con los nombres de peso, medida y tiempo, no se emplea F0URJH, sino U/RJLR.
/bout : cerca de, hacia 0arden : jardin
/lways : siempre 0lass : vaso
/rtist : artista 0rass : hierba
/t home : en casa Hand : mano
Bed : cama Handkerchie : pauelo
Blackboard : pizarra Hot : caliente
Body : cuerpo How? : cmo? (no apariencia isica)
Bottle : botella lsland : isla
Brave : valiente Kind : amable, bondadoso
Busy : ocupado Late : tarde
Cat : gato Nice : agradable, bonito
Century : siglo Pear : pera
Cheese : queso 3hort : corto
Classroom : clase 3panish : espaol
Clever : listo 3treet : calle
Cold : rio Jall : alto
Corner : esquina Jime : tiempo (no atmosrico)
Diicult : diicil Jired : cansado
Larly : temprano Jower : torre
Lasy : cil Jrue : verdadero
Lnglish : ingls Umbrella : paraguas
Faithul : iel village : pueblo
Floor : suelo well : bien
French : rancs wish : deseo
a) Pcn el pcsesivc cpcrtunc y traduce:
1. Jhis is ____ house (mi). 2. ____ bed is in this room (de ella). 3.
Jhat is ____ (de ella). 4. Jhe grass is ____ (mia). 5. ____ hand is dirty
(tuya). 6. Jhe dog is ____ (de ellos). 7. ____ cat is beautiul (de voso-
tros). 8. ____ bottle is green (nuestra). 9. ____ are yellow (vuestras).
10. l have____ cat (de ella).
b) 1raduce:
1. Jhis book is white but it has some colours. Jhere is green paper
and red paper. what colour is it? Jhis one is red, but that one is blue.
2. My hat is very old. our hat is new. Jhere is a good hat. lt is your
pen. Her pen isn't good. lt is bad. ls this a room? es, it is.
1) My cat is nice. 2) Jhat 3panish village isn't very
a) Mi gato se llama Mickey. big.
b) Ls su gato. a) /quella espaola es pequea.
c) Mi gato es bonito. b) /quel pueblo espaol no es
d) No quiero otro gato. muy grande.
c) /quella villa me gusta.
d) Los pueblos espaoles son
grandes.
3) l always have some oranges 4) /re you late?
at home. a) Lsts aqui?
a) Hay naranjas en mi casa. b) uieres una lata?
b) 3iempre como naranjas c) Llegas tarde?
en casa. d) Cundo viene?
c) Las naranjas en mi casa
son caras.
d) Jengo siempre naranjas
en casa.
5) Have you time?
a) Jienes tiempo.
b) Jienes tiempo?
c) Jienes hora?
d) Jienen velocidad?
E
Ejercicios
a)
1. My. 2. Her. 3. Hers. 4. Mine. 5. our. 6. Jheirs. 7. our. 8. 0ur. 9.
ours. 10. Her.
b)
1. Lste libro es blanco pero tiene colores. Hay papel verde y papel
rojo. u color es? Lste es rojo, pero aquel es azul.
2. Mi sombrero es muy viejo. Ju sombrero es nuevo. Hay un buen
sombrero. Ls tu pluma. 3u pluma no es buena. Ls mala. Ls esto una
habitacin? 3i, es.
c)
1.c 2.b 3.d 4.c 5.b
S
Soluciones
Most Lnglish people have a hobby o some kind. Jhe reason may be
that winter evenings in Lngland are very long and people cannot go out to
enjoy nature.
Hobbies are quite wide spread in Lngland and they are becoming
common in 3pain, too.
People like collecting things, such as stamps, coins, postcards, and
razor blade wrappers. Jhere are other hobbies, too, such as painting or
playing a musical instrument.
My riend 1ames is a stamp collector. He has about two thousand
stamps rom many countries. He enjoys looking at his stamps through a
magniying glass.
My riend David is an amateur photographer. He has a good camera
and enjoys taking photographs and developing them in his own
dark-room.
Having a hobby is very interesting. lt keeps you busy and prevents you
rom getting bored.
Vccabulary
quite ~ bastante wide spread ~ etendido,
razor blade general
wrappers ~ cubiertas, tapas to prevent ~ impedir (a
de cuchillas uno hacer
de aeitar algo)
magniying dark-room ~ cuarto
glass ~ lupa oscuro
to develop ~ revelar to get bored ~ aburrirse
T
Traducciones
Hasta ahora, deberia saber el signiicado de las siguientes palabras.
3i no est seguro del signiicado, comprubelo con el diccionario.
T
VER0S
LN0Ll3H L3P/N0L LN0Ll3H L3P/N0L
bring (brought, ) meet (met, met)
can (could, --) ride (rode, ridden)
eat (ate, eaten) sail (-ed)
get (got, got) say (said, said)
get up send (sent, sent)
give (gave, given) take (took, taken)
have (had, had) wait (-ed)
hope (-d) wash (-ed)
leave (let, let) write (wrote, written)
mean (meant, )
PALARAS
a lot o large
ago little
as well as long
at least many
behind near
big o course
breakast oten
each old
even or
every rather
ew same
oreign sometimes
i still
la posesin
1. Formas de expresar la posesin

Ln ingls, la posesin de un objeto puede epresarse:
1. Por medio de los adjetivos y pronombres posesivos:
lt is her hat.: Lsto es su sombrero (de ella).
lt is hers.: Lsto es suyo (de ella).
2. / travs de la preposicin 0F, cuando el poseedor es una cosa:
Jhe leg o the chair: la pata de la silla
3. Con un sentido ms indeinido, de la siguiente manera:
0ne o my brothers: uno de mis hermanos
4. Por medio del genitivo sajn, que se orma aadiendo una -3 precedida de un apstro-
o al nombre del poseedor: el orden de las palabras de la rase se altera, ponindose
en primer lugar el poseedor, seguido del apstroo y la -3, y a continuacin el objeto
poseido sin articulo:
My mother's table: la mesa de mi madre
Ll genitivo se emplea:
1. Con nombres de personas:
Michael's house: la casa de Miguel
2. Con nombres que denotan personas:
My brother's hat: el sombrero de mi hermano
3. Con nombres que denotan seres animados:
Jhe cat's leg: la pata del gato
4. Con algunos nombres personiicados:
Lngland's army: el ejrcito de lnglaterra
JLM/ 5: LA P0SESI0N 55
Ln algunos casos, la 3 se omite conservando el apstroo. Lntre stos tenemos:
1. Despus del sustantivo plural terminado en -3:
Jhe girls' cat: el gato de las nias
2. Cuando la ltima silaba del sustantivo singular empieza y termina en 3:
Moses' law: la ley de Moiss
Cuando la ltima palabra del sustantivo termina en 3 o en CL seguido de la palabra 3/KL:
For 0oodness' sake: por amor de Dios
3in embargo, si el nombre tiene una sola silaba se conserva la 3 del genitivo:
Bess's cat: el gato de Bess
Los plurales que no terminan en 3 toman la 3 del genitivo tras el apstroo:
Jhe men's house: la casa de los hombres
Los nombres compuestos y los grupos de palabras orman el genitivo en la ltima palabra
del grupo:
3mith and Brown's oice: la oicina de 3mith y Brown
Por ltimo. generalmente las palabras H0U3L, casa, CHURCH, iglesia, 3J0RL, almacn,
3H0P, tienda, y algunas otras, suelen omitirse tras el genitivo :
3he is at Peter's.: Lst en casa de Peter.
2. Principales preposiciones
Las principales preposiciones inglesas son:
/bove : sobre (ms alto de)
/bout : cerca de, Near
alrededor de, : cerca de, junto
sobre (tema) Net to
/cross : a travs de
/ter : despus de 0 : de
/t : en, en casa de 0 : lejos de, separado de
56 JLM/ 5: LA P0SESI0N
Beore : antes de
Behind : detrs de 0n : sobre, en
Below : debajo de 0ut o : uera de
Besides : adems de 0ver : sobre, ms all de
Between : entre
By : por, junto a Jill
Down : abajo : hasta
During : durante Until
For : por, durante, para
From : de, desde, por Under : bajo de
Up : sobre, en lo alto
de
ln with : con
: en, dentro without : sin
lnto (hacia dentro)
Jambin hay algunas preposiciones compuestas:
/s ar as : hasta
Close to : cerca de ln ront o : delante de
ln spite o : a pesar de
ln order to : con el in de, 0pposite to : rente a
para
/lgunas preposiciones castellanas pueden traducirse de varias ormas:
at (reposo)
/:
to (movimiento)
by (el agente)
P0R:
or (la causa)
over (sin apoyo)
30BRL: above (arriba, ms elevado)
on (con apoyo)
till, until (tiempo)
H/3J/:
as ar as (espacio)
in, at
LN:
into (cuando est epresando lugar y movimiento)
o (posesin)
DL:
rom (procedencia)
under (debajo de)
DLB/10:
below (ms bajo de, inerior a)
3. Vocabulario de este tema
/rm : brazo Leg : pata, pierna
/rmy : ejrcito Limbs : miembros
Lar : oreja Lips : labios
Lyebrows : cejas Love : amor
Lyelashes : pestaas Meat : carne
Face : cara Mouth: boca
Fair hair : pelo rubio Nose : nariz
Farm : granja 0ice : oicina
Finger : dedo Pig : cerdo
Food : alimento Right : derecho
0ay : alegre 3hop : tienda
Hand : mano 3mell : olor
Head : cabeza 3tore : almacn
Law : ley Jaste : gusto, sabor
Let : izquierdo
a) Pngase en fcrma de genitivc sajn y traduce:
1. Jhe pen o the teacher. 2. Jhe eercises o the pupil. 3. Jhe garden
o my sister. 4. Jhe child o that man. 5. Jhe skin o the tiger. 6. Jhe
sister o Peter. 7. Jhe house o my niece. 8. Jhe names o these boys.
9. Jhe hat o Michael. 10. Jhe cat o my riend.
b) Pcn las prepcsicicnes que ccrrespcndan y traduce:
1. Jhe book is____the table. 2. Jhe cat is____the bed. 3. 0ur
money is____the table. 4. Jhe papers are____my bo. 5. He
is____his sister and his mother. 6. l have my classes____the
morning. 7. we are____the classroom. 8. 3he and her brother
are____her cousin. 9. Jhe paper is____my pocket (bolsillo). 10.
Jhe paper is____the bed.
c) 1raduce:
1. Jhe door o the house is on the loor. 2. Jhe teacher's pen is on the
loor. 3. My pupil's eercises are very good. 4. My grandather's (abuelo)
house is very large. 5. Jhat gentleman's children are very polite (educa-
do, corts). 6. Jhe tiger's skin is beautiul. 7. 1ulio's brother is a bad boy.
8. /re these your brother's children? 9. No, they are my sister's. 10. ls
this your sister's school?
d) Elige la traduccin ccrrecta:
1) My son's legs are long. 2) 0ur uncle's shop is big.
a) Mi hijo tiene brazos a) La tienda de nuestro tio es
largos. grande.
b) Las piernas de mi hijo b) J tio est en una tienda
son largas. grande.
c) Mi hijo es una pierna c) Dnde est tu tienda
larga. grande?
d) Ll sol es muy grande. d) Mi tia trabaja en un alma-
cen.
E
Ejercicios
3) Her lips are under her nose. 4) Jhe army's oice is on the right.
a) Jiene labios y nariz. a) La oicina estatal est a la
b) 3us labios estn al lado izquierda.
de la nariz. b) La armada est aqui.
c) 3us labios estn debajo c) La oicina de /rnold est a la
de su nariz. derecha.
d) Jiene labios bonitos. d) La oicina del ejrcito est a
la derecha.
5) Jhe tiger has a big mouth. 6) Los labios del perro son muy
a) Ll tigre tiene ojos grandes. rojos.
b) Ll tigre no tiene boca. a) Jhe dog has red lips.
c) Ll tigre tiene una boca b) Jhe dog's lip's are very red.
grande. c) Jhe dog is a red lip.
d) Ll tigre tiene una nariz d) Jhe dog's lips are very red.
grande.
7) La mano izquierda del 8) Los iletes tuyos tienen mal
proesor es muy larga. olor.
a) Jhe teacher's let hand is a) 0ur steaks are bad.
very long. b) our steaks have a bad
b) Jhe teacher's right hand is smell.
very long. c) we have bad smellingsteaks.
c) Jhe teacher's right hand's d) Jhese steaks have a bad
very long. colour.
d) Jhe teacher's let hand's very
large.
9) La granja est a la derecha. 10) Los alimentos estn encima
a) Jhere is a arm. de nuestra mesa.
b) l want to buy the right arm. a) Jhe ood is on our table.
c) Jhe arm is on the right. b) Jhe oods is on our table.
d) we have a big arm. c) Jhe ood is on the table.
d) we have ood and a table.
E
a)
1. Jhe teacher's pen. 2. Jhe pupil's eercises. 3. My sister's garden.
4. Jhat man's child. 5. Jhe tiger's skin. 6. Peter's sister. 7. My niece's
house. 8. Jhese boys' names. 9. Michael's hat. 10. My riend's cat.
b)
1. 0n. 2. 0n o Under. 3. ln u 0n. 4. ln. 5. Between, etc...6.ln. 7. ln.
8. with. 9. ln. 10. 0n.
c)
1. La puerta de la casa est en el suelo. 2. La pluma del proesor
est en el suelo. 3. Los ejercicios de mi alumno son muy buenos. 4.
La casa de mi abuelo es muy grande. 5. Los nios de aquel caballero
son muy corteses. 6. La piel del tigre es bella. 7. Ll hermano de 1ulio
es un nio malo. 8. 3on stos los nios de tu hermano? 9. No, ellos
son los de mi hermana. 10. Ls sta la escuela de tu hermana?
d)
1.b 2.a 3.c 4.d 5.c 6.d 7.a 8.b 9.c 10.a
S
Soluciones
Mrs Horton is a housewie. 3he has a lot o things to do every day. /

housewie's work never ends.
ln the morning, Mrs Horton makes tea or breakast. Jhen her
husband goes to work and her children go to school.
3he must make the beds, dust the urniture and sweep the loors.
Jwice a week, she scrubs the loors and polishes the brass. 0nce a week,
on Mondays, she has to wash all the clothes. 3he has a washing-machine,
but she has to hang the clothes on the line and then she has to iron them.
/t about eleven, she goes to the supermarket to do the shopping. /s
her husband and children do not come home or lunch , she has a cup o
tea and a sandwich at lunchtime and begins to cook dinner. 3he has to
cut up vegetables to make a salad. Jhen she has to peel potatoes. 3he is
a good cook. 3he can ry eggs, boil beans, etc.
/t about ive, her husband and children come back home and then
she has to set the table. Her husband sometimes helps her carry plates,
glasses, etc. rom the kitchen to the dining-room. Jhen all the amily sit
down at the table and have dinner together.
/ter dinner, she has to wash up. Her husband says that he is going to
buy her a dishwasher, so that she does not have to work so hard.
Really, a housewie's work is very hard in spite o the modern electric
appliances there are nowadays.
Vccabulary
to dust ~ desempolvorar, to sweep ~ barrer
quitar el polvo to scrub ~ regar
to polish ~ pulir, sacar brillo brass ~ dorados
to hang ~ colgar to iron ~ planchar
to cut up ~ cortar to peel ~ pelar
to boil ~ hervir to set ~ poner
dishwasher~ lavaplatos electrical
appliances ~ aparatos
elctricos
T
Traduccin

ljercicios de
repaso
Traduce estas frases:
1. Jhe pupil is in (the) church.
2. Jhe plane is in the sun.
3. what is there on the house?
4. Jhe ink o the pen is green.
5. Jhe doctor is in the market.
6. where is the hospital?
7. Jhose oranges aren't sweet.
8. /re there (any) tigers in prison?
9. who is in the school?
10. Jhere are twenty (20) beds in the house.
11. How many brothers has the King?
12. Jhe gentleman isn't behind the chair.
13. l have a piece o the dish.
14. Jhere are tomatoes in the market.
15. where are the red trousers?
16. Jhe nice bo is under the chair.
17. Jhat actor hasn't a nice lie.
18. Jhe widow has three daughters.
19. Jhat watch isn't or the lady.
20. Jhe husband and the wie have glasses.
21. 0n the tray there is salt and water.
22. Jhe young woman has not (any) money.
23. Jhe ink is good but the pen is bad.
24. Horses and oes are clean animals.
25. Jhe coee hasn't (any) sugar.
E1ERCICI0S DE REPAS0 DE L0S 1EMAS 1-5 65
26. Jhe waiter has brown eyes.
27. Jhe knie is yellow but the spoon is blue.
28. where are the dogs?
29. Jhe white cock hasn't (any) water.
30. Jhe blue shoes are dirty.
31. My handkerchie is French.
32. Lnglish grass is very green.
33. Jhere is no tower on that island.
34. ln her - his - your garden there is an umbrella.
35. 0ur ather is tired.
36. Jhis cheese is yours.
37. Jheir bodies are cold.
38. 3panish is diicult or her.
39. My book is blue.
40. Jhis glass is hers - his - yours.
41. Peter's nose is yellow.
42. Charles' lips are big.
43. ln the shop there is meat rom the arm.
44. 0ur uncle's ace is boring.
45. Patty's girl has air hair.
46. Jhe tiger's head is beautiul.
47. 1ulio's brother is a bad boy.
48. Jhe store is between the oice and the shop.
49. Pigs have a very strong smell.
50. My ather's shop is on the right.
66 E1ERCICI0S DE REPAS0 DE L0S 1EMAS 1-5
8olucionario de los e]ercicios
1. Ll alumno est en la iglesia.
2. Ll avin est en el sol.
3. u hay encima de la casa?
4. La tinta de la pluma es verde.
5. Ll doctor est en el mercado.
6. Dnde est el hospital?
7. /quellas naranjas no son dulces.
8. Hay tigres en la prisin?
9. uin est en el colegio?
10. Hay veinte camas en la casa.
11. Cuntos hermanos tiene el rey?
12. Ll caballero no est detrs de la silla.
13. Jengo un pedazo del plato.
14. Hay tomates en el mercado.
15. Dnde estn los pantalones rojos?
16. La caja bonita est debajo de la silla.
17. /quel actor no tiene una vida agradable.
18. La viuda tiene tres hijas.
19. Lse reloj no es para la dama.
20. Ll marido y la esposa tienen gaas.
21. Ln la bandeja hay sal y agua.
22. La mujer joven no tiene dinero.
23. La tinta es buena pero la pluma es mala.
24. Los caballos y los zorros son animales limpios.
25. Ll ca no tiene azcar.
26. Ll camarero tiene ojos marrones.
27. Ll cuchillo es amarillo pero la cuchara es azul.
28. Dnde estn los perros?
29. Ll gallo blanco no tiene agua.
30. Los zapatos azules estn sucios.
31. Mi pauelo es rancs.
32. La hierba inglesa es muy verde.
33. No hay torre en aquella isla.
34. Ln su jardin hay un paraguas.
35. Nuestro padre est cansado.
36. Lste queso es tuyo.
37. 3us cuerpos estn rios.
38. Ll espaol es diicil para ella.
39. Mi libro es azul.
40. Lste vaso es suyo.
41. La nariz de Pedro es amarilla.
42. Los labios de Carlos son grandes.
43. Ln la tienda hay carne de la granja.
44. La cara de nuestro tio es aburrida.
45. La nia de Patty tiene pelo rubio.
46. La cabeza del tigre es maravillosa.
47. Ll hermano de 1ulio es un nio malo.
48. Ll almacn est entre la oicina y la tienda.
49. Los cerdos tienen un olor muy uerte.
50. La tienda de mi padre est a la derecha.
Verbos to be y
to baue
1. Verbo to be
Puede traducirse por ser o estar. 3u importancia es grande, ya que sirve para ormar
algunas ormas de la conjugacin de los verbos.
Ls un verbo irregular. Haremos especial hincapi en los tiempos que diieren de las ormas
regulares, remitiendo a los temas correspondientes para un mejor estudio. Daremos las or-
mas airmativas, ya que las ormas negativas e interrogativas siguen la linea ya dada:
Las ormas negativas del verbo to be se orman aadiendo N0J al verbo. Listen con-
tracciones en algunas ormas, de las que hemos hecho o haremos mencin.
Las ormas interrogativas de to be se construyen invirtiendo el orden, de manera que
el verbo aparece antes que su sujeto.
lninitivo : to be : 3er, estar
0erundio: being : 3iendo, estando
Participio: been : 3ido estado
Presente (indicativo)
l am : (yo) soy o estoy... we are: (nosotros) somos o estamos...
ou are ou are
He
3he is Jhey are
lt
Past 3imple (Pretrito lmperecto)
l was : (yo) era o estaba, we were: (nosotros) ramos o estbamos,
ou were ui o estuve... ou were uimos o estuvimos...
He Jhey were
3he was
lt
Present Perect (Pret. Perecto):
l have been: (yo) he sido o estado
Past Perect (Pret. pluscuamperecto):
l had been: (yo) habia, hube sido o estado
JLM/ 6: VER0S 10 E 10 HAVE 71
Present continuous (Presente Continuo):
l am being: (yo) estoy siendo o estando
Past Continuous (Pasado Continuo):
l was being: (yo) estaba siendo o estando
Future 3imple (Futuro lmperecto):
l will be: (yo) ser o estar
Future Perect(Futuro Perecto):
l will have been: (yo) habr sido o estado
Futuro con la orma going to:
l am going to be: (yo) voy a ser o estar
Condicional:
l should/ would be: (yo) seria o estaria
Condicional Perecto:
l should/would have been: (yo) habria o hubiera sido o estado
lmperativo:
Be: s o est
Presente (3ubjuntivo):
wLRL para todas las personas: (yo) sea o est...
2. Verbo to have
Lo aplicado al verbo to Be lo es a ste.
3e puede traducir por haber o tener. Frecuentemente se le aade la palabra 00J
(cuando signiica tener), que sirve de reuerzo a su signiicacin:
l have got : (yo)tengo Have you got a book?
Jienes un libro?
lninitivo : Jo have: Haber o tener
0erundio: Having : Habiendo o teniendo
Participio: Had : Habido o tenido
72 JLM/ 6: VER0S 10 E 10 HAVE
Present (lndicativo): Presente
l have :(yo) he o tengo we have: (nosotros/as) hemos o tenemos
ou have ou have
He
3he has Jhey have
lt
Las ormas cortas son las siguientes:
3he's a book
ou've a sister
Past simple
l had :(yo) habia, hube, tenia o tuve we had: (nos.) habiamos, hubimos,
ou had ou had: teniamos o tuvimos...
He
3he had Jhey had
lt
Ll past simple negativo tiene ormas contractas, comn a todas las personas: hadn't.
Present Perect:
l have had: (yo) he habido o tenido
Past Perect:
l had had: (yo) habia, hube, habido o tenido
Present continuous:
l am having: (yo) estoy teniendo
Past continuous:
l was having: (yo) estaba teniendo
Future 3imple:
l will have: (yo) habr o tendr
Future Perect:
l will have had: (yo) habr habido o tenido
Futuro con la orma going to:
l am going to have: (yo) voy a haber o tener
Condicional:
l should/ would have: (yo) habria o tendria
Condicional Perecto:
l should/ would have had: (yo) habria o hubiera habido o tenido
lmperativo:
Have: Jen
Presente (3ubjuntivo):
H/vL para todas las personas: Haya o tenga
3. Las fechas
La echa del mes puede preguntarse de dos maneras:
what is the date today? u echa es hoy?
what day o the month is it? u dia del mes es?
Las echas se escriben situando primero el articulo determinado, seguido del ordinal que
epresa el dia del mes, ms la preposicin 0F seguida del mes y el ao
Jhe irst o 1uly 1984: 1 de julio de 1984
o bien, en las cartas, situando primero el mes y luego el dia del mes:
London, 1uly, the irst: Londres, 1 de julio
Delante de los dias de la semana el articulo se sustituye por 0N. Lstos y los meses se es-
criben en maysculas.
0N M0ND/: el lunes, pero se dice /J L/3JLR, en Pascuas, lN 3PRlN0, en primavera, /J
CHRl3JM/3, en Navidad.
Los nmeros que indican aos no suelen leerse como ciras, sino por cientos:
1984: nineteen eighty-our
/ternoon : (la) tarde New ear : /o Nuevo
/lways : siempre Net : primo
/pril : abril Night : (la) noche
/ugust : agosto November : noviembre
/utumn : otoo 0ctober : octubre
Birthday : cumpleaos 0ten : a menudo
Day : dia 3aturday : sbado
December : diciembre 3eptember : septiembre
Larly : temprano 3ometimes : algunas veces
Lvening : noche 3pring : primavera
February : ebrero 3ummer : verano
Friday : viernes 3unday : domingo
0ood Friday : viernes 3anto Jhursday : jueves
1anuary : enero Joday : hoy
1uly : julio Jomorrow : maana (adverbio)
1une : junio Juesday : martes
Last : ltimo wednesday : mircoles
Late : tarde week : semana
March : marzo weekend : in de semana
May : mayo whitsun(tide): Pentecosts
Monday : lunes winter : invierno
Month : mes ear : ao
Morning : (la) maana esterday : ayer
Never : nunca
a) Identifica las fechas siguientes:
1. December the 26th. 2. New ear. 3. 1une the 24th. 4. May the
10th. 5. 1anuary the irst. 6. 0ctober the 9th. 7. 1uly the 6th. 8.
February the second. 9. /ugust the 25th. 10. May the second.
b) 1raduce:
1. Has he two pupils? ou have only one. Had you any money? No, l
hadn't.
2. ou have been his/her riend. l was not ill. Jhey are well. Jhat tea-
cher is very clever. we were very tired this morning. l will be at
home tonight.
3. 3panish wine is good. l was very busy yesterday. we would be rich
i we had your money. My husband is a doctor. Be good person.
ou are very kind.
1) Mi hermana tenia un gato 2) Una de mis tias ha tenido un
negro. hijo.
a) My sister had a white a) 0ne o my uncles had a
cat. child.
b) My sister has a black cat. b) My aunt is a child.
c) My sister had a black cat. c) 0ne o my aunts had a girl.
d) My sister's cat is black. d) 0ne o my aunts has had a
son.
3) Cundo has estado en 4) uin tiene tres hijos?
lnglaterra? a) How has three children?
a) where is Lngland? b) who is three sons?
b) when have you been c) who has three sons?
to Lngland? d) who has three daughters?
c) when do you go to Lngland?
d) what is Lngland?
5) Jodas mis sillas tienen cuatro patas.
a) /ll my chairs have ive legs.
b) /ll my chairs have our legs.
c) /ll our chairs are here.
d) /ll their chairs have our legs.
E
Ejercicios
a)
1. 26 de diciembre. 2. /o Nuevo. 3. 24 de junio. 4. 10 de mayo. 5.
1 de enero. 6. 9 de octubre. 7. 6 de julio. 8. 2 de ebrero. 9. 25 de
agosto. 10. 2 de mayo.
b)
1. Jiene l dos alumnos? J tienes slo uno. Juviste (algn) dine-
ro? No, no tuve.
2. Has sido su amigo. (yo) No estaba enermo. Lstn bien. /quel pro-
esor es muy inteligente. Lstbamos muy cansados esta maana.
Lstar en casa esta noche.
3. Ll vino espaol es bueno. (yo) Lstaba muy ocupado ayer. (noso-
tros) 3eriamos ricos si tuviramos tu dinero. Mi marido es doctor.
3 buena persona. Lres muy amable.
c)
1.c 2.d 3.b 4.c 5.b
S
Soluciones
Lvery day we have our meals. Lnglish people divide the meals as
ollows:
Jhe irst meal o the day is breakast, which they have between eight
and nine. lt usually consists o bacon and eggs, buttered toast or bread
and butter with marmalade. Jhey drink either tea or coee at breakast.
Jhe second meal o the day is lunch, which they have between twelve
and one. People who work in oices, actories, etc. oten have lunch in
a snack bar near their work. lt generally consists o salad made o
tomato, lettuce, etc. and some cold meat, or perhaps a cheese
sandwich and some beer.
ln the aternoon, between our and ive, they have tea with cakes or
thin slices o bread and butter.
Jhe last meal o the day is supper, which is served at about hal past
si. Jhen all the members o the amily sit together. /t supper they
have soup, ish or meat with vegetables, such as peas or French
beans. For dessert they eat various kinds o ruit, such as bananas,
oranges, pears or pudding.
Vccabulary
lettuce ~ lechuga slice ~ rebanada
Hasta ahora deberia conocer el signiicado de las siguientes palabras:
T
Traduccin
VER0S
LN0Ll3H L3P/N0L LN0Ll3H L3P/N0L
annoy (-ed) mean (meant, )
be (was, been) meet (met, met)
believe (-d) put on (put, put)
bring (brought, ) remain (-ed)
can (could, --) ride (rode, ridden)
drop (-ped) sail (-ed)
eat (ate, eaten) say (said, said)
enjoy (-ed) send (sent, sent)
get (got, got) set (set, set)
get up take (took, taken)
give (gave, given) take o
3i no est seguro del signiicado, comprubelo con el diccionario.
T
PALARAS
a lot o o
ago o course
already oten
also old
and on
as / while on the right
as well as only
at least open
bad or
behind poor
between quickly
big rather
black reason
blue red
breakast relation / relative
brown rich
clean same
despite small
dirty so that
each some
either . or sometimes
even still
every such as
ew summer
or then
oreign there are
good thereore
grey thing
high throughout
how many (?) too
however under
i unortunate
in until
in act very
in spite o way
in the middle week
kind what
large when
lazy where
little which
long white
many who
near wide
new winter
no / not with
Adjetiuos y
pronombres
demostratiuos
1. Ad]etivos y pronombres demostrativos

Los demostrativos son las partes de la oracin que sealan las personas y las cosas. 3i
preceden a un nombre son adjetivos y si lo sustituyen son pronombres. /mbos tienen ormas
iguales.
lndican lo cercano (this, these) o lo lejano (that, those):
3ingular : this (ste, sta, esto) / that (se, sa, so, aqul, aqulla, aqullo)
Plural : these (stos, stas) / those (sos, sas, aqullos, aqullas)
Jhis is my pen : Lsta es mi pluma.
Jhese pens are mine : Lstas plumas son mias.
2. La expresin de la hora
Para preguntar la hora que es, en ingls se usan, corrientemente, dos epresiones:
what time is it?
u hora es?
what is the time?
3e responde siempre con cardinales, con el verbo to be siempre en singular y con lJ siem-
pre como sujeto. 3i la hora es eacta se aade 0'CL0CK al nmero correspondiente:
lt is two o'clock : 3on las dos (en punto).
Para indicar los minutos que pasan de la hora, se dicen los minutos seguidos de P/3J y la
hora:
lt is half past our : 3on las cuatro y media.
lt is ive past two : 3on las dos y cinco.
Para indicar los minutos que altan para la hora siguiente se ponen los minutos seguidos
de J0 y la hora:
lt is ive to two : 3on las dos menos cinco.
lt is quarter to three : 3on las tres menos cuarto.
Ln resumen, se usa P/3J para los minutos que estn a la derecha del reloj y J0 para los
que estn a la izquierda.
JLM/ 7: AD1E1IV0S PR0N0MRES DEM0S1RA1IV0S 83
Las horas se epresan siempre con relacin al meridiano. / partir, pues de medianoche, la
primera hora de la madrugada se epresar aadiendo despus del nmero que la indique las
letras /.M., que signiican ante meridiem, a partir del mediodia, o sea, desde la una de la
tarde, las letras P.M., que signiica post meridiem.
/ las doce del mediodia suele decirse MlDD/; a las doce de la noche, MlDNl0HJ.
3. Principales con]unciones y particulas
/lso : tambin Jhan : que (compar.)
/ter : despus de /lthough
/nd : y : aunque, si bien
/s : como, porque, cuando Jhough
But : pero Because : porque
However : sin embargo Beore : antes que
l : si Jhat : que
Nor : ni, tampoco Jhen : pues, entonces
Now : ahora Unless : si no, a no ser que
0r : o, o bien when : cuando
3ince : desde que while : mientras
3o : asi pues why? : por qu?
3till : sin embargo
/lgunas compuestas son :
Nor...neither : ni...tampoco /s long as : mientras
Not only...but : no slo...sino /s soon as : tan pronto como
Cheap : barato 0vercoat : abrigo
Cotton : algodn Pair : par
Drawer : cajn Razor : navaja de aeitar
Lpensive : caro 3hirt : camisa
Factory : brica 3hoe : zapato
Far : lejos 3hop-window : escaparate
Fashion : moda 3ilk : seda
0loves : guantes 3ock : calcetin
Hard : duro 3tocking : media
1ewel : joya Jailor : sastre
Little : poco, pequeo Jissue : tejido
Name : nombre wool : lana
Necklace : collar work : trabajo
0pen : abierto
84 JLM/ 7: AD1E1IV0S PR0N0MRES DEM0S1RA1IV0S
a) Identifica estas hcras:
1. lt is twenty to ten. 2. lt's twenty-ive to two. 3. lt's nine past ive. 4.
lt's nine o'clock. 5. lt is ive to eight. 6. lt is ten to one. 7. lt is a quarter
to eleven. 8. lt is a quarter past twelve. 9. lt is twenty-two to our. 10. lt
is ive to three.
b) Pcn las ccnjuncicnes, prepcsicicnes y dems palabras necesarias:
1. ou are very rich, ____ l am not. 2. Jwo ____ two are our. 3. He isn't
the teacher ____ she is. 4. Jhe cat is ____ (debajo) the table. 5. Jhe
meat is ____ the table. 6. Jhe boy ____ grey eyes is ____ (mi) brother.
7. Jhis is a dog ____ (para) the boy. 8. l'll be ____ you ____ (hasta)
tomorrow. 9. ____ (ste) is my riend; ____ (aqul) is ____ (tuyo). 10.
Have you any questions? ____ (esto) is easy ____ understand.
c) 1raduce:
1. Jhey had neither cheese nor butter. 2. ou are very rich but l am not.
3. Mary's book is on the table. 4. My sister's little cat is white. 5. Jhis is
my ather's riend. 6. Have you been at the tailor's? 7. Jhe church near
the school is very nice. 8. Jhat is the man that has the book. 9. Jhe man
is your sisters' riend. 10. Jhe irst day o the week is 3unday.
1) 3u marido tiene el pelo 2) l was at home till hal past
largo. nine.
a) His husband has long hair. a) Lstuve en casa hasta las
nueve y media.
b) Her husband has long hair. b) Lstuve en casa a las nueve
y media.
c) Jheir husband has long hair. c) Lstuve en casa hasta las
diez y media.
d) His wie has long hair. d) Lstuve en casa a las nueve.
E
Ejercicios
3) Ll tabaco ingls es muy caro. 4) why have you been to
3witzerland?
a) Jhe tobacco Lnglish is a) Cundo vas a 3uiza?
very epensive.
b) Jhe Lngland tobacco is very b) Por qu vas a 3uiza?
careul.
c) Lnglish tobacco is very c) Por qu has estado en
epensive. 3uiza?
d) l like Lnglish tobacco. d) Por qu has estado en
3uecia?
5) 3iempre tienes dos perros 6) when have you had your last
en tu casa? holiday?
a) /lways have two dogs in a) Cundo tienes vacacio-
your house? nes?
b) /lways do have two dogs b) Cundo has tenido tus
in your house? ltimas vacaciones?
c) Have you two dogs in your c) Dnde has ido de vaca-
house? ciones?
d) Have you always two dogs d) Por qu no te vas de
in your house? vacaciones?
7) Hay cinco ceniceros en la 8) Jhey had neither meat nor
mesa. ish.
a) Has ive ashtrays in the a) No tenian carne pero
table. pescado.
b) Jhere are ive ashtrays in b) No tiene ni carne ni pescado.
the table.
c) Jhere are ive ashtrays on c) No tenian ni carne ni
the table. pescado.
d) Jhere are our ashtrays on d) Jenian carne y pescado.
the table.
9) Jodos mis amigos son ricos. 10) will they be at home ater
lunch?
a) /ll mys riends are rich. a) Lstn en casa?
b) /ll my riends are richs. b) Lstarn en casa a la hora
de comer?
c) /ll my riends are rich. c) Lstarn en casa a las ocho?
d) /lls my riends are rich. d) Lstarn en casa despus
del almuerzo?
E
a)
1. 3on las diez menos veinte. 2. 3on las dos menos veinticinco minu-
tos. 3. 3on las cinco y nueve.4. 3on las nueve (en punto). 5.3on las
ocho menos cinco. 6. Ls la una menos diez. 7. 3on las once menos
cuarto. 8. 3on las doce y cuarto. 9. 3on las cuatro menos veintids.
10. 3on las tres menos cinco.
b)
1. But. 2. /nd. 3. But. 4. Under. 5. 0n. 6. with. My. 7. For. 8. with.
Until. 9. Jhis. Jhat. ours. 10. Jhis. Jo.
c)
1. Lllos no tuvieron ni queso ni mantequilla. 2. J eres muy rico pero
yo no. 3. Ll libro de Maria est sobre la mesa. 4. Ll pequeo gato de
mi hermana es blanco. 5. Lste es el amigo de mi padre. 6. Has es-
tado en casa del sastre? 7. La iglesia que est cerca de la escuela
es muy bonita. 8. /quel es el hombre que tiene el libro. 9. Ll hom-
bre es el amigo de tus hermanas. 10. Ll primer dia de la semana es
el domingo.
d)
1.b 2.a 3.c 4.c 5.d 6.b 7.c 8.c 9.c 10.d
S
Soluciones

we are now in an oice. we can see several clerks working. Jhere are
some typewriters. / girl is typing letters. 3he is a typist. 3he types very
quickly. Jhe oice manager is dictating a letter to another girl, who is
taking it down in shorthand. 3he is a shorthand typist. Jhere are our
iling-cabinets ull o papers. 0n the secretary's table there is a tray with
the outgoing mail and another with the incoming mail. 0n that table over
there, there is a calculating-machine and in a corner, there is a
copying-machine. Jhe telephones never stop ringing. Lverybody seems to
be very busy.
Vccabulary
typewriter ~ mquina de escribir busy ~ ocupado
to take iling-cabinet ~ ichero, archivo
down ~ apuntar shorthand ~ taquigraia
mail ~ correo, cartas to seem ~ parecer
T
Traduccin
l/ uerbo:
jormacin de/
presente
1. ntroduccin
Ln ingls, hay dos conjugaciones: una dbil y otra uerte. La primera orma el pasado y el
participio aadiendo la silaba ed o d al ininitivo. La segunda se orma por medio de cam-
bios internos que consisten generalmente en el cambio de la vocal en el pasado y la adicin
del suijo n o en en el participio, con o sin cambios de vocal. /l aprender un verbo no
debe memorizarse el enunciado, pues por el ininitivo solo no es posible saber a cul de las
conjugaciones pertenece. Ll enunciado de un verbo consiste en las tres ormas principales del
mismo, base de los tiempos compuestos, esto es, ininitivo, pasado y participio.
Jo come, came, come : venir
Jo speak, spoke, spoken : hablar
Jo stand, stood, stood : estar de pie
Jo write, wrote, written : escribir
Jo see, saw, seen : ver
2. Presente simple
Listen dos tipos de presente en ingls, el presente simple y el present continuous.
Ll primero de ellos tiene la estructura siguiente:
l walk (yo) camino we walk
ou walk (t) caminas ou walk
He
3he walks Jhey walk
lt
Ll presente simple se orma con la orma del ininitivo (to walk), sin la particula to, e-
cepto la tercera persona del singular, que se realiza aadiendo una s o la silaba es, si-
guiendo la misma regla de ortograia dada para el plural de los sustantivos.
Los verbos impersonales se conjugan slo en la tercera persona.
3e usa el presente simple en acciones que se repiten regularmente, asi que se puede tra-
ducir por el presente de indicativo espaol.
La orma interrogativa de este tiempo se hace anteponiendo al ininitivo el auiliar
do, seguido del sujeto correspondiente, ecepto en la tercera persona del singular, en
JLM/ 8: EL VER0: F0RMACI0N DEL PRESEN1E 91
la que al tomar do la s caracteristica del singular de dicha persona, lo convierte en
does:
Do l walk? Camino (yo)? Do we walk?
Do you walk? Do you walk?
he
Does she walk? Do they walk?
it
La orma negativa se hace con el mismo auiliar, precediendo al adverbio de negacin
not. Ln ocasiones se realizan contracciones:
l l
do not walk don't walk
ou ou
He He
3he does not walk 3he doesn't walk
lt lt
we we
ou do not walk ou don't walk
Jhey Jhey
(yo) no camino
Las contracciones son, pues, don't para do not y doesn't para does not.
La orma interrogativa-negativa sigue las reglas de los elementos que la componen:
l
Don't walk? no camino (yo)?
you
he we
Doesn't she walk? Don't you walk?
it they
92 JLM/ 8: EL VER0: F0RMACI0N DEL PRESEN1E
3. "Present continuous"
Lsta orma progresiva o continua del verbo se orma con el verbo J0 BL seguido del gerun-
dio del verbo que se conjuga.
l am walking we are walking
ou are walking ou are walking
He
3he is walking Jhey are walking
lt
(yo) estoy caminando o (yo) voy a caminar
Ll presente continuo indica que la accin est teniendo lugar ahora. Jambin puede indi-
car una accin utura.
Ln cuanto a la ormacin de los gerundios, hay que seguir las siguientes reglas:
a) 3i el ininitivo termina en e, se omite dicha vocal antes de aadir la terminacin del ge-
rundio: -lN0.
Jo write : escribir, writing : escribiendo
b) 3i el ininitivo termina en ie, se cambia dicha ie en y antes de aadir la terminacin
ing.
Jo lie : mentir, lying : mintiendo
c) 3i termina en y precedida de consonante, se aadir directamente la terminacin:
Jo study : estudiar, studying : estudiando
d) 3i el verbo consiste de una silaba, con vocal corta, se doblar la ltima consonante antes
de tomar la terminacin ing:
Jo sit : sentarse, sitting : estar sentado.
4. Verbos anmalos y defectivos: can
3e consideran verbos anmalos y deectivos a C/N, M/, etc., que iremos viendo sucesi-
vamente.
C/N se conjuga en presente y pasado slo. Ln presente es C/N para todas las ormas
personales; en pasado, C0ULD, tambin para todas las personas.
C/N signiica poder, en sentido de acultad, habilidad, condicin del sujeto para hacer
algo:
l can walk : Puedo andar (soy capaz de andar).
Los tiempos de que carece C/N se epresan por medio de J0 BL /BLL J0, ser capaz,
esto es, con el verbo J0 BL y el adjetivo /BLL.
l will be able to walk : 3er capaz de andar, podr andar.
C/N se usa tambin con el signiicado de saber hacer algo.
/ C/N, M/ y otros se les llama verbos anmalos por tener una serie de peculiaridades
comunes que son:
- No varia la tercera persona del singular del presente, que debia tener, como hemos
visto, una s ms.
- Las ormas interrogativas y negativas de estos verbos no toman do. La interroga-
cin se orma invirtiendo la estructura normal de la rase, que queda:
Can l walk? : Puedo andar?
Mientras que la negacin se orma aadiendo directamente la particula not, que re-
cuentemente se contrae:
l can not walk. o l can't walk. : No puedo andar.
- Lstos verbos toman un complemento en ininitivo sin el to:
He can write. : Puede escribir.
ou can open the door. : Puedes abrir la puerta.
Jo belong : pertenecer Mutton : carne de cordero
Jo call : llamar, (..se) Name : nombre
Can : poder Jo obey : obedecer
Climate : clima Jo open : abrir
Jo close : cerrar People : gente
Jo correct : corregir Pig : cerdo
Dictation : dictado Pork : carne de cerdo
Jo do : hacer Jo preer : preerir
Donkey : burro, asno Jo print : imprimir
Lplanations : eplicaciones Jo remember : recordar
Farm : granja Jo see, saw,
seen : ver (irreg.)
Jo inish : terminar 3entence : rase, oracin
Friend : amigo Jo speak, spoke,
spoken : hablar (irreg.)
0oat : cabra Jo study : estudiar
Jo guess : adivinar Jo use : usar
Jo hear, heard, heard : oir (irreg.) Useul : til
Last : ltimo veal : ternera
Jo like : gustar Jo walk : caminar
Love : amor watch : reloj
Jo love : amar wild : silvestre, salvaje
Meat : carne (para comer)
a) 1raduce:
1. Mary is studying her lesson. 2. l love dogs. 3. who is opening the
door? 4. Jhe teacher eplains the lesson. 5. we like this climate
because it is very nice. 6. who remembers my last eplanation? 7. Do
you speak Lnglish? 8. l speak Lnglish but l can't speak French. 9. what
do you do with this pencil? l write letters and eercises. 10. l don't like
your hat. lt is too dark.
b) 1est. Elige la respuesta adecuada y traduce.
1. l____a woman. 2. Jhey____eat.
a) are a) do not
b) is b) not
c) am c) doesn't
d) were d) not do
3. ____is a boy. 4. ou___her.
a) Jhese a) love
b) Jhe b) loves
c) Jhose c) loving
d) Jhis d) to love
5. ____are dogs. 6. Jhe boy____.
a) He a) is eating
b) 3he b) to eat
c) Jhey c) were playing
d) l d) are playing
7. ____sister is beautiul. 8. He____every day.
a) My a) walk
b) Mine b) walks
c) ours c) walking
d) 0urs d) to walked
E
Ejercicios
1) /quel bar cierra a las ocho. 2) Lstoy terminando mi trabajo.
a) Jhis bar closes at eight. a) l was inishing my job.
b) Jhis bar opens at eight. b) l am inishing my job.
c) Jhat bar closes at eight. c) l am beginning work.
d) Jhis pub closes at eight o'clock. d) l've inished work.
3) Podemos corregir este ejercicio. 4) Ll burro est durmiendo en la
granja.
a) Can correct this eercise. a) Jhe donkey is sleeping on
b) we cans correct this eercise. the arm.
c) we could read that eercise. b) Jhe o is sleeping on the
d) we can correct this eercise. arm.
c) Jhe donkey is sleeping above
the arm.
d) Jhe bird is sleeping on the
arm.
5) 3er capaz de recordar su nombre.
a) 3he will can remember her name.
b) l will be able to remember their name.
c) l will am able to remember their name.
d) will be able to orget their name.
E
a)
1. Maria est estudiando su leccin. 2. /mo a los perros. 3. uin
est abriendo la puerta? 4. Ll proesor eplica la leccin. 5. / noso-
tros nos gusta este clima porque es muy agradable. 6. uin recuer-
da mi ltima eplicacin? 7.Hablas ingls? 8. Hablo ingls, pero no
puedo hablar rancs. 9. u haces con este lpiz? Lscribo (habi-
tualmente) cartas y ejercicios. 10. No me gusta tu sombrero. Ls de-
masiado oscuro.
b)
1.c. 2.a. 3.d. 4.a. 5.c. 6.a. 7.a. 8.b.
c)
1.c 2.b 3.d 4.a 5.b
S
Soluciones
ln the playground
lt is play-time. Jhe children are in the playground o the school.
Peter and 1ohn are running around a tree. Peter is running ater 1ohn.
Jhere are some boys near the wall in the corner. Jhey are playing
marbles. Bruce, Jom and 1im are rolling their marbles along the ground.
3ome other boys are standing around them watching the game.
3everal boys are playing ootball in the middle o the playground.
Robert has just kicked the ball to Jony. Now the ball is rolling along the
ground and all the boys are running ater it.
ln a corner o the playground, there are some gi rls with a
ski pping-rope. Near them, two girls and three boys are playing
hide-and-seek. lt is a game in which some children hide and others try to
ind them.
Near the school door, Philip, 3teve and Patrick are playing leap-rog. lt
is a game in which one player jumps over the others who stand with their
backs bent.
/t this moment, the bell rings and all the children have to stop
playing. Jhey must go back to class.
Vccabulary
playground ~ patio de recreo ground ~ campo
to roll ~ hacer rodar, rodar hide-and-seek ~ escondite
skipping-rope ~ cuerda de saltar to bend
to hide ~ esconder(se) (bent, bent) ~ doblar,
bell ~ timbre inclinar
marble ~ canica
T
Traduccin
l/ uerbo:
jormacin de/
pasado
1. Formacin del past simple

Listen dos tipos de pasado: el past simple y el past continuous.
Ll past simple se orma de distinta manera, segn sea un verbo dbil o uerte. Los ver-
bos dbiles aaden el suijo LD al ininitivo. /si la orma airmativa de este tiempo resulta
ser:
l walked (yo) caminaba,camin... we walked
ou walked (t) caminabas... ou walked
He
3he walked (l) camin... Jhey walked
lt
Hay que tener en cuenta las siguientes reglas:
- 3i el ininitivo termina en L, sta se omite antes de aadir la terminacin LD:
Jo live (vivir): lived
Jo arrive (llegar): arrived
- 3i termina en silaba breve acentuada terminada en consonante simple, se duplica
dicha consonante antes de tomar la terminacin LD:
Jo permit (permitir): permitted
Jo preer (preerir): preerred
- 3i termina en precedida de consonante, se cambiar sta en l, antes de aa-
dir la terminacin LD:
Jo cry (gritar): cried
Pero si la est precedida de vocal sigue la regla general:
Jo play (jugar): played
- Los verbos irregulares hacen las terminaciones de dierentes ormas, que ya veremos
en adelante.
JLM/ 9: EL VER0: F0RMACI0N DEL PASAD0 103
La orma interrogativa de los verbos en pasado se hace anteponiendo al ininitivo el auiliar
D0 en pasado, esto es, DlD para todas las personas, seguido del sujeto:
Did l walk Camin (yo)?... Did we walk?
Did you walk? Caminabas (t)? Did you walk?
he
Did she walk? Did they walk?
it
La orma negativa se orma intercalando el mismo auiliar seguido del adverbio N0J en-
tre el sujeto y el ininitivo. Ln ocasiones estas ormas se contraen:
l did not walk (yo) no camin, l didn't walk
ou did not walk no caminaba... ou didn't walk
He He
3he did not walk 3he didn't walk
lt lt
we did not walk we didn't walk
ou did not walk ou didn't walk
Jhey did not walk Jhey didn't walk
Ln todas las ocasiones el ininitivo aparece sin la particula J0. La orma interrogati-
vo-negativa es una combinacin de las ormas anteriores:
Did l not walk?
No camin (yo)?
Didn't l walk?
Ln cuanto a la traduccin del past simple, puede usarse el pretrito indeinido, pues in-
dica acciones cuyo tiempo es dado y para acciones que suceden en un tiempo acabado. 0 se
traduce por imperecto.
l did it yesterday. : Hice esto ayer. (/ccin indicada y pasada)
l had it or two weeks. : Juve esto durante dos semanas. (accin acabada
en un tiempo acabado) o se traduce por imperecto
lo cual depende del conteto.
104 JLM/ 9: EL VER0: F0RMACI0N DEL PASAD0
2. Formacin del past continuous
Ll past continuous se orma con el pasado del verbo J0 BL y el gerundio del verbo princi-
pal. De esta manera la orma airmativa queda asi:
l was walking estaba caminando we were walking
ou were walking ou were walking
He
3he was walking Jhey were walking
lt
No hay casos de contracciones de la construccin airmativa.
La orma interrogativa se realiza, como hemos visto en el present continuous, invirtiendo
el orden normal de la rase airmativa, quedando con la siguiente construccin : verbo to be
en pasado + 3ujeto + gerundio del verbo :
was l walking? Lstaba caminando? were we walking?
were you walking? were you walking?
he
was she walking? were they walking?
it
La rase negativa se orma aadiendo a la orma airmativa la particula N0J tras el verbo
to be. Frecuentemente se contraen:
l was not walking no estaba caminando we were not walking
ou were not walking ou were not walking
He
3he was not walking Jhey were not walking
lt
l wasn't walking we weren't walking
ou weren't walking ou weren't walking
He
3he wasn't walking Jhey weren't walking
lt
La orma de la interrogacin-negacin contina la estructura que ya hemos sealado ante-
riormente, por lo que no proundizaremos en ella:
weren't you eating? :No estabas comiendo?, o No estbais comiendo?
Ll past continuous se emplea para epresar acciones durativas pasadas, cuyo comienzo
y in desconocemos, por ello puede ser traducido por el imperecto de la construccin L3J/R
M/3 0LRUNDl0:
we were having lunch. : Lstbamos comiendo. (lo hicimos en un momento
pasado y de una manera continuada)
we were having lunch
when he arrived. : Lstbamos comiendo cuando lleg. (Lleg cuando
estbamos realizando la accin. No se sabe cundo
se empez a comer ni cundo se inaliz)
Mientras que:
we had lunch at
nine o'clock. : Comimos a las nueve. (se conoce perectamente el
momento)
we had lunch when
she arrived. : Comimos cuando lleg.
Frecuentemente el past continuous aparece con la particula /Lw/3 para epresar ac-
ciones que se repiten recuentemente en el pasado:
ou were always asking
me questions. : Lstabas hacindome preguntas siempre.
Como hemos visto, la situacin del adverbio de recuencia es entre el verbo auiliar (to
be) y el gerundio del verbo que se conjuga.
3. Verbos anmalos {}: must
MU3J epresa obligacin ineludible, necesidad de hacer algo. Puede indicar la deduccin
de que un hecho debe de haber tenido lugar:
we must go home : Debemos ir a casa (obligacin).
Jhey must be in Paris : Deben estar en Paris (deduccin).
La orma interrogativa seria por ejemplo:
Must you eat? : Debes comer?
La orma negativa tiene un signiicado dierente. Ha de traducirse como una prohibicin total:
ou must not smoke
at home. : No debes umar en casa (est prohibido).
visitors must not eed
the dogs. : Los visitantes no deben alimentar a los perros.
Must not suele abreviarse y dar MU3JN'J:
ou mustn't open this door. : No debes abrir esta puerta.
3lo tiene orma para el presente, que no varia para ninguna de las personas. Para indicar
obligacin en otros tiempos se usa H/vL J0 en el tiempo correspondiente:
ou have to go home : Jienes que irte a casa
ou had to go home : Juviste que irte a casa.
/ccident : accidente Lunch : almuerzo
/rrival : llegada 0ice : oicina
Jo ask : preguntar Jo phone : teleonear
Breakast : desayuno Picnic : comida en el campo
Jo come, came, come : venir (irreg.) Jo pronounce : pronunciar
Country : pais, campo Jo read, read,
Dinner, 3upper : cena read : leer (irreg.)
Fast : rpido, Jo see, saw,
rpidamente seen : ver (irreg.)
Jo go, went, gone : ir (irreg.) 3lowly : lentamente
Jo happen : suceder Jo smile : sonreir
Here : aqui Jo smoke : umar
Jo injure : herir Jo stay : permanecer, quedarse
King : rey Jhere : alli
Jo know, knew, known : conocer (irreg.) Jo think,
Jo listen : oir, escuchar thought, thought : pensar (irreg.)
Long : largo, Jo travel : viajar
mucho tiempo
a) 1raduce al castellanc:
1. Now l can't stay long. l must go to Charlie's house beore lunch. He
phoned me this morning ater my arrival at the oice to say that his
wie was ill, and he wanted one o us to go there.
2. Did you read about the awul accident that happened last night?
No, what happened? lt was terrible and our people are injured. l read
it at home while l was having breakast.
b) 1est; traduce:
1. Mary's____grey cat. 2. ____Mr. Newton love her?
a) a) Do
b) they b) Have
c) a c) it
d) an d) Did
3. ____l speak Lnglish? 4. l____smoke in the hospital.
a) Can a) Can't
b) Has b) Must
c) Does c) Mustn't
d) Doesn't d) Could
5. Jhey____having lunch. 6. ou____in 3pain.
a) was a) /re
b) were b) ls
c) ls c) Has
d) Be d) Can
7. Jhis is____cat. 8. ____do you live?
a) Mine a) what
b) ours b) whot
c) He c) Jhat
d) our d) where
E
Ejercicios
1) l cried when l heard about it. 2) Did you come home at seven?
a) Lloro si lo oigo. a) Llegaste a casa a las siete?
b) Llor cuando me enter. b) Hiciste t llegar hogar en
c) Lloraban y escuchaban. siete?
d) 0rit cuando lo vi. c) Llegas a casa a las siete?
d) Lsts en casa a las ocho?
3) /t our l was walking 4) we had lunch at our.
through the park.
a) / las tres estuve en el a) Comeremos a las cuatro.
parque. b) Cenaremos a las cuatro.
b) / las tres estaba andando c) Desayunamos a las cuatro.
hacia el parque. d) /lmorzamos a las cuatro
c) / las cuatro estaba andando
en el parque.
d) Lstaba andando en el
parque.
5) when will l have to ly to Paris?
a) Cundo ir a Paris?
b) Por qu tendr que volar a Paris?
c) Cundo tendr que volar a Paris?
d) uieres ir a Paris en avin?
E
a)
1. /hora no puedo quedarme mucho tiempo. Debo ir a casa de Charlie
antes de almorzar. Me teleone esta maana despus de mi llegada a
la oicina para decirme que su mujer estaba enerma, yqueria que uno
de nosotros uera alli.
2. Leiste acerca del terrible accidente que sucedi la ltima noche
(la noche pasada)? No, qu pas? Fue terrible y cuatro personas es-
tn heridas. Lo lei en casa mientras estaba desayunando.
b)
1.c. 2.d. 3.a. 4.c. 5.b. 6.a. 7.d. 8.d.
c)
1.b 2.a 3.c 4.d 5.c
S
Soluciones

Last week the Martins went to Benidorm. Jhey stayed at the Park
Hotel, which is near the beach.
Jhe weather was very good. Jhe sun shone brightly all the time.
/s soon as they arrived at the hotel, they put on their bathing-suits
and went to the beach. Jhey sunbathed and had a swim in the sea. Jhe
water was warm.
0n 3aturday morning they rented a big umbrella on the beach, as the
sun was very strong. Jhey sat under the umbrella and Mr Martin helped
his children to make a sand castle with turrets and a drawbridge.
ln the aternoon they went or a walk along the promenade, which was
ull o tourists rom many countries.
0n 3unday morning they had another swim in the sea, but in the
aternoon they came back to Madrid.
Vccabulary
bright ~ claro, luminoso bathing-suit ~ baador
to sunbath~ tomar el sol to rent ~ alquilar
turret ~ torrecilla drawbridge ~ puente levadizo
to shine (shone, shone) ~ brillar, relucir
T
Traduccin
Hasta ahora deberia saber el signiicado de las siguientes palabras:
T
LIS1A DE VER0S
annoy (-ed) mean (meant, meant)
be (was, been) meet (met, met)
believe (-ed) must (--)
bring (brought, ) paint (-ed)
buy (bought, ) put on (put, put)
can (could, --) remain (-ed)
choose (chose, chosen) ride (rode, ridden)
die (died, dead) sail (-ed)
drop (-ped) say (said, said)
eat (ate, eaten) send (sent, sent)
enjoy (-ed) set (set, set)
get (got, got) take (took, taken)
get up (got, got) take o
give (gave, given) teach (taught, )
hide (hid, hidden) walk (-ed)
look ater (-ed)
T
LISTA DE PALABRAS
a lot oI name
about near
above nearly
across never
aIter new
ago next
already next to
also no/not
although/though noble
always nor
and now
as / while nowadays
as Iar as oI
as well as oI course
at oII
at least oIten
bad old
because on
beIore on the right
behind only
below open
besides opposite to
between or
big out oI
black over
blue own
breakIast poor
brown quickly
but quite
by rather
careIully reason
century red
clean relation/relative
close to rich
country same
cheap since
despite small
dirty so
down so that
during some
.../...
T
.../...
each sometimes
early still
either ... or such as
even summer
every than
expensive that
Iar then
Iashion there are
Iew thereIore
Ior thing
Ioreign throughout
Iree till/until
Irom today
good too
grey town
hard under
high unIortunate
how unless
how many until
however up
iI very
in way
in Iact week
in Iront oI well
in the middle what
in order to when
in spite oI where
into which
kind while
land who
large why
last wide
late winter
lazy with
less without
little work
long yesterday
many
l/ uerbo:
jormacin de/
juturo
1. ntroduccin
Ll uturo se puede epresar de diversas ormas en ingls:
- Con el presente continuo (present continuous)
- Con el tiempo uturo
- Con la orma 00lN0 J0
2. El present continuous
Como hemos visto ya (ver el tema 8), el present continuous se orma con el presente
del verbo to be ms el gerundio del verbo que se conjuga. 3e traduciria, segn indica-
mos, por un tiempo que epresa que la accin se est realizando en el momento de ha-
blar, generalmente una construccin ormada en castellano con el verbo estar en pre-
sente ms el gerundio:
l am eating bread. : (o) Lstoy comiendo pan.
what are you doing? : u ests haciendo?
La misma orma puede usarse como un indicativo de accin utura planeada:
Jomorrow l am going to London. : Maana ir a Londres.
3. Futuro
Para este tiempo hay que usar los verbos auiliares wlLL (y 3H/LL), con el ininitivo del
verbo sin la particula to.
3e usa will (o shall para la primera persona del singular y del plural). 3e usa shall
tambin para hacer una sugerencia:
3hall we go to the cinema? : Por qu no vamos al cine? /
Podemos ir al cine.
Ln la orma airmativa shall y will se contraen en 'll, mientras que en la negativa,
shall not y will not lo hacen en shan't y won't respectivamente.
JLM/ 10: EL VER0: F0RMACI0N DEL FU1UR0 117
La interrogativa se construye igual que en todos los casos en que interviene un auiliar, in-
virtiendo el orden normal, dando lugar a:
/uiliar + 3ujeto + verbo + resto de la oracin
Fcrma afirmativa Fcrma negativa
l will (shall) go l will (shall) not go
ou will go ou will not go
He He
3he will go 3he will not go
lt lt
we will (shall) go we will (shall) not go
ou will go ou will not go
Jhey will go Jhey will not go
(o) ir... (o) no ir...
Fcrma interrcgativa
will (3hall) l go? lr (yo)?
will you go?
he
will she go?
it
will (3hall) we go?
will you go?
will they go?
Fcrma afirmativa ccntracta Fcrma negativa ccntracta
l 'll go l won't (shan't) go
ou 'll go ou won't go
He He
3he 'll go 3he won't go
lt lt
we 'll go we won't (shan't) go
ou 'll go ou won't wo
Jhey 'll go Jhey won't go
118 JLM/ 10: EL VER0: F0RMACI0N DEL FU1UR0
La orma interrogativa negativa se orma como todas las dems estructuras de esta clase.
Jhey'll come. : vendrn.
ou'll eat a lot o apples tomorrow. : Comers muchas manzanas maana.
ou won't go home net Monday. : No irs a casa el primo lunes.
will you stay at home net week? : Je quedars en casa la prima semana?
won't you go to the party on Monday? : No irs a la iesta el lunes?
4. La forma con going to
La construccin to be going to+verbo es la orma de epresar el uturo inmediato. 3e
traduce por la costruccin espaola ir a + verbo.
Fcrma afirmativa Fcrma negativa
l am going to walk l am not going to walk
ou are going to walk ou are not going to walk
He He
3he is going to walk 3he is not going to walk
lt lt
we are going to walk we are not going to walk
ou are going to walk ou are not going to walk
Jhey are going to walk Jhey are not going to walk
(o) voy a caminar... (o) no voy a caminar...
Fcrma interrcgativa
/m l going to walk?
/re you going to walk?
he
ls she going to walk?
it
/re we going to walk?
/re you going to walk?
/re they going to walk?
voy (yo) a caminar?...
Listen las ormas contractas correspondientes, que ya conocemos.
what is he going to do tomorrow? He's going (to go) to 3evilla
u va a hacer maana? (Ll) va a ir a 3evilla.
5. Verbos anomalos {}: may
M/ epresa permiso, posibilidad de hacer algo. 3lo se usa en presente, sustituyndose por
la construccin J0 BL /LL0wLD J0, ser permitido, poder en los restantes tiempos que no tiene.
May l close the door? : Puedo cerrar la puerta?
l'll be allowed to close the door. : Me permitirn cerrar la puerta.
Comparemos:
l can read this book. : Puedo leer este libro.
l must read this book. : Debo leer este libro.
l mustn't read this book. : No debo leer este libro (est prohibido).
l may read this book. : Puedo (me est permitido) leer este libro.
/pple : manzana Pea : guisante
Bread : pan Pear : pera
Carpet : alombra Perhaps : quizs
Carrot : zanahoria Picture : cuadro
Caulilower : colilor Piece : pieza
Ceiling : techo Postman : cartero
Cheese : queso Pretty : bastante, bonito
Chicken : pollo Prune : ciruela
Clock : reloj de pared Jo rain : llover
Coconut : coco Rereshment : reresco
Jo cut, cut, cut : cortar (irreg.) Rice : arroz
Dessert : postre 3alad : ensalada
Dining-room : comedor 3almon : salmn
Lgg : huevo 3ardine : sardina
Fairly : bastante, regularmente 3ausage : salchicha
Far : lejos 3herry : vino de 1erez
Fish : pescado Jo shut, shut, shut : cerrar (irreg.)
Floor : suelo, piso (to) 3moke : humo, umar
Fly : mosca 3pinach : espinaca
Foreign : etranjero Jo steal, stole, stolen: robar (irreg.)
Honey : miel 3trawberry : resa
lndeed : en verdad Jo teach, taught,
1am : mermelada taught : ensear (irreg.)
Lamb : cordero Jurkey : pavo
Lemon : limn vinegar : vinagre
Napkin : servilleta voice : voz
0nion : cebolla waistcoat : chaleco
Jo open : abrir wall : muro, pared
0vercoat : gabn, abrigo Jo wash : lavar
world : mundo
1. l'll have an apple. 2. ou will be a rich man. 3. He will have
chicken. 4. He is going (to go) to Peter's . 5. Jhey'll stay there. 6. ou
are going to cut the caulilower. 7. l'm teaching Lnglish at home. 8.
what will they eat? 9. Jhey'll eat a turkey with rice and eggs. 10. Jhe
door o the school will be red. 11. My eercise book will be on the
table. 12. Jhe postman is going to be without any letters tomorrow.
b) Ccmpletar estas frases ccn will (c shall) y traducir:
1. Net week l____be with you again (de nuevo). 2. l____arrive in
London on Jhursday morning. 3. 3he____go there net 1anuary.
4.we____go to the station (estacin) to say good-bye (adis) to her.
5. ____you ask her to come to our house net 3aturday? 6. Do you
think the boys____like their dogs? 7. l____be happy to see you again.
8. where____we go or lunch? 9. Do you think you____write the letter
tomorrow morning or do you think your brother____write it? 10.
____he arrive beore nine o'clock?
1) Lsta tarde voy al cine. 2) vamos a la iesta maana.
a) Jhat aternoon l will a) we are going to the party
go to the cinema. tomorrow.
b) Jhis aternoon l am going b) Jhey are going to go the
to the cinema. party tomorrow.
c) Joday l go to the party c) we go to the party morning.
d) Ninguna es correcta. d) Ninguna es correcta.
3) Bailaremos en la discoteca. 4) No comer ensalada.
a) Jhey will dance in the a) He shall not eat salad.
discotheque. b) 3he won't eat salad.
b) ou are going to dance c) l will not eat salad.
in the discotheque. d) Ninguna es correcta.
c) 3he is dancing in the
discotheque.
d) Ninguna es correcta.
E
Ejercicios
5) Cundo llegarn?
a) where will they come?
b) How will they come?
c) why will they come?
E
a)
1. (o) comer una manzana.2. (J) sers un hombre rico.3.(Ll) come-
r pollo. 4. (Ll) va a ir a casa de Pedro. 5. Permanecern alli. 6. vas a
cortar la colilor. 7. Lstoy enseando ingls en casa. 8. u comern?
9. Comern un pavo con arroz y huevos. 10. La puerta del colegio ser
roja. 11. Mi libro de ejercicios estar sobre la mesa. 12. Ll cartero va a
estar maana sin cartas.
b)
1. will/shall. 2. will/shall. 3. will. 4. will/shall. 5. will. 6. will. 7.
will/3hall. 8. will/shall. 9. will, will. 10. will.
1. La prima semana (yo) estar contigo de nuevo. 2. Llegar a Lon-
dres el jueves por la maana. 3. lr alli el primo enero. 4. lremos a
la estacin para decirle adis (a ella). 5. Le pedirs que venga a
nuestra casa el primo sbado? 6. Piensas que le gustarn a los ni-
os sus perros? 7. 3er eliz de verte de nuevo. 8. Dnde iremos a
almorzar? 9. Piensas que escribirs la carta maana por la maana
o piensas que tu hermano la escribir? 10. Llegar (l) antes de las
nueve en punto?
c)
1.b 2.a 3.d 4.b 5.d
S
Soluciones
5ports and games
3kiing, gol, shooting, cycling and swimming are sports. Football,
rugby, basket-ball, base-ball and tennis are outdoor games. Jhere are
many other games played indoors which are called indoor games, such as
skittles, dominoes, draughts, chess or darts, not to mention the
numerous card games.
People go in or sports and play games.
Jo become a good sportsman you must devote a lot o time to training
or the sport you like best.
0utdoor games must be played when the weather is good. ln the long
winter evenings riends and relatives meet to play indoor games.
Many people like gambling, that is, playing a game o chance or skill
or money, but really there is nothing like playing or the sake o playing,
regardless o whether you win or lose.
Vccabulary
outdoor ~ al aire libre shooting ~ tiros, caza con
indoors ~ dentro, en casa escopeta
draughts ~ juego de damas skittle(s) ~ bolo, (boliche)
skill ~ destreza, pericia to go in or ~ presentarse a
or the sake to gamble ~ apostar, jugar
o ~ por (motivo de) con dinero
regardless o ~ sin tener en cuenta
T
Traduccin
tenas 6 - 10
Ljercicios de
repaso
1. what had you on Friday?
2. Net week we will have more beds.
3. ln December we have a lot o people.
4. we were on the beach on Monday.
5. ln spring we were very busy.
6. My brother was in hospital last month.
7. l have sometimes had problems.
8. Jomorrow aternoon he - she will be in the cinema.
9. My brother won't be at home tonight.
10. l've had our patients today.
11. /re there these shirts in the actory?
12. Jhat tailor isn't a jewel.
13. l have more socks than you.
14. why isn't this necklace in the shop-window?
15. we had little work.
16. Jhis week l have many gloves.
17. Jhe drawer is open because the socks are there.
18. Jhey had neither cheese nor meat.
19. My sister is with her dog.
20. Jhe church near the market is very nice.
21. l like pork.
22. l am opening the arm.
23. we can see two donkeys.
24. My riend preers goats.
25. we are calling our uncle.
26. we can study these sentences.
27. l can't inish the book.
28. Jhe people love this climate.
29. we are using your watch now.
30. Jhe teacher eplains the lesson.
31. when is the King's arrival?
32. Did you come yesterday?
33. Jhe ship didn't travel very ast.
34. Does Peter speak Lnglish?
35. Did you love her?
36. esterday we stayed in the country.
37. esterday he had breakast at eight o'clock.
38. l went to the oice at nine o'clock.
39. Jhe accident happened in the aternoon.
40. when did you read it?
41. Jomorrow we are going to eat salad.
42. Jhe postman will have the picture.
43. l must wash your waistcoat tomorrow.
44. l will open a packet o peas.
45. lt won't rain at the weekend.
46. we are going to buy a turkey or Christmas.
47. Carmen will go to London net week.
48. we won't eat until our because l have a lot o work.
50. our books will be on the table.
8olucionario a los e]ercicios
1. u tenias el viernes?
2. La prima semana tendremos ms camas.
3. Ln diciembre tenemos mucha gente.
4. Ll lunes estuvimos en la playa.
5. Ln la primavera estbamos muy ocupados.
6. Mi hermano estuvo en el hospital el mes pasado.
7. He tenido problemas algunas veces.
8. Maana por la tarde estar en el cine.
9. Mi hermano no estar en casa esta noche.
10. He tenido cuatro pacientes hoy.
11. Hay estas camisas en la brica?
12. /quel sastre no es una joya.
13. Jengo ms calcetines que t.
14. Por qu no est este collar en el escaparate?
15. Jeniamos poco trabajo.
16. Lsta semana tengo muchos guantes.
17. Ll cajn est abierto porque los calcetines estn alli.
18. Lllos no tuvieron ni queso ni carne.
19. Mi hermana est con su perro.
20. La iglesia que est cerca del mercado es muy bonita.
21. Me gusta la carne de cerdo.
22. Lstoy abriendo la granja.
23. Podemos ver dos burros.
24. Mi amigo preiere cabras.
25. Lstamos llamando a nuestro tio.
26. Podemos estudiar estas rases.
27. No puedo terminar el libro.
28. La gente ama este clima.
29. Lstamos usando tu reloj ahora.
30. La proesora eplica la leccin.
31. Cundo es la llegada del rey?
32. viniste ayer?
33. Ll barco no viaj muy rpido.
34. Habla Pedro ingls?
35. La amaste?
36. /yer nos quedamos en el campo.
37. /yer desayun a las ocho.
38. Fui a la oicina a las nueve.
39. Ll accidente sucedi por la tarde.
40. Cundo lo leiste?
41. Maana vamos a comer ensalada.
42. Ll cartero tendr el cuadro.
43. Debo lavar tu chaleco maana.
44. /brir un paquete de guisantes.
45. No llover el in de semana.
46. vamos a comprar un pavo para las navidades.
47. La puerta del colegio ser roja y grande.
48. Carmen ir a Londres la semana que viene.
49. No comeremos hasta las cuatro porque tengo mucho trabajo.
50. Jus libros estarn sobre la mesa.
l/ uerbo:
jormacin de
tiempos
perjectos
1. ntroduccin
Ln ingls eisten varias ormas perectas, o sea, que necesitan, al menos, el auiliar
"have" para su conjugacin, teniendo cada uno de ellos contenidos semnticos totalmente di-
erentes. Lntre ellos vamos a estudiar tres:
- "Present Perect".
- "Past Perect".
- "Future Perect".
2. Present perfect"
3e orma como el pretrito perecto castellano, con el presente del verbo "to have" + par-
ticipio pasado del verbo que se conjuga:
l have walked (o) he andado... we have walked
ou have walked ou have walked
He
3he has walked Jhey have walked
lt
3e pueden emplear las ormas contractas de "to have"(ver tema 6).
La orma interrogativa se hace alterando el orden del sujeto o auiliar, como ya hemos vis-
to repetidamente; la orma negativa, introduciendo la particula "not" entre el auiliar "to have"
y el participio del verbo que se conjuga:
Forma interrogativa Forma negativa
(He caminado?) ... (no he caminado)...
Have l walked? l have not walked
Have you walked? ou have not walked
he He
Has she walked? 3he has not walked
it lt
Have we walked? we have not walked
Have you walked? ou have not walked
Have they walked? Jhey have not walked
JLM/ 11: EL VER0: F0RMACI0N DE 1IEMP0S PERFEC10S 133
La orma negativa admite la contraccin entre el verbo "to have" y la particula negativa "not",
dando lugar a construcciones como "hasn't" y "haven't", como ya hemos visto en el tema 6.
Ll pretrito perecto epresa:
- /ccin ya terminada en el momento de hablar, pero relacionada en alguna orma
con el tiempo presente.
- /ccin que contina en el momento de hablar, pero empezada en el pasado.
- /ccin que pertenece al pasado en general, sin reerencia a un tiempo determinado.
ou have read this book. : J has leido este libro
(accin pasada. Caso 3
l have stayed here
or two weeks. : He estado aqui durante dos semanas.
(Ha estado aqui desde un tiempo pasado, dos
semanas atrs pero contina. Ls el caso 2').
3he has seen her on her
way here. : La ha visto cuando venia hacia aqui.
(accin terminada pero relacionada con
el presente. Caso 1').
Por tanto, es recuente traducirlo por el pretrito perecto espaol.
/ menudo encontraremos este verbo acompaado de las particulas "F0R" (durante) y
"3lNCL" (desde). Jambin aparece "1U3J" para las construcciones equivalentes a "acabar de
+ ininitivo". ueda situado entre el auiliar y el participio, mientras que los dos primeros lo
hacen entre el participio y su complemento de tiempo.
3he has just read that book: /caba de leer aquel libro.
3. Past perfect"
lndica una accin que empez en el pasado y termin antes de otra accin tambin pasa-
da. 3e dierencia del "past simple" en que ste seala una accin que ocurri en el pasado y
que ecluye toda reerencia con el tiempo actual:
l went to Lngland last year. : Fui a lnglaterra el ao pasado.
l had read it when you came.
(past simple de come) : Habia leido esto cuando viniste.
Mientras el "past simple" puede traducirse por el pretrito imperecto o el indeinido caste-
llano, el "past perect" equivale al pretrito pluscuamperecto.
134 JLM/ 11: EL VER0: F0RMACI0N DE 1IEMP0S PERFEC10S
Ll "past perect" se construye con el "past simple" del verbo "to have" ms el participio
pasado del verbo que se conjuga:
l had walked Habia caminado we had walked
ou had walked ou had walked
He
3he had walked Jhey had walked
lt
La orma negativa se construye aadiendo la particula N0J entre el auiliar y el participio
pasado. 3eria, pues, "had not walked", en el caso del verbo "to walk", para todas las ormas
personales. /dmite las contracciones que ya conocemos, dando lugar a H/DN'J w/LKLD.
La orma interrogativa se construye con la inversin que ya conocemos, dando lugar a la
estructura H/D + sujeto + participio pasado + complementos. Por ltimo, la interroga-
tiva-negativa, igual que la anterior, pero aadiendo la particula N0J tras el auiliar. Jambin
admite contraccin:
l hadn't walked when
you were there. : No habia caminado cuando estuviste alli.
Had you read it when it
happened? : Lo habias leido cuando sucedi?
Had she done it when he
arrived? : Lo habia hecho cuando lleg?
Hadn't she smoked her
cigarette when she inished? : No habia umado su cigarrillo cuando termin?
Como hemos visto, es recuente la combinacin del "past simple" y el "past perect".
4. Future perfect"
Ll "uture perect" se construye con el auiliar "to have" en uturo y el verbo en participio
pasado. 3e emplea para epresar una accin que habr terminado en un momento uturo.
(shall) (shall)
l have walked we have walked
will will
ou will have walked ou will have walked
He
3he will have walked Jhey will have walked
lt
(o) habr andado
Podemos traducirlo por el urturo perecto castellano:
l will have inished my work
by eight o'clock : Habr terminado mi trabajo a las ocho.
Las ormas interrogativas, negativas e interrogativas-negativas siguen las ormas que ya
hemos visto:
l won't have washed my
sister's car (o shall not,
will not o shan't) tomorrow. : No habr lavado el coche de mi
hermana maana.
will l have opened that
window at seven o'clock? : Habr abierto aquella ventana a las siete?
won't she have inished her
eercise net Monday? : No habr terminado su ejercicio el primo
lunes?
Como hemos visto tambin se emplean las ormas contractas.
Jo accept : aceptar
/eroplane : avin
/ll right : bien
Jo begin, began, begun: empezar (irreg.)
Jo bring, brought,
brought : traer (irreg.)
Construction : construccin
Curtain : cortina
Dear : querido
Deinition : deinicin
Dictation : dictado
Dictionary : diccionario
Jo drive, drove, driven : conducir (irreg.)
Llectric : elctrico
Jo employ : emplear
Lmpty : vacio
Lample : ejemplo
Lclamation : eclamacin
Lercise : ejercicio
Fire : uego
Fishing : pesca
Form : orma
Full : lleno
Future : uturo
0rammar : gramtica
lnterrogative : interrogativo
lnvitation : invitacin
Jo invite : invitar
Light : luz
Moon : luna
Never : nunca
Noun : nombre
0ver : sobre
Past : pasado
Phrase : rase
Plural : plural
Present : presente
Promise : promesa
Jo run, run, run : correr (irreg.)
3easide : playa
3ilence : silencio
3ingular : singular
Jo spend, spent, spent : gastar, pasar el
tiempo (irreg.)
3plendid : esplndido
3tar : estrella
Jhough : aunque
Jo turn : dar la vuelta
Jo turn o : apagar
Jo turn on : encender, (la luz)
verb : verbo
visit : visita
weekend : in de semana
1. we have waited more (ms) than (de, que) hal an hour. Don't you
think we had better (mejor) go away (irse)? es, l do, but l will phone
i you wait just a minute more.
2. Jhere is a phone there.
3. l know this shirt is very old, but l like it.
4. l will not have time to go and bring your curtain.
5. l know a man who has learned Lnglish in two months.
6. He reads not only newspapers (peridicos) but diicult books, and
he can write a letter, though he cannot speak (hablar) anything
(nada).
7. Mary is studying her lesson but she has not corrected her dictation.
8. l like ine weather.
9. will you have inished the letter tomorrow?
10. l will not inish my dictation.
b) Rellena lcs espacics en blancc ccn las fcrmas verbales que
ccnsideres cpcrtunas. (Fijate en el ccntextc) y traduce:
1. Mr. Harrison____a question in this moment.
2. l you want to pass your eamination, you____study Lnglish.
3. why didn't Mary read Hamlet? Perhaps she____it beore.
4. esterday, he____(trabajar) when they arrived.
5. Jhey____to the radio when 3heila phoned them.
1. Jhey have just cleaned the house. 2. Paul has been here or si
days.
a) Lllos han limpiado la casa. a) Pablo est aqui seis dias.
b) /caban de limpiar la casa. b) Pablo estar aqui el dia
seis.
c) No han limpiado la casa. c) Pablo ha estado aqui
durante seis dias.
d) Lstn limpiando la casa. d) Pablo ha venido para seis
dias.
E
Ejercicios
3. Have you inished the book? 4. My parents will have
returned.
a) Jerminas el libro? a) Mis padres estarn aqui.
b) Has terminado el libro? b) Mis padres volvern.
c) Jerminaste el libro? c) Mis padres habrn vuelto.
d) Jerminars el libro? d) Mis padres se irn.
5) l have driven his car.
a) He conducido su coche.
b) Conduje su coche.
c) No conduzco.
d) Conducir mi coche.
E
a)
1. Hemos esperado ms de media hora. No piensas que seria mejor
que nos ueramos? 3i, lo creo, pero yo teleonear si esperas slo un
minuto ms.
2. Hay un telono alli.
3. 3 que esta camisa es muy vieja, pero me gusta.
4. No tendr tiempo para ir y traer tu cortina.
5. Conozco a un hombre que ha aprendido ingls en dos meses.
6. Lee no slo peridicos sino libros diiciles y puede escribir una car-
ta, aunque no puede hablar nada.
7. Maria est estudiando su leccin pero no ha corregido su dictado.
8. Me gusta el buen tiempo.
9. Habrs terminado la carta maana?
10. No terminar mi dictado.
b)
1. ls asking.
2. Must o have to.
3. Has read.
4. was working.
5. were listening.
c)
1.b. 2.c. 3.b. 4.c. 5.a.
S
Soluciones
Who looks after the older generation7
Jhere are about 10 million old-age pensioners in Britain, o whom
about 750,000 cannot live entirely independently. Jhe government gives
inancial help in the orm o a pension but in the uture it will be more
and more diicult or the national economy to support the increasing
number o elderly. /t the present time, more than hal o all old people
are looked ater at home. Many others live in 0ld Peoples' Homes, which
may be private or state-owned.
Ihe individual and the family
Relationships within the amily are dierent now. Parents treat their
children more as equals than they used to, and children have more
reedom to make their own decisions. Jhe ather is more involved with
bringing up children, oten because the mother goes out to work.
lncreased leisure acilities and more money mean that there are greater
opportunities or the individual to take part in activities outside the home.
/lthough the amily holiday is still an important part o amily lie
(usually taken in /ugust, and oten abroad) many children have holidays
away rom their parents, oten with a school party or other organized
groups.
T Traduccin
1. La voz pasiva
3e llama voz pasiva a aquella que tiene un sujeto que recibe, no realiza, la accin, mien-
tras que el sujeto agente aparece como complemento agente. Lste se presenta en castellano
precedido de la preposicin "por" y a veces "de". Ln ingls recibe el nombre de "prepositional
object" y va precedido de B.
Jhe cat is loved by the children.
v Prep. 0bj.
Ll gato es amado por los nios.
v Comp. /g.
La orma ms corriente de la pasiva se orma en ingls con el auiliar J0 BL en el tiempo
correspondiente que se quiere conjugar y el participio pasado del verbo:
Vcz activa Vcz pasiva
Jhe boy loves the horse.__________Jhe horse is loved by the boy.
Ll nio ama al caballo.____________Ll caballo es amado por el nio.
3e usa ms etensamente que en castellano, como ya veremos. Por ejemplo, se suele
usar cuando el sujeto no se conoce o no interesa darlo a conocer. Ln estos casos y si el suje-
to agente es evidente el "prepositional object" desaparece:
Lnglish is spoken. : 3e habla ingls.
l am called Peter. : Me llamo (no soy llamado) Pedro.
1.1. Forma de la voz pasiva
Presente: am/is/are + participio pasado:
ou are loved. : J eres amado.
Presente Continuo: am/is/are being + P. pasado:
ou are being loved. : J ests siendo amado.
Futuro : will(shall) be + p. pasado :
ou will be loved. : J sers amado.
Futuro con 00lN0 J0: am/are/is going to be + p. pasado:
ou are going to be loved. : J sers amado.
JLM/ 12: LA V0Z PASIVA 143
"Present Perect": Has/have been + p. pasado:
ou have been loved. : J has sido amado.
"Past simple": was/were + p. pasado:
ou were loved. : J eras amado.
"Past Continuous": was/were being + p. pasado:
ou were being loved. : J estabas siendo amado.
"Past Perect": had been + p. pasado:
ou had been loved. : J habias sido amado.
Futuro Perecto: will(shall) be + p. pasado:
ou will be loved. : J sers amado.
Condicional: should be + p. pasado:
ou should be loved. : J serias amado.
Condicional Perecto: should have been + p. pasado:
ou should have been loved. : J habrias sido amado.
Must: must be + p. pasado:
ou must be loved. : J debes ser amado.
Can: can be + p. pasado:
ou can be loved. : J puedes ser amado.
Have to: has/have to be + p. pasado:
ou have to be loved. : J debes ser amado.
1.2. Otras formas de pasiva
Hay otras ormas de pasiva, adems de la que hemos visto.
a) Con verbos como J0 0lvL, J0 0FFLR, J0 LLND, J0 PR0Ml3L, J0 3H0w, J0 JLLL, J0 /3K
puede ocurrir que sea el objeto indirecto y no el objeto directo de la rase en voz activa el
que se convierta en sujeto de la oracin pasiva:
0rac|cn ^ct|.a 0rac|cn Pas|.a
1oe gives /rthur a table ________ /rthur is given a table by 1oe
3j v 0b. l. 0. D. 3j v. Pasiva 0b. /g.
144 JLM/ 12: LA V0Z PASIVA
b) Como hemos visto otra vez, la construccin castellana impersonal se traduce al ingls
con la pasiva:
lt is said : 3e dice
lt is seen : 3e ve
c) 0tra orma que diiere del castellano es la que se reiere a la de los verbos intransitivos
que necesitan preposicin, que tambin pueden pasarse a pasiva:
3he is listened to with
attention. : Llla est escuchada con atencin.
Basket : cesta Mountain : montaa
Bookshop : libreria Neighbour : vecino
Butcher : carnicero Piece : pedazo
Cause : causa Pole : polo
Chop : chuleta River : rio
City : ciudad 3hoemaker : zapatero
Coal-mine : mina de carbn 3ituated : situado
Copper : cobre 3pecial : especial
County : condado 3tationery : papeleria
Dressmaker : modista 3uccesion : sucesin
Larth : tierra 3urace : supericie
Fertile : rtil Jo be araid o : tener miedo de
0eography : geograia Jo collect : recoger
0lobe : globo Jo low : luir
0reengrocer : verduleria Jo reign : reinar
Hill : colina Jo rise : crecer, salir
(sol), levantar
lmportation : importacin Jo visit : visitar
Knowledge : conocimiento United : unido
Landscape : panorama varied : variado
Meadow : pradera volcano : volcn
Mineral : mineral world : mundo
a) 1raduce al espacl:
l will never orget, as long as l live, the day when l went to London. l
had come rom a little town in 3pain and l had never lived in a big city
beore. London was a new world to me.
Jhe general opinion abroad is that London has og or rain every day o
the year, but the day l arrived was ine and warm. Jhe net day was
just as beautiul: there was a slight wind that moved the leaves on the
trees and you could smell the spring in the air. l took 1oe, the little boy
o the house, or a walk. we went to a straight road and it was rather
quiet. when l could see the gardens the beauty nearly took my breath
away. Jhere were beds o spring lowers, red, yellow and blue under
the trees.
People in light spring clothes were walking about, and, what surprised
me, they did not only walk along the paths but also across the grass
and no one said a word to them about it. l had never seen such a
thing beore. we passed a pool in which ducks were swimming and a
children's playground with crowds o happy children.
lt was time or us to go home but l didn't know how to do it. My mind
was quite conused now and l was rather rightened. l ran to the let
and to the right and asked several old ladies or the way to my house
but l could not understand a single word they said. l wandered on till l
came to a big open place where l saw men sitting on chairs or on the
ground speaking or preaching and people o all kinds were listening or
asking questions or making remarks and sometimes laughing at the
speaker.
(contina en el tema siguiente)
b) Cambia estas frases a pasiva y traduce:
1. Jhe boy opens the door. 2. 1ane helps her mother. 3. we welcome
the visitors. 4. l inish my work at about ive o'clock. 5. Lucy drives a
car. 6. 3usan washed the dishes. 7. My riend didn't take me to the
pictures. 8. He is preparing breakast. 9. we opened the boes and
took out the cigarrettes. 10. /dam cut and rolled the lawn on Monday.
E
Ejercicios
c) Cambia las siguientes cracicnes a activa y traduce:
1. Jhe dog was kicked by the boy. 2. Jhe letter was written by 1oe.
3. Jhe students were taught by Mr. 3mith. 4. Jhe eggs were sold
and the bill was sent to us by the grocer. 5. / new dress is bought
and paid or by Lucy.
1) Ll perro es amado por la nia. 3) 3e llama Pedro.
a) Jhe girl loves the dog a) He is called Peter.
b) Jhe girl is loving the dog. b) His name are Peter.
c) Jhe dog loves the girl. c) He is Peter.
d) Jhe dog is loved by the girl. d) Himsel call Peter.
2) 3e habla rancs. 4) Je dieron un libro.
a) Hersel speak French. a) we are given a book.
b) French are told. b) ou are given a book.
c) French is spoken. c) ou were given a book.
d) 3peak they French. d) ou gave a book.
5) 3e rien de ella.
a) 3he laugh they.
b) 3he's laughed at.
c) 3he's laughed.
d) Jhey laugh her.
E
a)
Nunca olvidar, por mucho que viva, el dia cuando ui a Londres. Ha-
bia venido de una pequea ciudad en Lspaa y nunca habia vivido an-
tes en una gran ciudad. Londres era un nuevo mundo para mi.
La opinin general en el etranjero es que Londres tiene niebla o lluvia
cada dia del ao, pero el dia en que llegu era bueno y templado. Ll
siguiente dia era tan bonito; habia un viento ligero que movia las ho-
jas en los rboles y se pudo oler la primavera en el aire. Llev a 1oe,
el nio pequeo de la casa, a dar un paseo. Fuimos a una carretera
derecha y estaba bastante tranquila. Cuando pude ver los jardines, la
belleza de stos casi me hizo perder el aliento. Habia lechos de lores
primaverales, rojas y amarillas y azules debajo de los rboles.
La gente estaba paseando con claros trajes primaverales, y, lo que me
sorprendi, caminaban no slo a lo largo de los caminos sino tambin a
travs del cesped y nadie les decia una palabra acerca de esto. Nunca
habia visto semejante cosa antes. Pasamos un charco en el cual patos
estaban nadando y un parque de nios con montones de nios elices.
Lra la hora de irnos a casa pero no sabia cmo hacerlo. Mi mente
estaba bastante conusa ahora y estaba bastante asustada. Corria a
la izquierda y a la derecha y pregunt a varias seoras ancianas el ca-
mino para mi casa pero no pude comprender una sola palabra de lo
que dijeron. vagabunde hasta que llegu a una gran plaza abierta
donde vi hombres sentados en sillas o en la hierba hablando o predi-
cando y gente de todas las clases estaban escuchndolos o haciendo
preguntas o haciendo comentarios y a veces rindose del orador.
b)
1. Jhe door is opened by the boy. 2. Mother is helped by 1ane 3. Jhe
visitors are welcomed (by us). 4. My work is inished at about ive
o'clock. 5. / car is driven by Lucy. 6. Jhe dishes were washed by 3usan.
7. l was not taken to the pictures by my riend. 8. Breakast is being
prepared (by him). 9. Jhe boes were opened and the cigarrettes were
taken out (by us). 10. Jhe lawn was cut and rolled by /dam on Monday.
c)
1. Jhe boy kicked the dog. 2. 1oe wrote the letter. 3. Mr. 3mith taught
the students. 4. Jhe grocer sold the eggs and sent the bill to us. 5.
Lucy buys a new dress and pays or it.
d)
1.d. 2.c. 3.a. 4.c. 5.b.
S
Soluciones
Iradition
Jhe City does not reer to the whole o central London but rather to a
small area east o the centre, which includes the site o the original
Roman town. lt is an area with a long and eciting history, and it is proud
o its independence and traditional role as a centre o trade and
commerce. Jhis tradition is ocussed on the City's Lord Mayor, whose
oicial residence is the Mansion House. 0nce a year, in November, the
Lord Mayor's 3how takes place. Jhis is a colourul street parade in which
the newly elected Lord Mayor travels in a golden coach, which is over
200 years old. ln the evening a splendid meal is served in the 0uildhall,
to which the Prime Minister and members o the 0overnment are invited.
Hasta ahora deberia conocer el signiicado de las siguientes palabras:
Lista de verbos
accept (-ed) listen (-ed)
admire (-d) live (-d)
admit (-ted) look ater (-ed)
allow (-ed) lose (lost, lost)
annoy (-ed) love (-d)
arrange (-d) make (made, made)
ask (-ed) manage (-d)
be (was, been) mean (meant, meant)
be araid o meet (met, met)
be sorry mi (-ed)
be worth must ()
become (became, become) notice (-d)
begin (began, begun) obey (-ed)
believe (-d) obtain (-ed)
belong (-ed) open (-ed)
break (broke, broken) paint (-ed)
bring (brought, pay (paid, paid)
T Traduccin
.../...
buy (bought, bought) preer (-red)
call (-ed) prepare (-d)
can (could, -) print (-ed)
catch (caught, caught) produce (-d)
close (-d) pronounce (-d)
collect (-ed) put (put, put)
come (came, come) put on
correct (-ed) quarrel (-ed)
cry (cried, cried) read (read, read)
cure (-d) reign (-ed)
cut (cut, cut) remain (-ed)
change (-d) remember (-ed)
choose (chose, chosen) ride (rode, ridden)
deeat (-ed) ring (rang, rung)
deliver (-ed) rise (rose, risen)
die (died, dead) run (run, run)
dirty (-ied) sail (-ed)
do (did, done) say (said, said)
dream (dreamt, dreamt) see (saw, seen)
drink (drank, drunk) seem (-ed)
drive (drove, driven) sell (sold, sold)
drop (-ped) send (sent, sent)
eat (ate, eaten) set (set, set)
employ (-ed) shine (shone, shone)
enjoy (-ed) shoot (shot, shot)
all (ell, allen) shout (-ed)
eed (ed, ed) show (showed, shown)
eel (elt, elt) shut (shut, shut)
ill (-ed) sing (sang, sung)
ind (ound, ound) sit (sat, sat)
inish (-ed) sleep (slept, slept)
low (lew, lown) smile (-d)
ollow (-ed) smoke (-d)
orget (orgot, orgotten) speak (spoke, spoken)
get (got, got) spell (spelt, spelt)
get up (got, got) spend (spent, spent)
give (gave, given) stand (stood, stood)
go (went, gone) start (-ed)
guess (-ed) stay (-ed)
hang (hung, hung) steal (stole, stolen)
T
.../...
.../...
happen (-ed) study (-ied)
have (had, had) swim (swam, swum)
hear (heard, heard) take (took, taken)
hide (hid, hidden) take o
hit (hit, hit) teach (taught, taught)
hold (held, held) tell (told, told)
hope (-d) think (thought,
injure (-d) travel (-led)
invite (-d) try (-ied)
jump (-ed) turn (-ed)
kill (-ed) turn o
know (knew, known) turn on
laugh (-ed) understand (understood,
learn (learnt, learnt) use (-d)
leave (let, let) visit (-ed)
lend (lent, lent) wait (-ed)
let (let, let) wake (woke, woken)
lie (lay, lain) wake up
light (lit, lit) walk (-ed)
like (-d) wash (-ed)
wear (wore, worn)
win (won, won)
write (wrote, written)
Lista de a/abras
a lot o machine
about many
above name
across near
ater nearly
ago neither (nor)
already never
also new
although/though net
always net to
and nice
anybody no one
anyone no/not
anything noble
anywhere nobody
T
.../...
.../...
as / while nor
as ar as nothing
as well as now
at nowadays
at least nowhere
bad o
because o course
beore o
behind oten
below old
besides on
between on the right
big only
black open
blue opposite to
breakast or
brown out o
but over
by own
careully piece
cause poor
century proud o
city quickly
clean quiet
clever quite
close to rather
country reason
customer red
cheap relation/relative
despite rich
dirty river
down sad
during same
each serious
early since
earth small
either ... or so
empty so that
even some
every somebody
everybody someone
everyone something
everything sometimes
everywhere somewhere
T
.../...
.../...
epensive still
eperience such as
eplanation summer
amous than
ar that
ashion then
ew there are
or thereore
oreign thing
ree though
riend throughout
rom till/until
ull today
good too
grey town
hard under
high unortunate
how unless
how many until
however up
i useul
in very
in act way
in ront o week
in order to well
in spite o what
in the middle what ... like
into when
kind where
knowledge which
land while
landscape who
large whose
last why
late wide
lazy winter
less with
little without
long work
world
worth
yesterday
T
.../...
ljercicios de
repaso
a) 1raducir al castellanc:
(viene del tema anterior)
(...) /nother group was singing loud. 0 course, l could not understand
a word. lt was Hyde Park.
Meanwhile the sun had set and l was very tired. /t last we got to the
park gate but this was worse; there were buses, motocars, bicycles
and people.
l was ready to cry, but there was little 1oe, who was waiting or his
meal. l crossed the street onto an island, where l ound a policeman.
He was very tall. l said, "Please, sir, where is Cambridge 3treet?". He
began to eplain, but when he saw that l couldn't understand, he
became helpless too. "/re you ltalian?", he said. "No, l am 3panish",
l replied.
3o, he began to speak 3panish. He spoke 3panish very badly and his
pronunciation was worse, but it was more beautiul to me than all the
words o all poets. He smiled and then he raised his hand. Jhe traic
stopped; even the buses stood still and waited until l had crossed the
road. l soon ound mysel in streets that l recognised again.
l was happy, the sun shone and l arrived home late, but l arrived.
b) Pcn el verbc de las siguientes cracicnes en "past simple", tantc
en la fcrma afirmativa ccmc en la negativa y traduce:
1. Jhe woman calls her boy. 2. Jhe boy loves his sister. 3. ou look at
this book. 4. Jhey want these rooms. 5. Jhey open the door. 6. He
lives in London. 7. 3he writes a book. 8. He speaks Lnglish with his
mother. 9. 3he goes to the beach. 10. we play tennis with them.
c) Pcn en "present perfect" afirmativc y negativc lcs verbcs de las
siguientes cracicnes y traduce :
1. l____(see) them in the country. 2. Jhe cat____(drink) milk. 3.
ou____(wait) or them at school. 4. Jhe honey____(be) good. 5.
He____(call) me. 6. Jhe birds___(eat) bread. 7. He____(ask) her
several questions and she____(answer) them in Lnglish. 8. Jhe
JLM/ 13: E1ERCICI0S DE REPAS0 157
E
Ejercicios
boy___(come) with the books. 9. ou____(know) the answer o this
question. 10. we____(meet) him yesterday.
d) 1ransfcrma ccmc en el ejemplc que te pcnemcs, las cracicnes,
sustituyendc la fcrma de futurc ccn "gcing tc" pcr el futurc sim-
ple y traduce:
Ljemplo:
He is going to eat a cake tomorrow.
He will eat a cake tomorrow.
1. l am going to buy a table. 2. ou are going to be rich. 3. we aren't
going to have this house. 4. where are they going (to go) net sum-
mer? 5. Jhey aren't going to buy this car. 6. 3he is going to give me
the key. 7. Jhey are going to come again. 8. what are you going to
do net Monday? 9. Jhe door o my house is going to be red. 10.
Jhey are going to buy two blackboards and one duster.
e) Respcnde a las siguientes preguntas en el mismc tiempc en
que se hacen. Fijate en el ejemplc y traduce:
Ljemplo:
will he go to your house?
es, he will go to my house.
1. will you have it or me? 2. /re you having lunch now? 3. ls she as-
king a question? 4. Did he do it? 5. Does she sell it to me? 6. Have
they been there last Monday? 7. /re they walking all night? 8. Do you
speak Lnglish? 9. Do you like drinking cold water with lemon? 10. will
he buy you a little dog?
Debes tener en cuenta que si preguntas a una segunda persona de-
bes responder en primera, y si la pregunta est en primera, tienes
que hacerlo en segunda.
158 JLM/ 13: E1ERCICI0S DE REPAS0
E
a)
0tro grupo estaba cantando en alto. Desde luego, no pude compren-
der una palabra. Lra el Hyde Park.
Lntretanto, el sol se habia puesto y estaba muy cansado (-a). /l inal
llegamos a la puerta del parque, pero esto ue peor: habia autobuses,
coches, bicicletas, gente.
Lstaba a punto de llorar, pero estaba el pequeo 1oe que estaba es-
perando su comida. Cruc la calle hacia una isla, donde encontr a
un policia. Lra muy alto. Dije: "Por avor, seor, dnde est la calle
Cambridge?" Lmpezo a eplicar, pero cuando vio que no podia com-
prender, se volvi desamparado. "Lres italiano (-a)"?, dijo. "No, soy
espaol (-a), repliqu.
Lntonces, empez a hablar en espaol. Hablaba espaol muy mal y
su pronunciacin era peor, pero era ms bello para mi que todas las
palabras de todos los poetas. 3onri y entonces levant su mano. Ll
trico se par; incluso los autobuses permanecieron detenidos y es-
peraron hasta que habia cruzado la calle. Pronto me encontr en ca-
lles que reconoci de nuevo.
Lra eliz, el sol brillaba y llegu a casa tarde, pero llegu.
b)
1. Jhe woman called her boy. Jhe woman didn't call her boy. 2.Jhe
boy loved his sister. Jhe boy didn't love his sister. 3. ou looked at
this book. ou didn't look at this book. 4. Jhey wanted these rooms.
Jhey didn't want these rooms. 5. Jhey opened the door. Jhey didn't
open the door. 6. He lived in London. He didn't live in London. 7. 3he
wrote a book. 3he didn't write a book. 8.He spoke Lnglish with his
mother. He didn't speak Lnglish with his mother. 9.3he went to the
beach. 3he didn't go to the beach. 10. we played tennis with them.
we didn't play tennis with them.
c)
1. Have seen. Haven't seen. 2. Has drunk. Hasn't drunk. 3. Have
waited. Haven't waited. 4. Has been. Hasn't been. 5. Has called.
Hasn't called. 6. Have eaten. Haven't eaten. 7. Has asked. Hasn't
S
Soluciones
asked. Has answered. Hasn't answered.8. Has come. Hasn't come. 9.
Have known. Haven't known. 10. Have met. Haven't met.
d)
1. l will buy a table. 2. ou will be rich. 3. we will not have this house.
4. where will they go net summer? 5. Jhey will not buy this car. 6.
3he will give me the key. 7. Jhey will come again. 8. what will you do
net Monday? 9. Jhe door o my house will be red. 10. Jhey will buy
two blackboards and one duster.
e)
1. es, l will have it or you. 2. es, l am having lunch now. 3. es,
she is asking a question. 4. es, he did it. 5. es, she sells it to you.
6. es, they have been there last Monday. 7.es, they are walking all
night. 8. es, l speak Lnglish. 9. es, l like drinking cold water with le-
mon. 10. es, he will buy me a little dog.
S

Fleet 3treet is amous as the home o the nation's newspapers but, in
act, only two o them -1he Daily Express and 1he Daily 1elegraph -
are still in Fleet 3treet. However, people still say Fleet 3treet to mean
the press.
Jhe British are a nation o newspaper readers. Many o them even
have a daily paper delivered to their homes in time or breakast!
British newspapers can be divided into two groups: quality and
popular. uality newspapers are more serious and cover home and
oreign news thoughtully while the popular newspapers like shocking,
personal stories as well as some news. Jhese two groups o papers can
be distinguished easily because the quality newspapers are twice the size
o the popular newspapers.
T Traduccin
l/ uerbo:
jormacin de/
imperatiuo
1. Formacin de la segunda persona del imperativo

La segunda persona del singular y del plural del imperativo se orman con el ininitivo del
verbo sin la particula "to":
Come here! : Iven aqui! o Ivenid aqui!
Jell us! : IDinos! o IDecidnos!
0o there! : Ivete alli!
Lat it! : ICome eso! o IComed eso!
La orma negativa se construye con el verbo "to do" ms la particula N0J, que suele con-
traerse en "don't":
Don't speak 0erman! : INo hables alemn! o INo hablis alemn!
Don't come here! : INo vengas aqui! o INo vengis aqui!
Don't tell us! : INo nos digas! o INo nos digis!
Don't eat it! : INo comas eso! o INo comis eso!
Jenemos que recordar que en castellano no eiste imperativo en orma negativa, siendo el
presente de subjuntivo empleado en su lugar. Por ello debe traducirse por esta orma en ne-
gativa, como hemos visto un poco antes.
2. Formacin de la primera y tercera persona del imperativo
Las construcciones de la primera y tercera persona del imperativo, tanto en el singular
como en el plural, se realizan de manera totalmente dierente a la segunda, que hemos visto
ya. Lectivamente, se orman con "LLJ" ms el pronombre personal correspondiente en la or-
ma objeto, ms el ininitivo del verbo principal sin la particula "to". De los pronombres que
hemos citado hablaremos ms tarde.
3eria, pues:
LLJ + PR0N0MBRL PLR30N/L 0B1LJ0 + lNFlNlJlv0 3lN "J0"
Let us go with them! : Ivayamos con ellos!
Let her go there! : Iue se vaya all!
Let them eat his! : Iue coman esto!
La orma negativa se construye situando "not" entre el pronombre y el ininitivo, sin "to".
3eria, pues:
LLJ + PR0N0MBRL PLR30N/L 0B1LJ0 + N0J + lNFlNlJlv0 3lN "J0"
Let us not go with them! : INo vayamos con ellos!
Let her not go there! : Iue no vaya (ella) all!
Let them not eat this! : Iue no coman esto!
Jambin debemos recurrir al subjuntivo para traducir el imperativo negativo de los verbos
ingleses en primera y tercera persona del singular y del plural.
JLM/ 14: EL VER0: F0RMACI0N DEL IMPERA1IV0 165
3. Pronombres personales con funcion de ob]eto
Hay determinados pronombres personales (esto es, que se reieren a distintas personas
gramaticales) que uncionan como objetos directos o indirectos. 3on:
Singular Plural
Primera persona Me : me Us : nos
3egunda persona ou : te ou : os
Him : le (masc)
Jercera persona Her : le, la (em) Jhem : les, las,los
lt : lo (neu)
3e sitan tras el verbo y antes de los dems complementos. 3i hubiera ms de uno de
ellos hay dos posibilidades:
- ue se ponga primero el objeto directo y luego el indirecto con "to" delante:
Jhey gave it to me : Lllos dieron esto a mi (me dieron esto)
- ue se ponga primero el objeto indirecto y luego el directo; que no sea pronombre:
Jhey gave me the key. : Me dieron la llave.
Lsta clase de pronombres puede aparecer tambin tras preposicin:
3he was with me last week. : Llla estaba conmigo la semana pasada.
Bank : banco 3erious : serio
Bargain : ganga 3hip : barco
Branch : rama 3hot : tiro
British : britnico (Jo) 3hout : grito (gritar)
Castle : castillo 3ight : vista
Charming : encantador 3ound : sonido
Daisy : margarita Jale : cuento
Doll : mueca (juquete) Jhing : cosa
Lperience : eperiencia Jo admire : admirar
Famous : amoso Jo arrange : arreglar
Field : campo (que se trabaja) Jo be sorry : lamentar
Fun : diversin Jo be worth : valer
0ardener : jardinero Jo buy : comprar (irreg.) bought, bought
Hero : hroe Jo cry : llorar
1oy : goce, alegria Jo ill : llenar
Line : linea Jo kill : matar
Money : dinero Jo notice : notar
Museum : museo Jo produce : producir
166 JLM/ 14: EL VER0: F0RMACI0N DEL IMPERA1IV0
National : nacional Jo remain : permanecer, quedar
News : noticias Jo seem : parecer
Nice : bonito, agradable Jo sell : vender (irreg.) sold, sold
Passenger : pasajero Jo sleep : dormir (irreg.) slept, slept
Plan : plan Jo wake up : despertarse (irreg.) woke, woken
Picture : cuadro Jo wear : llevar,vestir (irreg.) wore, worn
Pictures : cine Joy : juguete
Proud o : orgulloso de Useul : til
ueen : reina worth : valor
Railway : errocarril wounded : herido
3ad : triste
a) 1raduce al castellanc. Si es necesaric usa un diccicnaric:
Benjamin Franklin was only seven years old when he learnt
(aprendi) a very important lesson. 0ne day a riend gave (di) him
some coppers. 1oyully he set out or a toy shop to buy something
or his money. 0n the way he met a riend who had a whistle. /ter
listening to it he oered the other boy all his money or it, and
went home very pleased with himsel. when his brothers learned
about it (supieron), they told (dijeron) him it was too epensive and
they laughed at his oolishness. He went to his room and cried or
hours. Jhis eperience taught him a lesson or which he was
thankul the rest o his lie. whenever he wanted to make an
unnecessary purchase, he said to himsel : "Do not give too much
or your whistle".
b) Elige la traduccin ccrrecta:
1) ICome eso! 2) INo me digas!
a) Have them! a) won't you tell!
b) Lat them! b) Don't tell me!
c) Lat that! c) Don't say
d) ou eat this! d) Not say me!
3) Dmelo. 4) Lstuve con l.
a) 0ive her it. a) l was with him.
b) 0ive me them. b) l was with her.
c) 0ive it l. c) l was with he.
d) 0ive it to me. d) l was with it.
5) Ivayamos con ellos!
a) Let them go with us!
b) Let me go with they!
c) Let us go with they!
d) Let us go with them!
E
Ejercicios
a)
Benjamin Franklin tenia slo siete aos cuando aprendi una leccin
muy importante. Un dia un amigo le di algunas calderillas. /legre-
mente parti hacia una tienda de juguetes para comprar algo con su
dinero. Ln el camino se encontr a un amigo que tenia un silbato.
Despus de escucharlo, le oreci al otro nio todo su dinero por l y
se ue a casa muy satisecho consigo mismo. Cuando sus hermanos
lo supieron, le dijeron que era demasiado caro y se rieron de su tonte-
ria. 3e ue a su habitacin y llor durante horas. Lsta eperiencia le
ense una leccin a la que estuvo agradecido el resto de su vida.
3iempre que queria hacer una compra innecesaria, se decia a si mis-
mo: "No des demasiado por tu silbato".
b)
1.c. 2.b. 3.d. 4.a. 5.d.
S
Soluciones
Iop of the Pops
Jop o the Pops is a programme that has been shown every week on
BBC Jv or many years. Lach week computers in a number o
record-shops throughout the United Kingdom show how many copies o a
record have been sold that week. Jhe new chart, issued each Juesday
evening, shows which singles have sold most copies during the previous
week. with this inormation, the show's producers decide which songs will
be played. Usually it will be those moving up the charts, or the new
releases which the disc-jockeys (usually called D1s) think will be hits. 0
course, each week the show inishes with the number one single. Bands
either appear live in the studio, or in a video recording made especially to
sell the record. Jhese videos have become so important in the last ew
years that they can help to make a record a hit.
T
Traduccin
ljercicios de
repaso
A) Pcner en el tiempc adecuadc: Usa diccicnaric si es necesaric.

1. Michael (be) in his room at eight o'clock. 2. He (lock) the door. 3. Jhen
at hal past eight he (be) sitting at his table and (use) the dictaphone. 4.
/t nine he (want) some whisky. He (pour) some whisky into his glass.
5. Jhen he (open) the reezer. 6. He (pull) the ice-tray with his let
hand and then, what (happen)? 7. He (trigger) a mechanism in line
with his heart. 8. Michael (turn) and (all) onto the loor. 9. He (be)
dead. 10. Jhere (be) blood and water on his shirt and blood and water
on the carpet.
) Una vez hechc el ejercicic antericr, tradcelc.
C) 1raduce al castellanc:
0nce there was a King in Britain called Uther. He was a great and
good King. He wanted to marry a princess, but she did not love him.
He was very sad.
Jhere was a magician named Merlin. He could change himsel into
any animal; he could change so that no-one could see him. He could
go rom place to place by magic.
0ne day Merlin came (past simple de come) to King Uther and he
said:
"l will help you. ou shall marry the princess and she will have a son.
l will help you i you will give that son to me".
"l will give him to you", said the King.
3o King Uther married lgraine, and they had a son. Jhey named the
son /rthur. when /rthur was three days old, a very old man was seen
at the door o the King's house. He was Merlin.
Jhen King Uther took the child in his arms, went out and gave him to
Merlin.
Merlin took /rthur away; he took the child to a good knight named
Lctor. /rthur was with Lctor's son, Kay and became (past simple de
become) a man.
E
Ejercicios
D) Realiza este test y traduce:
1. l..............a student. 2. .......doll is beautiul.
a) am a) them
b) are b) there
c) is c) mine
d) have d) their
3. who.................you? 4. Jhis is my house. Jhis is.....
a) are a) her
b) is c) mine
c) a b) it's
d) to have d) their
5. Jhere...one doll on the table. 6. Jhis is the doctor's house.
lt's................house.
a) is a) his
b) are b) yours
c) am c) it
d) have d) hers
7. Jhere........three pencils there. 8. Jhis is.................
a) is a) his
b) are b) it's
c) a c) they
d) the d) your
9. How many students.... in this class? 10. Jhis is..................
a) there are a) Peter's car
b) are there b) Peter car
c) is there c) Pete'rs car
d) there is d) Peters'car
11. Jhere are two........... 12. lt is one...............
a) ace a) ocloc'k
b) ace's b) oclock'
c) the ace c) o'clock
d) aces d) oc'lock
13. Jhere ............children. 14. He..................a dog.
a) is a) are
b) have b) has
c) are c) have
d) has d) be
E
15. Jhere are two ..... tables. 16. 3he...............a riend.
a) are a) had
b) red b) have
c) reds c) been
d) greys d) being
17. Jhis is .............. boy. 18. ................are books.
a) him a) there
b) his b) the
c) there c) a
d) ours d) that
19. what time ............? 20. l...............every day.
a) is it a) eat
b) it is b) eats
c) are day c) did eat
d) they are d) didn't ate
21. ou have......here. 22. ou...speak Lnglish very well.
a) was a) can
b) been b) to
c) were c) be
d) be d) musn't
23. lt ............yesterday 24. ............me this book.
a) are raining a) told
b) shall rain b) was
c) is raining c) give
d) rained d) are
E) Pasa a plural las siguientes frases y traduce:
1. Jhis is a cigarrette. 2. Jhis is a man. 3. Jhat is an egg. 4. Jhe boy
isn't near the window. 5. lt isn't an aeroplane.
F) Pasa a negativa las siguientes frases y traduce:
1. Jhis is a ship. 2. lt's a ine day. 3. He is a handsome man. 4. He
can speak Lnglish. 5. ou were in Lngland last year.
0) Pasa a interrcgativa y traduce:
1. Jhat is an aeroplane. 2. Jhat apple is bad. 3. Jhat door is closed.
4. lt is a boy. 5. Jhose are teacups.
E
A)
1.was 2.locked 3.was, used 4.wanted, poured 5.opened 6.pulled,
happened 7.triggered 8.turned, ell (irreg.) 9.was 10.was
)
1. Michael estaba en su habitacin a las ocho en punto. 2. Cerr
con llave la puerta. 3. Lntonces a las ocho y media estaba sentado
junto a su mesa y usaba el dictono. 4. / las nueve queria whisky.
Lch whisky en su vaso. 5. Lntonces abri el rerigerador. 6. Jir de la
bandeja de hielo con su mano izquierda y entonces qu sucedi? 7.
Dispar un mecanismo en linea con su corazn. 8. Micheal se vol-
vi y cay al suelo. 9. Lstaba muerto. 10. Habia sangre y agua enci-
ma de su camisa y sangre y agua encima de la alombra.
C)
Lra una vez un rey en Bretaa llamado Uther. Lra un gran y buen rey.
ueria casarse con una princesa, pero ella no le queria. Ll estaba
muy triste.
Habia un mago llamado Merlin. Podia transormarse en cualquier ani-
mal; podia cambiarse de tal manera que nadie podia verlo. Podia ir de
un lugar a otro por magia.
Un dia Merlin vino hasta el rey Uther y le dijo:
"0s ayudar. 0s casaris con la princesa y ella tendr un nio. o os
ayudar si me dis este nio a mi."
"Je lo dar," dijo el rey.
Lntonces el rey Uther se cas con lgraine y tuvieron un hijo. Nombra-
ron al hijo /rthur. Cuando /rthur tenia tres dias de edad, un hombre
muy viejo ue visto en la puerta de la casa del rey. Lra Merlin.
Lntonces el rey Uther cogi al nio en sus brazos, sali y lo di a Merlin.
Merlin le quit a /rthur: llev al nio a un buen caballero llamado
Lctor. /rthur estuvo con el hijo de Lctor, Kay, y se convirti en un
hombre.
S
Soluciones
D)
1.am 2.their 3.are 4.mine 5.is 6.his 7.are 8.his 9.are there 10.Pe-
ter's car 11.aces 12.o'clock 13.are 14.has 15.red 16.had 17.his
18.there 19.is it 20.eat 21.been 22.can 23.rained 24.give
E)
1. Jhese are cigarettes. 2. Jhese are men. 3. Jhose are eggs. 4. Jhe
boys aren't near the windows. 5. Jhey aren't aeroplanes.
F)
1. Jhis is not a ship (o:isn't). 2. lt is not a ine day (o:isn't). 3. He is
not (isn't) a handsome man. 4. He cannot (can't) speak Lnglish. 5.
ou were not (weren't) in Lngland last year.
0)
1. ls that an aeroplane? 2. ls that apple bad? 3. ls that door closed?
4. ls it a boy? 5. /re those teacups?
S
A day at the beach
/t the sea there are boys and girls. Jhey are staying with their athers
and mothers at the hotel.
lt is a very warm day. Jhe hotel windows are open and the people are
sitting outside under the canvas. Jhe women are wearing summer dresses.
Jhree boys are sitting on the yellow sand and two boys are bathing in
the blue water. / boy is swimming to a big rock. He can't swim very well
because he's learning.
Jwo girls have tennis rackets in their hands and are wearing white
skirts and blue blouses. Jhere are two boys and two girls. Jhey are playing
ootball.
Jhe waiters are standing net to the canvas. Jhey are wearing black
suits. Jhey have trays in their hands.
Computers
Computers have also started to play an important part in education.
Most schools in the United Kingdom now have their own computer. /s
well as using them or school eercises, many young people are now able
to write their own games as well. /lthough a large number o teachers
and parents see the advantages o computers, others are not so keen.
Jhey say that some young people use computers only or games and
don't really learn anything. Jhis will interere with reading development or
traditional hobbies, such as drama or sport. ln act some people say that
as computers become better at understanding and speaking we will
preer them to our riends!
T Traduccin
Pronombres
persona/es;
rej/exiuos y
recprocos
1. Pronombres personales
Como ya hemos visto, pueden presentarse bajo un doble aspecto: como sujetos y como
objetos. Los primeros representan a la persona o las personas que realizan o reciben la ac-
cin del verbo; los segundos, sobre quin recae.
ou call me. (Me llamas.) Jhey believe him. (Le creen.)
1.1.Formas del pronombre personal sujeto
l ~ yo we ~ nosotros/as
you ~ t you ~ vosotros/as
he ~ l they ~ ellos/as
she ~ ella
it ~ lo o ello (para cosas o animales)
3alvo en determinados casos de interrogativas, van situados siempre delante del verbo.
1.2.Formas del pronombre personal objeto
me ~ a mi, me us ~ nos, a nosotros/as
you ~ a ti, a vd., te, le (vd.) you ~ os, a vosotros/as, a vds.
him ~ a l, le, se, lo them ~ les, las, a ellos/as
her ~ a ella, le, la, se
it ~ le, la, lo (para cosas o animales)
Jhey gave us a book. (Nos dieron un libro.)
l gave them a book. (Les di un libro.)
Los pronombres personales objeto se sitan tras el verbo. Ln ocasiones van varios de
ellos, uno como objeto directo y otro como indirecto.
3e coloca primero el objeto directo y luego el indirecto precedido de "to".
3he gave it to me. (Llla me lo dio.)
Ln otras ocasiones aparecen los complementos en orma de nombres o uno en orma de
nombre y el otro un pronombre. Ln el primero de los casos, o sea, cuando ambos comple-
mentos son sustantivos, puede ocurrir que la oracin se construye de dos ormas:
a) 3ituando primero el objeto directo y luego el indirecto precedido de "to":
3he gave this money to Peter. (Dio este dinero a Pedro.)
b) Poniendo primero el objeto indirecto, sin ninguna particula, y a continuacin el comple-
mento directo, tambin sin preposiciones:
3he gave Peter the money. (Dio a Pedro el dinero.)
JLM/ 16: PR0N0MRES PERS0NALES; REFLEXIV0S RECIPR0C0S 181
3i uno de los complementos es un sustantivo y el otro un pronombre pueden usarse las
dos construcciones indistintamente:
3he gave the money to him. 3he gave him the money.
Jambin pueden uncionar con preposiciones:
3he was with him. (Lstaba con l.)
2. Pronombres reflexivos
Ln espaol slo tenemos un pronombre releivo, se o si, para la tercera persona del sin-
gular o del plural. Para el resto de las ormas personales se usan las que se emplean normal-
mente como objetos (me, te, nos, os).
Los releivos y los enticos son iguales en ingls. Ln singular se orman aadiendo
3LLF al adjetivo posesivo, para la primera y la segunda persona, y al pronombre personal
objeto para la tercera. Ln plural se aade 3LLvL3 a los correspondientes adjetivos y pro-
nombres:
mysel ~ me o yo mismo ourselves ~ nos, nosotros/as
yoursel ~ te, t/vd. mismo mismos/as
himsel ~ se, si mismo (masc.) yourselves ~ os, vosotros/as
hersel ~ se, si misma (em.) vds. mismos/as
itsel ~ se, si mismo (neutro) themselves ~ se, si mismos
Como releivos se usan para indicar que la accin del verbo recae sobre la misma perso-
na que realiza la accin; como enticos, para dar mayor importancia (ensis) al sujeto:
Peter bought it himsel. (Pedro mismo compr eso.)
1ane washed hersel. (1ane se lav.)
3. Pronombres reciprocos
La orma reciproca del verbo es aquella que denota reciprocidad o cambio mutuo de ac-
cin entre dos personas. Ln ingls se orma aadiendo al verbo uno de los pronombres reci-
procos: 0NL /N0JHLR o L/CH 0JHLR, que podria traducirse por "el uno al otro" o "los unos
a los otros" o sus emeninos o por "se":
Jhey love each other. (3e quieren.)
182 JLM/ 16: PR0N0MRES PERS0NALES; REFLEXIV0S RECIPR0C0S
4. Verbos reflexivos pronominales
3e construyen igual que los releivos, de la manera que ya hemos eplicado.
/lgunas veces no hay correspondencia entre los verbos pronominales releivos en ingls y
en espaol:
Jo complain ~ quejarse Jhey complain. (3e quejan.)
0tros verbos que no tienen necesidad de pronombres son:
Jo rejoice ~ alegrarse
Jo wonder ~ preguntarse
Jo be mistaken ~ equivocarse
Jo boast ~ jactarse
Jo repent ~ arrepentirse
Jo get up ~ levantarse (de la cama)
Jo remember ~ acordarse
Jo dress ~ vestirse
/udience ~ audiencia Perormance ~ representacin
Baker ~ panadero Perormer ~ actor
Corn ~ grano, cereal Prison ~ prisin
Customer ~ cliente Prisoner ~ prisionero
Doorkeeper ~ portero (hotel) Jo admit ~ admitir
Lntrance ~ entrada Jo allow ~ permitir
Lperience ~ eperiencia Jo change ~ cambiar
Lplanation ~ eplicacin Jo close ~ cerrar
Farmer ~ granjero Jo deliver ~ entregar
Flour ~ harina Jo make ~ abricar, hacer
(irreg.) made, made
Fun ~ diversin Jo mi ~ mezclar
0uard ~ guarda Jo send ~ enviar (irreg.) sent, sent
Lecture ~ conerencia Jo visit ~ visitar
Machine ~ mquina Jreason ~ traicin
Mercy ~ misericordia writer ~ escritor
a) 1raduce al castellanc
Mr 3mith has some students at his school. Jhere are si o them in all,
our young men and two girls. 3ome o them are hardworking and
clever; others are clever but they don't work much. 1ane is slim and
beautiul, and Mary is quiet and pretty. Peter is handsome and
welldressed and can talk about music and literature; Michael is not
handsome or clever but he tells unny stories. Jhey are all riends and
they speak about what they like and what they don't like, about their
work and their holidays, their joys and sorrows and their lives in general.
Mrs 3mith is a beautiul woman o about orty, with brown hair and
blue eyes. 3he is kind and manages her house very well. 0n the other
hand, she is very practical and ull o common sense.
Mr and Mrs 3mith have two children, 1ohn and Margaret. 1ohn is eigh-
teen. He is at university and studying to be a doctor. He is clever and
strong in both, body and character. He will be a good doctor.
Margaret is only ten. 3he is a lovely girl with golden hair and blue
eyes. 3he is always happy. 3he doesn't like studying but she likes mu-
sic and dancing.
b) Ccmpleta las siguientes frases y traduce:
1._____(Lllos) called_____(a mi). 2._____(J) see_____(a nosotros).
3. ou see_____(a ella) in her house. 4. 3he gives_____(a l) his
dog. 5. Jhey want to speak with_____(yo) in Lnglish. 6._____(Peter)
is a doctor. 7. Jhis house is or_____(3heila and Peter). 8. Peter is in
love with (3usan)_____. 9. (Jhat house)_____is old. 10._____(the
dog) is with me. 11._____(the J.v.) is boring. 12._____(My sister) is
in Madrid. 13. He will send_____(a dog) to_____(yo). 14. lt doesn't
belong to_____(3usan). 15. He washes_____(a si mismo) with hot
water. 16. Jhey looked at_____(ellos mismos) in the looking-glass.
17. 1ohn and Mary love_____(mutuamente, a ellos mismos). 18. l
know_____(esto) because l_____(yo mismo) did it. 19. Jhose boys
always quarrel with_____(el uno con el otro). 20. ou_____(t mismo)
can't do it better.
E
Ejercicios
1) 3he gave it to me. 2) Paul bought himsel a book.
a) Me lo dio. a) Pablo le compra un libro.
b) Me lo ha dado. b) Pablo se ha comprado un libro.
c) Me los ha dado. c) Pablo se compra libros.
3) Peter and 3arah love each other. 4) Jhey complained about the
bad service.
a) Pedro y 3ara se odian. a) Protestaban por el buen
servicio.
b) Pedro y 3ara se quieren. b) 3e quejan del mal servicio.
c) Pedro y 3ara se querian. c) 3e quejaban del mal servicio.
5) l can see mysel in a mirror.
a) Me puedo ver en un espejo.
b) Je puedo ver en un espejo.
c) 3e puede ver en un espejo.
E
A)
Ll seor 3mith tiene algunos estudiantes en su escuela. Hay seis (de
ellos) en total, cuatro hombres jvenes y dos chicas. /lgunos de ellos
son trabajadores e inteligentes, otros son inteligentes pero no traba-
jan mucho. 1ane es esbelta y guapa y Mary es tranquila y linda. Pedro
es atractivo y bien vestido y puede hablar acerca de msica y literatu-
ra; Michael no es atractivo ni inteligente pero cuenta historias diverti-
das. 3on todos amigos y hablan sobre lo qu les gusta y lo qu no les
gusta, acerca de sus trabajos y sus vacaciones, sus alegrias y sus do-
lores y sus vidas en general.
La seora 3mith es una mujer hermosa de alrededor de 40 aos, con
pelo castao y ojos azules. Ls simptica y dirige su casa bien. Por otro
lado, es muy prctica y llena de sentido comn.
Ll seor y la seora 3mith tienen dos hijos, 1ohn y Margaret. 1ohn tie-
ne dieciocho aos. Lst en la universidad y est estudiando para ser
mdico. Ls inteligente y uerte tanto de cuerpo como de carcter.
3er un buen mdico.
Margaret tiene slo diez aos. Ls una nia encantadora con el pelo
de oro y los ojos azules. Lst siempre eliz. No le gusta estudiar pero
le gusta la msica y la danza.
)
1.Jhey, me. 2.ou,us. 3.Her. 4.Him. 5.Me. 6.He. 7.Jhem. 8.Her. 9.lt.
10.lt. 11.lt 12.3he. 13 lt, me. 14.Her. 15.Himsel. 16. Jhemselves.
17. Lach other. 18.lt, mysel. 19.Lach other. 20. oursel.
C)
1.a 2.d 3.b 4.c 5.a
S
Soluciones
Exams
/t the age o 14 or 15, in the third or ourth orm o secondary school,
pupils begin to choose their eam subjects. Jhere are two levels o public
eaminations taken in the ith orm: the Certiicate o 3econdary
Lducation (C3L) and the 0eneral Certiicate o Lducation at 0rdinary
Level (0CL 0 Level).
0 Levels are more academic and they are more valued than C3Ls.
3chools put pupils into C3L classes or 0 Level classes depending on
their ability in various subjects. / new school-leaving certiicate is
planned or the late 1980s, however.
0 Levels and C3Ls will be replaced by one public eam, the 0eneral
Certiicate o 3econdary Lducation, and children will be assessed on their
work throughout secondary school. Jhe new certiicate will also give a
picture o pupils' eperiences and interests outside the classroom. ln
3cotland the eam system is slightly dierent and there is less
specialization higher up the school than in Lngland and wales.
T Traduccin
Adjetiuos y
pronombres
indejinidos e
interrogatiuos
1. Ad]etivos y pronombres indefinidos

Los principales son los siguientes:
a) 30ML:
lndica una parte de un todo, asi que puede ser traducido por "algn, un poco de, unos,
unas". 3e emplea normalmente en rases airmativas y, algunas veces, en las interrogativas
en las que se orece algo o se espera una respuesta positiva.
l have some milk in my ridge. : Jengo (alguna) leche en mi rerigerador.
/compaa, si es adjetivo, o sustituye, si es pronombre, a:
- nombres en plural:
l'll have some tables there. : Jendr algunas mesas alli.
- nombres incontables:
Jhere is some honey in the
cupboard. : Hay (alguna) miel en la alacena.
b) /N:
/compaa, como adjetivo, o sustituye, como pronombre, a nombres en plural y a nombres
incontables. 3e traduciria por "cualquiera, algn, cada".
ls there any milk in the kitchen? : Hay (alguna) leche en la cocina?
No, there isn't any milk in the
kitchen. : No, no hay (ninguna) leche en la cocina.
Ln determinadas ocasiones puede emplearse en oraciones airmativas con el sentido de
"cualquier o cualquiera", con un sentido general, indeinido o incierto.
ou translate any letter very well. : Jraduces cualquier carta muy bien.
c) N0:
Ls un adjetivo que epresa negacin. 3e usa en oraciones airmativas. 3e puede traducir
por "ningn, ninguna".
ou have no books in the desk. : No tienes ningn libro en el pupitre.
Lquivale a la construccin con oraciones negativas y "any".
JLM/ 17: AD1E1IV0S PR0N0MRES INDEFINID0S E IN1ERR00A1IV0S 191
d) N0NL:
Ls el pronombre que equivale a N0. 3e orma, tambin, con verbos en orma airmativa.
3e traduce por "ningn, ninguna, ninguno".
1ane knows none o your riends: 1ane no conoce a ninguno de tus amigos.
e) /LL:
3e puede traducir por "todo, toda, todos, todas". Puede ser pronombre y adjetivo. Como
ste puede o no llevar el articulo, segn se tome en sentido limitado o general.
/ll men like ootball / todos los hombres les gusta el tbol.
/ll the men in this room stood up.: Jodos los hombres que estaban en esta habitacin se
levantaron.
) LvLR:
Cuando "todo" va seguido de nombre singular, con valor de generalidad, se traduce por
LvLR con un singular o por /LL con plural.
Lvery man likes ootball. : / todo hombre le gusta el tbol.
Cuando el nombre lleva articulo y "todo" tenga el sentido de completo y entero se traduci-
r por wH0LL:
Jhe whole story is nice. : La historia entera es bonita.
g) B0JH:
3e puede traducir por "ambos, ambas". 3e usa delante de dos nombres, dos pronombres
o, a veces, dos adjetivos. Ln el segundo de los casos debe ir seguido del articulo precedido
de la preposicin "o" (de). Ll pronombre personal tiene que estar en su orma objeto.
Both o them go there. : /mbos van alli.
we met both the ather and the mother : Lncontramos al padre y la madre.
(/ veces no se traduce. Ln ingls esta orma se usa ms que su equivalente castellano).
h) 0NL, 0NL3:
3igniica "uno(s), una(s)" en sentido indeinido y general. Ls un pronombre.
192 JLM/ 17: AD1E1IV0S PR0N0MRES INDEFINID0S E IN1ERR00A1IV0S
l you want to see some pictures,
l can show you some very nice ones. : 3i quieres ver algunos cuadros, puedo
ensearte algunos muy bonitos.
/ veces se usa para traducir la orma impersonal con "3L". 3u verbo ir en singular:
0ne can't know it. : No se puede saber esto.
/lgunas otras ormas de epresar el impersonal "se" son a travs de "JHL", "PL0PLL" o
el verbo en voz pasiva.
i) 0JHLR, 0JHLR3:
3igniica "otro, otra, otros, otras". Ln singular va casi siempre precedido del articulo /N,
ormando una sola palabra, /N0JHLR, o de los partitivos 30ML o /N. Puede ser pronombre
y adjetivo:
ou have to buy another house. : Jienes que comprarte otra casa.
Don't epect anything rom others. : No esperes nada de los dems.
j) 3UCH:
3e traduce por "tal, tales, semejante". /ntes de un nombre en singular suele llevar articulo
indeinido:
l never liked such a dog. : Nunca me gust semejante perro.
k) LlJJLL:
3igniica "poco, poca". 3e usa con palabras incontables en oraciones airmativas:
Jhere is little water. : Hay poca agua.
l) FLw:
Jiene el mismo signiicado que el anterior, pero en plural. lndica pluralidad de personas o
cosas (palabras contables):
Few girls : pocas nias
m) MUCH:
3igniica "mucho, mucha". 3e emplea, igual que LlJJLL, con incontables, pero en negati-
vas o interrogativas. Ln airmativas se usa / L0J 0F.
ou have bought a lot o oranges. : Has comprado muchas naranjas.
Much paper : mucho papel
n) M/N:
3e traduce por "muchos, muchas", reiriendose a pluralidad. 3e usa, pues con palabras con-
tables en oraciones negativas o interrogativas y airmativas. 3u otra orma airmativa es / L0J 0F.
/re there many books in the classroom? : Hay muchos libros en la clase?
es, there are a lot o them in
the classroom. 3i, hay muchos de ellos en la clase.
o) Compuestos de 30ML, /N, N0:
/ partir de los adjetivos 30ML, /N, N0, se han ormado otros. Las ormas con "30ML"
aparecen en las oraciones airmativas; las creadas con /N, en las interrogativas y negativas
y las que tienen a N0 como principal elemento, en las airmativas con intencin de negacin.
Lstos compuestos son:
30MLB0D : alguien, alguno, alguna.
30ML0NL : alguien, alguno, alguna.
30MLJHlN0 : algo.
30MLwHLRL : en algn lugar.
/NB0D : alguin?, nadie.
/N0NL : alguin?, nadie.
/NJHlN0 : algo?, nada.
/NwHLRL : en algn lugar?, en ningn lugar.
N0B0D : nadie.
N0 0NL : nadie.
N0JHlN0 : nada.
N0wHLRL : en ningn lugar.
2. Ad]etivos y pronombres distributivos
Los ms importantes son:
Lach : cada, cada uno, cada una.
Lither (or) : el uno o el otro, la una o la otra.
Neither (nor) : ni uno ni otro.
Lvery : cada, todo, toda, todos los, todas las.
Lvery day l go to the beach. : Cada dia voy a la playa.
Lach o her daughters received
a present. : Cada una de sus hijas recibi un regalo.
"Lvery" tambin tiene sus compuestos:
LvLRB0D : Jodos, todo el mundo.
LvLR0NL : Jodos, todo el mundo.
LvLRJHlN0 : Jodo (para cosas).
LvLRwHLRL : Ln todos los sitios.
3. Ad]etivos, pronombres y adverbios interrogativos
3irven para ormar oraciones interrogativas. Recordad que preceden al verbo que, salvo en
algunos casos, va precedido de un auiliar y del sujeto.
Los principales son:
wH0 : uin? (pregunta por persona).
wH/J : u? (pregunta por cosas, generalmente).
wH03L : De quin? (pregunta por el poseedor de algo, se suele
responder recuentemente con el genitivo sajn).
wHlCH : Cul? o u? (pide la eleccin de algo entre
una multitud de objetos. Cuando se trata de un
nmero ilimitado se usa wH/J).
wH : Por qu? (pregunta por causa).
wHLN : Cundo? (pregunta por tiempo).
wHLRL : Dnde? (pregunta por lugar).
H0w : Cmo? (pregunta por el estado de una persona).
wH/J- LlKL : Cmo? (pregunta por la apariencia isica de alguien).
what are you saying? : u dices?
who are you? : uin eres t?
whose cat is this? : De quin es este gato?
which book do you want? : u libro quieres?
why do you like this book?: Por qu te gusta este libro?
when did you go to Paris?: Cundo uiste a Paris?
where do you live? : Dnde vives?
How is this girl? : Cmo est esta nia?
what is this girl like? : Cmo es esta nia?
Collar : cuello 3hop-window : escaparate
Counter : mostrador Jailor : sastre
Department : departamento Jo cure : sanar
(Jo) dirty : ensuciar, sucio Jo deeat : derrotar
Handkerchie : pauelo Jo jump : saltar, brincar
Knowledge : sabiduria, conocimiento Jo laugh : reir(se)
Line : cuerda, linea Jo obtain : obtener
Parcel : paquete Jo prepare : preparar
Patient : paciente Jo put on : poner (se)
3alesgirl : depedienta victory : victoria
3alesman : dependiente virtue : virtud
Usual Lnglish meals are breakast, lunch, tea and dinner. Breakast is
generally a bigger meal than you have on the continent, though some
Lnglish people like a continental breakast with rolls and coee. But
the usual Lnglish breakast is porridge or "Corn Flakes" with milk or
cream and sugar, bacon and eggs, marmalade (made o oranges) with
toast, and tea or coee.
we generally have lunch at about one o'clock. Jhe businessman in
London usually inds it impossible to go home or lunch, and so he
goes to a restaurant; but i you have lunch at home you have cold
meat, potatoes, salad and pickles, with a pudding or ruit to ollow.
3ometimes you have a mutton chop, or steak and chips, ollowed
by biscuits and cheese. 3ome people like a glass o beer with
lunch.
b) Ccmpleta las siguientes frases ccn lcs interrcgativcs ccrrespcn-
dientes y traduce:
1. ........ did you say? 2. ........ o these ladies do you know? 3. .........
will tell his ideas irst? 4. ........ do you think o that, 3ir? 5. ........ de
quin?) garden is that? 6. ........ have you much water? 7......... is the
book (dnde)? 8. ........ are you thinking about? 9. ........ will she arrive?
10. ......... are you? (dnde).
c) Ccmpleta las siguientes frases y traduce:
1. ........ (alguien) has been in this house. 2. ........ (nadie) has been
here. 3. l have ........ (nada). 4. ........ (ambos) you and Paul are
French. 5. l have to buy ........ (otro) brush. 6. Jhere are ........ (mu-
chos) books in the library.
E
Ejercicios
1) Jengo azcar en la cocina. 2) No hay patatas.
a) l have a sugar in the a) Jhere aren't any
kitchen. potatoes.
b) l have some sugar in the b) Jhere isn't any potatoes.
kitchen.
c) l have some sugar in the c) Jhere aren't no
cook. potatoes.
d) l have sugar at the kitchen. d) Jhere aren't some
potatoes.
3) No tiene nios. 4) Cada dia iba al mercado.
a) Have not children. a) Lvery week went to the
market.
b) He has no children. b) He went to the market
every day.
c) He has some children. c) Lvery day goed to the
market.
d) He has any children. d) Lvery day went to the
market.
5) Ln invierno comemos muchas naranjas.
a) ln winter we eat a lot o oranges.
b) ln winter we eat much oranges.
c) ln winter we eat many orange.
d) ln winter we eat some oranges.
E
a)
Las comidas inglesas habituales son el desyuno, almuerzo, t y cena.
Ll desayuno es generalmente una comida mayor de las que se toma
(you impersonal) en el continente, aunque a algunos ingleses les gus-
ta un desayuno continental con panecillos y ca. Pero el desayuno
ingls habitual es gachas o "copos de maiz" con leche o nata y az-
car, tocino y huevos, mermelada (hecha con naranjas) con tostadas y
t o ca.
/lmorzamos generalmente ms o menos a la una. Ll hombre de ne-
gocios en Londres generalmente encuentra imposible volver a casa
para almorzar, y asi va a un restaurante; pero si se toma la comida en
casa se toma carne ria, patatas, ensalada y escabechados, con un
puding o ruta para continuar. /lgunas veces se toma una chuleta de
cordero o ilete y patatas ritas, seguido de galletas y queso. / algu-
nas personas les gusta un vaso de cerveza con el almuerzo.
b)
1. what. 2. which. 3. who. 4. what. 5. whose. 6. . 7.where. 8.
what. 9. when. 10. where.
c)
1. 3omebody o someone. 2. Nobody. 3. Nothing, none. 4. Both. 5.
/nother. 6. / lot o o many.
d)
1.b 2.a 3.b 4.b 5.a
S
Soluciones
Commerce and finance
Jhe City o London is one o the major banking centres o the world and
you can ind the banks o many nations in the amous Jhreadneedle 3treet
and the surrounding area. Here, too, you will ind the Bank o Lngland.
Nearby is the 3tock Lchange which is like a busy market, ecept that here
not ood but shares in commercial companies are bought and sold. / little
urther along in Leadenhall 3treet is Lloyds, the most amous insurance
company in the world.
During weekdays in the City you can see the City gents with their bowler
hats, pin-striped suits and rolled umbrellas. Jhis is the uniorm only o
those men involved in banking and business in the City, and outside this
small area you will probably not see anyone dressed like this.
Hasta ahora deberia saber el signiicado de las siguientes palabras.
Lista de verbos
accept (-ed) must ()
admire (-d) notice (-d)
annoy (-ed) obey (-ed)
arrange (-d) open (-ed)
ask (-ed) paint (-ed)
be (was, been) phone (-d)
be sorry (was, been) preer (-red)
be worth (was, been) print (-ed)
begin (began, begun) produce (-d)
believe (-d) pronounce (-d)
belong (-ed) put on (put, put)
bring (brought, ) read (read, read)
buy (bought, ) remain (-ed)
call (-ed) remember (-ed)
can (could, -) ride (rode, ridden)
close (-d) run (run, run)
come (came, come) sail (-ed)
T Traduccin
.../...
correct (-ed) say (said, said)
cry (cried, cried) see (saw, seen)
cut (cut, cut) seem (-ed)
choose (chose, chosen) sell (sold, sold)
die (died, dead) send (sent, sent)
do (did, done) set (set, set)
drive (drove, driven) meet (met, met)
drop (-ped) shout (-ed)
eat (ate, eaten) shut (shut, shut)
employ (-ed) sing (sang, sung)
enjoy (-ed) smile (-d)
ill (-ed) smoke (-d)
inish (-ed) speak (spoke, spoken)
ollow (-ed) spend (spent, spent)
get (got, got) start (-ed)
get up (got, got) stay (-ed)
give (gave, given) steal (stole, stolen)
go (went, gone) study (-ied)
guess (-ed) take (took, taken)
happen (-ed) take o (took, taken)
have (had, had) teach (taught, taught)
hear (heard, heard) think (thought, )
hide (hid, hidden) travel (-led)
hope (-d) try (-ied)
injure (-d) turn (-ed)
invite (-d) turn o (-ed)
kill (-ed) turn on (-ed)
know (knew, known) use (-d)
leave (let, let) wait (-ed)
like (-d) wake up (woke, woken)
listen (-ed) walk (-ed)
live (-d) wash (-ed)
look ater (-ed) wear (wore, worn)
love (-d) win (won, won)
mean (meant, meant) write (wrote, written)
Lista de a/abras
a lot o near
about nearly
above never
across new
ater net
T
.../...
.../...
ago net to
already nice
also no/not
although/though noble
always nor
and now
as / while nowadays
as ar as o
as well as o course
at o
at least oten
bad old
because on
beore on the right
behind only
below open
besides opposite to
between or
big out o
black over
blue own
breakast poor
brown proud o
but quickly
by quite
careully rather
century reason
clean red
close to relation/relative
country rich
cheap sad
despite same
dirty serious
down since
during small
each so
early so that
either ... or some
empty sometimes
even still
every such as
epensive summer
eperience than
T
.../...
.../...
amous that
ar then
ashion there are
ew thereore
or thing
oreign though
ree throughout
riend till/until
rom today
ull too
good town
grey under
hard unortunate
high unless
how until
how many up
however useul
i very
in way
in act week
in ront o well
in order to what
in spite o when
in the middle where
into which
kind while
land who
large why
last wide
late winter
lazy with
less without
little work
long worth
many yesterday
name
T
.../...
l/ uerbo to do
1. Forma del verbo to do

Ll verbo J0 D0 es muy usado, debido a su doble valor como auiliar y como verbo normal.
1. Como verbo auiliar, se emplea en la ormacin del presente y pasado negativos e interro-
gativos de verbos no auiliares ni semiauiliares.
Do you like speaking Lnglish? : Je gusta hablar ingls?
l don't like speaking Lnglish. : No me gusta hablar ingls.
Para la construccin del negativo, como ya hemos visto, se coloca la orma del verbo to do
correpondiente a la persona entre el sujeto y el verbo; para la interrogativa, se antepone al
sujeto. Por ltimo, para la interrogativa-negativa, se antepone la orma negativa del sujeto.
2. Como verbo normal debe seguir las reglas aplicables a los verbos ordinarios. 3u orma es:
Presente Afirmativc Presente Interrcgativc
l do l...?
Do
ou do you...?
He he...?
3he does Does she...?
lt lt...?
we do we...?
ou do Do you...?
Jhey do they...?
Presente negativc
l He
do not (don't) 3he does not (doesn't)
ou lt
we
ou do not (don't)
Jhey
Past simple Af. Past simple Int. Past simpleNeg.
l did Did l...? l did not (didn't)
Ll resto de los tiempos verbales se orma de una manera regular, teniendo en cuenta que
el participio tambin es irregular: D0NL.
JLM/ 18: EL VER0 10 D0 205
3. Ll verbo to do se emplea a veces delante de otro verbo en orma airmativa. 3uele acon-
tecer cuando se quiere resaltar la idea de ruego, mando o airmacin. Jiene, pues, un ca-
rcter entico:
Do play it again. : Joque esto de nuevo.
l do like this song. : Me gusta mucho esta cancin.
4. Por ltimo, recuerde que el verbo to do se usa recuentemente en las respuestas, para
sustituir al verbo principal de la rase si la respuesta tiene que estar en present o past
simple. Ln el resto de los casos hay que valerse de los auiliares correspondientes:
Do you like Chopin? es, l do. : Je gusta Chopin? 3i, me gusta.
Did she buy a dog? No, she didn't. : Compr ella un perro? No, no lo compr.
will he buy this house? es, he will. : Comprar esta casa? 3i, la comprar.
2. Diferencias entre do y to make
J0 D0 como verbo ordinario se traduce de la misma manera que J0 M/KL: /mbos se tra-
ducen por hacer. Pero en ingls suponen ciertas matizaciones.
3e emplea generalmente el verbo to make cuando se hace reerencia a operaciones o
trabajos manuales y to do cuando se habla de trabajos intelectuales o de una manera gene-
ral de trabajo.
Lstas reglas no son constantes. Hay locuciones especiales que deben aprenderse de me-
moria. He aqui algunas de ellas:
Jo make progress : Hacer progreso
Jo make a speech : Hacer un discurso
Jo make a mistake : Cometer un error
Jo make a law : Hacer una ley
Jo make a journey : Hacer un viaje (por tierra)
Jo make a ortune : Hacer una ortuna
Jo make money : Hacer dinero
Jo make inquieries : Hacer pesquisas, inormarse
Jo make an oer : Hacer una oerta
Jo make an agreement : Hacer un convenio
Jo make use o : Hacer uso de
Jo make a proposal : Hacer una proposicin
Jo make a translation : Hacer una traduccin
Jo make riends : Hacer amigos
Jo make a noise : Hacer ruido
Jo make a ire : Hacer un uego
Jo make the bed : Hacer la cama
Jo make an eort : Hacer un esuerzo
Jo make a decision : Jomar una decisin
206 JLM/ 18: EL VER0 10 D0
Jo do a avour : Hacer un avor
Jo do well : /ctuar, proceder bien
Jo do badly : /ctuar, proceder mal
Jo do a sum : Hacer una suma
Jo do honour : Hacer honor
Jo do justice : Hacer justicia
Jo do an eercise : Hacer un ejercicio
Jo do business : Hacer negocios
Jo do something : Hacer algo
Jo do nothing : No hacer nada
Jo do your duty : Hacer tu deber
Jo do again : Hacer de nuevo
Jo do a job : Hacer un trabajo
Jo do an eam : Hacer un eamen
Jo do without : Prescindir de
what are you doing? : ue ests haciendo?
Por ltimo, est muy etendido el uso de J0 D0 en construcciones como las siguientes:
1ane is doing the shopping. : 1ane est haciendo las compras.
Mrs 3mith is going to do the cooking. : La seora 3mith va a hacer la comida.
He is doing the gardening. : Lst arreglando el jardin.
Como hemos visto, una orma de epresar que alguien est realizando algn trabajo de la casa
(hacer compras, lavar, cocinar, regar, barrer, arreglar el jardin...) es con el verbo J0 D0 en el tiem-
po que sea seguido del articulo JHL y el verbo que sirve para designar la accin en gerundio.
(ver las construcciones anteriores con to do y to make)
/nious : ansioso, impaciente 1oy : alegria
Character : carcter Knowledge : conocimiento
Clever : inteligente Lucky : aortunado
Common sense : sentido comn Nurse : enermera
Cook : cocinera Policeman : policia
Dancing : danza Practical : prctico
Doctor : mdico uiet : callado
0arden : jardin Rapid : rpido (personaje)
0olden : dorado 3chool-boy : colegial
0un : pistola 3ense : sentido
Handsome : atractivo 3orrow : pena
Happy : eliz 3trong : uerte
Hardworking : trabajador(adj.) Jo happen : ocurrir
Hunter : cazador Jo manage : dirigir, cuidar
lnjury : herida Jo quarrel : pelearse
JLM/ 18: EL VER0 10 D0 207
l am obliged to be requently away rom home. when l go to London, l
always stay at the same hotel. lt is a magniicent building situated in a
central position.
lt contains many bedrooms, a large ball-and concert room, a
reading-room, a restaurant, a smoking-room...
/rriving at the station, l take a tai and ask the driver to take me to
the hotel.
l irst enter the oice and engage a bedroom, i l haven't ordered it
beore. Jhe manager, who is a riend o mine, gives me one o the
best rooms in the hotel. He looks in his register and gives me a
number. Jhe porter takes my luggage to my bedroom. l take the lit to
go upstairs.
when l'm in my bedroom, l open my luggage and change my garments
and l dress better clothes. /ter getting ready, l put everything in order
and go down to the dining-room to eat.
l don't always take my meals at the hotel. 3ometimes l have dinner or
breakast in a restaurant. ln some restaurants an orchestra renders
music during the meals.
when l have eaten in a restaurant, l must pay or it beore leaving.
/t the end o the meal l ask the waiter or the bill and pay him. l
sometimes give the waiter a tip.
b) Pcn tc dc c tc make, segn ccrrespcnda, en las siguientes
frases y traduce:
1. what time...he have breakast yesterday? 2. 3hall l... a cup o coee?
3. 3he is... a table. 4. ou must... a cake. 5. 3he doesn't... his eercise.
6. ou didn't... a decision. 7. 3he is... un o me . 8. He is... the ironing.
9. Nobody can...anything with nothing. 10. Could you tell me how to... a
house without any bricks? 11. what will he... net Monday? 12. 3he
208 JLM/ 18: EL VER0 10 D0
E
Ejercicios
doesn't... the cooking. 13. what is he... with this paper? 14. ls he... a
ship? No, he isn't. 15. Do you like coee? es, l...
1) Je gusta bailar? 2) No uimos a la playa.
a) ou like dance? a) we don't go to beach.
b) Do you like dance? b) we didn't go to the beach.
c) Do you like dancing? c) we not went to the beach.
d) Does you like dance? d) we went not to the beach.
3) Ln el bosque hacen un uego. 4) Lst mal, hazlo de nuevo.
a) ln the orest they make a a) lt's wrong, do it again.
ire. b) lt's good, do it again.
b) ln the orest they do a ire. c) lt's wrong, make it again.
c) /t the ores make a ire. d) Jhey are young, do it
d) ln the ires do a light. always.
5) Cundo hars el eamen?
a) where will you do the eam?
b) when will you make the eam?
c) when do you make the eam?
d) when will you do the eam?
JLM/ 18: EL VER0 10 D0 209
E
a)
Lstoy obligado recuentemente a estar uera de casa. Cuando voy a
Londres, siempre permanezco en el mismo hotel. Ls un magniico edi-
icio situado en un lugar cntrico.
Contiene muchas habitaciones, una gran sala de baile y conciertos,
una biblioteca, un restaurante, una sala de umadores...
/l llegar a la estacin, tomo un tai y le pido al conductor que me lle-
ve al hotel.
Primeramente entro en la oicina y encargo una habitacin, si no la he
pedido antes. Ll director, que es amigo mio, me da una de las mejo-
res habitaciones en el hotel. Mira en su archivero y me da un nmero,
el mozo lleva mi equipaje a mi habitacin. Jomo el ascensor para ir
arriba.
Cuando estoy en mi habitacin (dormitorio), abro mi equipaje y cam-
bio mis prendas de vestir y me pongo mejores trajes. Despus de ha-
berme vestido, pongo todo en orden y bajo al comedor para comer.
No tomo mis comidas siempre en el hotel. /lgunas veces ceno o de-
sayuno en un restaurante. Ln algunos restaurantes una orquesta eje-
cuta msica durante las comidas.
Cuando he comido en un restaurante, debo pagar antes de dejarlo. /l
inal de la comida pido al camarero la cuenta y le pago. /lgunas veces
doy al camarero una propina.
b)
1. Did. 2. Make. 3. Making. 4. Make. 5. Do. 6. Make. 7. Making.
8. Doing. 9. Do. 10. Make 11. Do 12. Do 13. Doing 14. Making
15. Do.
c)
1.c 2.b 3.a 4.a 5.d
210 JLM/ 18: EL VER0 10 D0
S
Soluciones
Holidays
Lvery year, thousands o British people go to the continent to spend
their holidays, because although they have a lot o beaches, the weather
is bad a lot o times. Jhe majority o holidays are arranged by travel
agencies. 0nce they have paid, the only thing they have to do is to enjoy
themselves.
Jhe continental people also go to Lngland. Jhey like the beauty and
the history o its towns.
Great Britain
Jhis is the name o the island which is made up o Lngland, 3cotland
and wales and so, strictly speaking, it does not include Northern lreland.
Jhe origin o the word 0reat is a reerence to size, because in many Lu-
ropean languages the words Britain and Britanny in France are the same.
ln act, it was the French who irst talked about 0rande retagne! ln
everyday speech Britain is used to mean the United Kingdom.
JLM/ 18: EL VER0 10 D0 211
T Traduccin
Verbos
irregu/ares e
impersona/es
1. Verbos irregulares
Como hemos visto, el Past 3imple y el Participio de los verbos regulares se orma median-
te el aijo LD al lninitivo del verbo que se quiere conjugar. Lsta alteracin no es aplicable a
todos los verbos ingleses que se apartan de esta regla y son considerados irregulares.
3on muy abundantes. Los ms importantes son:
arise arose arisen surgir, levantarse
be was, were been ser, estar
bear bore born soportar, dar a luz
beat beat beaten golpear, vencer
become became become llegar a ser
begin began begun empezar
bend bent bent doblar
bet bet bet apostar
bite bit bitten morder
bleed bled bled sangrar
blend blent blent mezclar
bless blest blest bendecir
blow blew blown soplar
break broke broken romper
bring brought brought traer
broadcast broadcast broadcast radiar
build built built construir
burn burnt burnt quemar
burst burst burst eplotar, reventar
buy bought bought comprar
catch caught caught coger
choose chose chosen escoger, elegir
come came come venir
cost cost cost costar
creep crept crept arrastrarse
cut cut cut cortar
deal dealt dealt traicar, tratar
dig dug dug cavar
do did done hacer
draw drew drawn dibujar
dream dreamt dreamt soar
drink drank drunk beber
drive drove driven conducir
eat ate eaten comer
all ell allen caer
eed ed ed dar de comer
JLM/ 19: VER0S IRRE0ULARES E IMPERS0NALES 215
eel elt elt sentir
ight ought ought luchar
ind ound ound encontrar
ly lew lown volar
orbid orbade orbidden prohibir
orecast orecast orecast pronosticar
oresee oresaw oreseen prever
oretell oretold oretold predecir
orget orgot orgotten olvidar
orgive orgave orgiven perdonar
reeze roze rozen congelar
get got got recibir, conseguir
give gave given dar
go went gone ir
grow grew grown crecer
hang hung hung colgar
have had had tener, tomar
hear heard heard oir
hide hid hidden esconder
hit hit hit pegar, golpear
hold held held agarrarse, detener
hurt hurt hurt herir
keep kept kept guardar, mantener
kneel knelt knelt arrodillarse
knit knit knit hacer puntos
know knew known saber
lay laid laid poner
lead led led guiar
lean leant leant apoyarse
leap leapt leapt saltar
learn learnt learnt aprender
leave let let dejar, marchar
lend lent lent prestar
let let let dejar
lie lay lain tumbarse
light lit lit encender
lose lost lost perder
make made made hacer
mean meant meant signiicar
meet met met encontrarse
melt melted melted / molten derretir(se)
mislead misled misled despistar
mistake mistook mistaken equivocar
misunderstand misunderstood misunderstood entender mal
overcome overcame overcome vencer
216 JLM/ 19: VER0S IRRE0ULARES E IMPERS0NALES
overhear overheard overheard alcanzar a oir
oversee oversaw overseen inspeccionar
overtake overtook overtaken alcanzar
overthrow overthrew overthrown derrocar
pay paid paid pagar
put put put poner
read read read leer
ride rode ridden cabalgar, montar
ring rang rung llamar, sonar
rise rose risen levantarse
run run run correr
saw sawed sawn aserrar
say said said decir
see saw seen ver
sell sold sold vender
send sent sent mandar, enviar
set set set colocar
sew sewed sewed / sewn coser
shake shook shaken sacudir
shine shone shone brillar
shoot shot shot disparar
show showed shown mostrar, ensear
shrink shrank shrunk encoger
shut shut shut cerrar
sing sang sung cantar
sink sank sunk hundir
sit sat sat sentar
sleep slept slept dormir
slide slid slid / slidden resbalar
smell smelt smelt oler
speak spoke spoken hablar
speed sped sped apresurar
spell spelt spelt deletrear
spend spent spent gastar, pasar
spill spilt spilt derramar
spit spat spat escupir
split split split partir, dividir
spoil spoilt spoilt estropear
spread spread spread etender
spring sprang sprung saltar
stand stood stood estar de pie
steal stole stolen robar
stick stuck stuck pegar, hincar
sting stung stung picar
strike struck struck / stricken golpear
swear swore sworn jurar
sweat sweat sweat sudar
sweep swept swept barrer
swell swelled swollen hincharse
swim swam swum nadar
swing swung swung mecerse
take took taken coger
teach taught taught ensear
tear tore torn romper, rasgar
tell told told contar
think thought thought pensar
throw threw thrown tirar
understand understood understood entender
undertake undertook undertaken emprender
upset upset upset trastornar
wake woke waken despertar
wear wore worn llevar puesto
weep wept wept llorar
wet wet wet mojar
win won won ganar
wind wound wound enrollar, dar cuerda
write wrote written escribir
2. Verbos impersonales
Los verbos impersonales son los que se emplean solamente en la tercera persona del sin-
gular con el pronombre lJ como sujeto.
lt is raining. : Lst lloviendo.
lt dawns. : /manece.
0tra orma del verbo impersonal es la que se orma con el verbo J0 BL y el adverbio
JHLRL. Lquivale al uso del verbo H/BLR castellano en orma impersonal:
Jhere is a boy net to the door. : Hay un nio cerca de la puerta.
Jhere are some girls net to the door. : Hay algunas nias cerca de la puerta.
3e conjuga slo en tercera persona del singular y del plural. Las ormas interrogativas se
orman igual que las normales del verbo J0 BL, aunque con JHLRL como sujeto:
/re there any tables in this room? Hay algunas mesas en esta habitacin?
No, there aren't (any). : No, no hay (ninguna).
Ln ingls, el verbo J0 BL en orma impersonal se emplea, adems, para epresar estado
isico o atmosrico:
lt is cold. : Hace rio.
lt is warm. : Lst templado.
Por otro lado, los verbos impersonales son recuentemente reeridos a la naturaleza.
Lntre los principales verbos impersonales estn:
Jo snow : nevar Jo thunder : tronar
Jo dawn : amanecer Jo rain : llover
Jo hail : granizar Jo grow dark : anochecer
Jo lighten : relampaguear Jo reeze : helar
Jambin algunos verbos se pueden usar indistintamente como personales e impersonales.
Lntre ellos estn:
Jo look : parecer Jo seem : parecer
Jo grow : crecer Jo begin : empezar
Jo happen : suceder Jo become : llegar a ser,
convertirse
Las epresiones espaolas del tipo se dice, se piensa,... se pueden traducir en ingls
por la pasiva o por las construccines con PL0PLL o lJ como sujeto :
lt is said o People say : 3e dice
lt is epected : 3e espera
Bacon : tocino Ham : jamn
Brandy : coac Poultry : aves, caza
Cards : cartas 3weet : dulce
Cup : copa (deporte), taza lnhabitants : habitantes
Part : parte Fruit : ruta
0 course : naturalmente
a) 1raduce del ingls:
l went to visit Mr 1ones at his house and stayed with him or the
weekend. He lives in a house net to London. when l want to go
there l can go by train or by bus.
Jhe house is pretty and comortable. lt has a big garden.
l went in through the garden gate and walked along the path to the
ront door. l knocked at it and Mr 1ones opened it. He shook hands
with me and introduced me to his wie. we all sat down in armchairs
by the ire, or it was rather cold and l was pleased to see the ire in
the ireplace.
Jhe sitting-room is a big room. Jhere is a thick carpet on the loor. /
piano is on one side o the room because they like music very much.
/ television is on the other side and there are two bookcases with
books.
Jhe maid knocked at the door and said that dinner was ready, so we
went to the dining-room, a beautiul room with ive chairs and a table.
when dinner was over, the maid took the dishes to the kitchen.
Mr 1ones took me to his study to show me some o his books. we had
some coee, talked together and listened to the news on Jv. Jhen
Mrs 1ones played some music.
/t twelve o'clock l was very tired and Mr 1ones asked me i l wanted to
go to bed. l agreed.
Upstairs there are three bedrooms, two bathrooms and one lavatory. l
went to my room with my riends. Jhey told me that the room had
running water, soap and towels. ln the bed there were blankets and
one eiderdown.
Jhey told me that they had breakast at eight o'clock but l could eat
later. l told them l preerred to eat with them. /ter that they went out
o my room and l went to bed.
E
Ejercicios
b) Pcn en la fcrma ccrrecta lcs verbcs de las siguientes frases; y
traduce:
1. Jhey are (come) on Jhursday. 2. lt (snow) very much the day beore
yesterday. 3. lt oten (rain) in his country, but rarely in ours. 4. ... it
(rain) yesterday, when you came to school? 5. Jhere (be) many
mistakes in this eercise. 6. How many days (be) there in a week? 7.
Jhere (be) seven days. 8. Jhis house (cost) a lot o money. 9. (be)
there an eercise in this lesson? 10. es, there (be) one.
c) Pcn en past simple lcs verbcs de las siguientes frases y traduce:
1. l (have) two riends. 2. Jhe postman (drive) a car. 3. Peter (drink)
too much. 4. william (give) me a lower. 5. l (be) with the postman.
6. we (buy) a car. 7. Jhey (show) them some gloves. 8. 3he (sleep).
9. ou (tell) me a lie. 10. 3teve (eat) the chicken. 11. lt (rain)
yesterday. 12. 1oe (sing) very badly. 13. ou (dress) very well. 14.
He (take) this bag. 15. 3he (swim) across the river. 16. Jhe dog (be)
with me. 17. Jhey (go) to bed. 18. ou (speak) in Lnglish. 19. He
(spell) a lot o words.
1) Jhe armer ed the animals. 2) Jhe telephone rang.
a) Ll granjero alimenta a) Ll telono son.
los animales. b) Ll telono suena.
b) Ll granjero aliment c) Ll telono est roto.
los animales. d) Ninguna es correcta.
c) Ll granjero aliment
el animal.
3) Did he spell his name? 4) He read aloud.
a) Deletrea su nombre? a) Lei en voz alta.
b) Lstuvo deletreando b) Ley en voz alta.
su nombre? c) Lee en voz alta.
c) Hizo deletrear su nombre? d) Ninguna es correcta.
d) Ninguna es correcta
5) Jhey didn't win the cup.
a) No ganaron la copa.
b) No ganan la copa.
c) No hacen ganar la copa.
E
a)
Fui a visitar al 3r. 1ones en su casa y permaneci con l el in de se-
mana. vive en una casa cerca de Londres. Cuando quiero ir alli puedo
ir en tren o en autobs.
La casa es bonita y conortable. Jiene un gran jardin.
Lntr por la puerta del jardin y camin a travs del camino hacia la
puerta rontal. Llam (a sta) y el 3r. 1ones la abri. Me estrech las
manos y me present a su mujer. Nos sentamos todos en butacas
delante del uego, porque hacia bastante rio y yo estaba complacido
de ver el uego en la chimenea.
La sala de estar es una gran habitacin. Hay una espesa alombra en
el suelo. Un piano est en un lado de la habitacin porque (a ellos)
les gusta la msica mucho. Una televisin est en el otro lado y hay
dos estanterias con libros.
La doncella llam a la puerta y dijo que la cena estaba preparada, asi
que uimos al comedor, una bella habitacin con cinco sillas y una
mesa.
Cuando la cena termin, la doncella se llev los platos a la cocina.
Ll 3r. 1ones me llev a su estudio para ensearme algunos de sus li-
bros. Jomamos ca, hablamos (juntos) y escuchamos las noticias en
la Jv. Luego la 3ra. 1ones toc un poco de msica.
/ las doce en punto estaba muy cansado y el 3r. 1ones me pregunt
si queria ir a la cama. Lstaba de acuerdo.
/rriba hay tres dormitorios, dos cuartos de bao y un aseo. Fui a mi
habitacin con mis amigos. Me dijeron que la habitacin tenia agua
corriente, jabn y toallas. Ln la cama habia mantas y un edredn.
Me dijeron que tomaban el desayuno (desayunaban) a las ocho en
punto pero yo podia comer ms tarde. Les dije que preeria comer
con ellos. Despus salieron de mi habitacin y me ui a la cama.
S
Soluciones
b)
1. Coming. 2. 3nowed. 3. Rains. 4. was, raining. 5. were o are. 6.
/re. 7. /re. 8.Costs. 9. ls. 10 ls.
c)
1. Had. 2. Drove. 3. Drank. 4. 0ave. 5. was. 6. Bought. 7. 3howed.
8.3lept. 9. Jold. 10. /te. 11. Rained. 12. 3ang. 13. Dressed. 14.
Jook. 15. 3wam. 16. was. 17. went. 18. 3poke. 19. 3pelt.
d)
1.b 2.a 3.d 4.b 5.a
S
5panish Constitutions
3ince the beginning o the 19th century until 1978 3pain had eleven
Constitutions, and the main reason why none worked was that each had
been written and imposed by one particular group with little or no regard
to the views o anyone outside it. Jhe work to prepare the new
Constitution was entrusted to a parliamentary commission representing
all the major parties and the more important regional ones. Jhe
document which they produced was eactly what one would epect o a
committee made up o people with very dierent political views. lt is ar
too long, oten vague and sometimes contradictory.
3pain is deined as a parliamentary monarchy, rather than just a
constitutional monarchy. Jhere is no oicial religion and the armed
orces are assigned a strictly limited role. Jhe death penalty is orbidden
and the voting age ied at eighteen. Jhe new Constitution was
overwhelmingly approved by the 3panish people in a reerendum held in
December 1978.
T Traduccin
Adjetiuos
ca/ijicatiuos. l/
comparatiuo y
e/ super/atiuo
1. ntroduccin
Cuando un adjetivo aparece en una rase, normalmente, tiene dos posiciones posibles. La
primera es delante del nombre al que caliica; la segunda, tras el verbo J0 BL, que sirve para
unirlo al sustantivo.
Jhe black dog : el perro negro
Jhe dog is black. : Ll perro es negro.
Ln todo caso, el signiicado de una u otra construccin es similar.
Listen tres grados en el adjetivo: positivo, comparativo y superlativo:
- Ll adjetivo en grado positivo es el que simplemente enuncia una cualidad del sustantivo:
Jhe girl is rich. : La nia es rica.
- Ll adjetivo en grado comparativo es el que implica una comparacin entre dos sustanti-
vos o cualidades:
Jhe girl is richer than
her riend. : La nia es ms rica que su amiga.
- Ll adjetivo en grado superlativo es el que indica la mima cualidad que tiene el sustantivo:
Jhe girl is the richest. : La nia es la ms rica.
Ll adjetivo en grado positivo es el que hemos visto hasta ahora. Ln este tema vamos a ver
los otros grados.
2. El comparativo
Puede ser de igualdad, de superioridad y de inerioridad:
2.1. El comparativo de igualdad
3e epresa en oraciones airmativas o interrogativas con los adverbios correlativos
/3.../3, que equivalen al castellano J/N...C0M0:
ou are as tall as me. : Lres tan alto como yo.
/re we as tall as him? : 3omos (nosotros) tan altos como l?
JLM/ 20: AD1E1IV0S CALIFICA1IV0S. EL C0MPARA1IV0 EL SUPERLA1IV0 227
Ln las oraciones negativas se usan los adverbios 30.../3, en castellano J/N...C0M0:
ou aren't so tall as me. : No eres tan alto como yo.
Ln las oraciones interrogativas-negativas se usa siempre /3.../3, equivalente a
J/N...C0M0:
/ren't you as tall as me? : No eres tan alto como yo?
2.2. El comparativo de superioridad
3e orma de dos maneras:
a) /adiendo al adjetivo positivo el suijo LR seguido de la particula JH/N
Cold : rio Colder : ms rio
ln winter it is colder than
in summer.: Ln invierno hace ms rio que en verano.
b) /nteponiendo al adjetivo positivo M0RL, ms castellano y posponiendo JH/N, el
que castellano:
Mary is more beautiul than
1ane.: Mary es ms bella que 1ane.
3e usa la primera orma de hacer el comparativo, o sea, el aadir el suijo LR al adjetivo
positivo cuando el adjetivo es un monosilabo o cuando siendo adjetivos de dos silabas,
terminan en , LR, LL o 0w:
Pretty : bonita v prettier : ms bonita
Clever : inteligente v cleverer : ms inteligente
3mall : pequeo v smaller : ms pequeo
Cold : rio v colder : ms rio
c) Hay que tener en cuenta que:
- Las palabras que tienen una vocal corta reduplican la ltima consonante:
Big : grande v Bigger : ms grande
Jhin : delgado v Jhinner : ms delgado
- Las palabras terminadas en cambian sta en l antes de tomar la terminacin:
Pretty : bonita v prettier : ms bonita
Dry : seco v drier : ms seco
228 JLM/ 20: AD1E1IV0S CALIFICA1IV0S. EL C0MPARA1IV0 EL SUPERLA1IV0
- Las palabras que terminan en L muda, aaden solo R:
Fine : hermoso v Finer : ms bonito
Noble : noble v Nobler : ms noble
lce is colder than water. : Ll hielo es ms rio que el agua.
Linstein was wiser than you. : Linstein era ms sabio que t.
3e orma el comparativo con M0RL...JH/N en los restantes casos, esto es en los adjeti-
vos de ms de dos silabas o en los que teniendo slo dos silabas no terminan ni en ni en
LR, ni en LL ni en 0w.
1oe is more diligent than
1ohn. : 1oe es ms diligente que 1ohn.
3he is more sensible than
you. : Llla es ms prudente que t.
2.3. El comparativo de inferioridad
3e orma anteponiendo al adjetivo en grado positivo el adverbio LL33, equivalente al
MLN03 castellano y posponindole (tambin al adjetivo) JH/N:
Bob is less heavy than Fred. : Bob es menos pesado que Fred.
ou are less big than
an elephant. : Lres menos grande que un eleante.
3. El superlativo
Listen dos tipos de superlativo, el absoluto y el relativo.
3.1. El superlativo absoluto
Ls el que constata una cualidad superlativa sin implicar ninguna clase de comparacin. 3e
orma mediante el adverbio vLR, MU en castellano:
3he is very beautiul. : Ls muy bella.
He is very at. : Ls muy gordo.
Ln ocasiones tambin es usado MUCH, que se reserva para participios pasivos usados como
adjetivos, usndose very para los adjetivos y adverbios positivos y los participios presentes:
3he is much loved by me. : Ls muy amada por mi.
MUCH se usa en otras ocasiones, como en comparaciones que tienen construcciones
parecidas a las siguientes:
He is much atter and much
more clever than his sister.: Ls mucho ms gordo y mucho ms inteligente
que su hermana.
3.2. El superlativo relativo
Ll superlativo relativo supone la eistencia de una cualidad en grado elevado, superior al
que tienen varios individuos del mismo grupo con quien se compara al primero.
3e orma siguiendo reglas similares a las del comparativo de superioridad, aunque aa-
diendo L3J en vez de LR y usando JHL M03J en vez de M0RL. Lsta ltima orma pue-
de llevar un segundo trmino, que es el que supone la comparacin con los de su grupo.
Lntonces no aparece JH/N, sino 0F, que se puede traducir por DL o LNJRL, o lN, si
se reiere al lugar, entonces se traduce por DL:
Madrid is the largest city
in 3pain. : Madrid es la ciudad ms grande de Lspaa.
Michael is the tallest boy
o my riends. : Michael es el chico ms alto de mis amigos.
Ll superlativo de inerioridad ingls que se podria traducir por el castellano LL MLN03 es
la orma con JHL LL/3J:
Jhis work is the least risky. : Lste trabajo es el menos peligroso.
4. Comparativos y superlativos irregulares
varios adjetivos y adverbios tienen comparativos irregulares o derivados de otras raices:
Pcsitivc Ccmparativc Superlativc
0ood : bueno Better Jhe best
well : bien Better Jhe best
Bad : malo worse Jhe worst
Little : poco Less Jhe least
Much : mucho More Jhe most
Many : muchos More Jhe most
Farther Jhe arthest
Far : lejos
Further Jhe urthest
0lder Jhe oldest
0ld : viejo
Llder Jhe eldest
Later Jhe latest
Late : tarde
Latter Jhe last
(ver los nuevos adjetivos aparecidos en este tema)
/ngel : ngel Parcel : paquete
Basket : cesto Physic : isica
Brave : valiente Purchase : compras
Clothing : ropas Pursuit : ocupacin, caza
Comort : comodidad River : rio
Crowded : atestado 3carce : escaso
Danger : peligro 3oldier : soldado
Due (to) : debido (a) 3tream : corriente
Dying : moribundo 3ubjects : materias, asignaturas
Hospital : hospital Jhirsty : sediento
Hungry : hambriento Jin : lata, estao
lron : hierro Jo collect : recoger
Loty : elevado Jo reign : reinar
Mathematics : matemticas Jraining : entrenamiento
Mineral : mineral war : guerra
Nurse : enermera wounded : herido
0rder : orden
Dear Mother and Father,
l eel very ecited at the thought that in another week l will be with you
again. l have enjoyed my stay in Lngland very much. My Lnglish riends are
very nice to me, but, as they say in Lngland, Jhere's no place like home.
l am leaving here on Friday and l will arrive there on 3aturday. Can
you meet me at the station? l have a lot o luggage.
l want to ask my riend Peter to come and spend a week with us. Can l
do it, please? He hasn't any riends in Lngland and he is a very nice boy.
Please, let me know as soon as possible i it will be all right.
well, l think this is my last letter to you. l love you very much.
Mario
b) Pcn las partculas que faltan en las frases y traduce:
1. Peter is____old____1ane. 2. Frieda is the oldest____the amily. 3.
Jhe train is not____ast____the aeroplane. 4. My cigarettes are
not____epensive than yours. 5. London is bigger____Manchester.
c) Escribir el ccmparativc y el superlativc de ... y traduce:
1. Kind. 2. Lazy. 3. Populous. 4. Jerrible. 5. Cold. 6. Bad. 7. well.
d) Elige la fcrma ccrrecta del adjetivc, eligiendc entre las tres que
figuran entre parntesis y traduce:
1. Mary is as ____ as Peter (young, younger, youngest). 2. Jhis
mountain is ____ (beautiul, more beautiul, beautiuller) than that. 3.
Henry is the ____ (ast, aster, astest). 4. / car is not so ____ (big,
bigger, bigest) as a van. 5. My house is ____ (epensive, more
epensive, most epensive) than yours.
E
Ejercicios
e) Elige la traduccin ccrrecta:
1) l like maths more than 2) He is hungrier than me.
physics.
a) No me gustan ni las a) Jiene ms hambre que yo.
matemticas, ni la isica. b) Jiene menos hambre que yo.
b) Me gustan las matemticas c) Jiene tanta hambre como yo.
ms que la isica. d) Ninguna es correcta.
c) Me gustan las matemticas
y la isica.
3) London is as large as 4) Mary is the tallest in class.
Madrid.
a) Londres es ms grande a) Maria es la ms pequea.
que Madrid. b) Maria es la ms alta de la
b) Londres es tan grande amilia.
como Madrid. c) Maria es ms alta que t.
c) Londres es tan largo como d) Ninguna es correcta.
Madrid.
d) Ninguna es correcta .
5) Bob is less clever than Fred.
a) Bob es ms inteligente que Fred.
b) Bob es menos inteligente que Fred.
c) Bob es tan inteligente como Fred.
E
a)
ueridos padres:
Me encuentro muy emocionado con el pensamiento de que dentro de
otra semana estar con vosotros de nuevo. He disrutado mucho mi es-
tancia en lnglaterra. Mis amigos ingleses son muy agradables conmigo,
pero, como dicen en lnglaterra, No hay ningn lugar como el hogar.
Me ir de aqui (dejar esto) el viernes y llegar alli el sbado. Podis
reuniros conmigo en la estacin? Jengo mucho equipaje.
uiero pedir a mi amigo Peter que venga a pasar una semana con no-
sotros. Puedo hacerlo, por avor? No tiene ningn amigo en lnglaterra y
es un nio muy agradable.
Por avor, hacedme saber tan pronto como sea posible si esto estaria
bien (si habr algn problema).
Bueno, creo que esta es mi ltima carta para vosotros. 0s quiero
mucho.
Mario
b)
1. as, as. 2. o. 3. so, as. 4. more. 5. than.
c)
1. kinder, the kindest. 2. lazier, the laziest. 3. more populous, the
most populous. 4. more terrible, the most terrible. 5. colder, the col-
dest. 6. worse, the worst. 7. better, the best.
d)
1. young. 2. more beautiul. 3. astest. 4. big. 5. more epensive.
e)
1.b 2.a 3.b 4.d 5.b
S
Soluciones
Ihe generation gap
/s /merican children enter adolescence, they begin to demand
greater reedom to go where they please, do what they please, and make
decisions without parental intererence. Many /merican parents do not
know how to deal with their teenagers and seek advice rom books,
lectures, and parent-training courses. Parents want to maintain a riendly
relationship with their teenagers and also want to guide them so that
their behaviour will be whatever the parents consider proper and
constructive.
ln a society o rapidly changing social and moral values, however,
parents and children oten disagree about what is important and what is
right. /rguments may concern such unimportant matters as styles o
dress or hairdos. But quarrels may also concern school work, ater-school
jobs, decisions about how the teenager spends his money, career
decisions, use o the amily car, dating and seual behaviour. 3ome
amilies have serious problems with teenagers who drop out o school,
run away rom home, or use illegal drugs. Because so much publicity is
given to the problem teenager, one gets the impression that all teenagers
are trouble makers. /ctually, relatively ew adolescents do anything
outrageously wrong, and nearly all grow up into solid citizens who ulill
most o their parents' epectations. ln act, recent studies show that the
generation gap is narrowing. Jhe vast majority o teen agers share most
o their parents' values and ideas. Many parents o teenagers eel that
they get along with their adolescents quite well.
T Traduccin
la oracin
compuesta (|)
1. La oracin compuesta
La oracin compuesta est ormada por varias oraciones simples que mantienen entre si
una conein, que puede estar marcada por las curvas de entonacin del discurso (lo que se
maniiesta en el lenguaje escrito por medio de comas, puntos...), por enlaces de tipo
gramatical (conjunciones) y por la lgica del discurso.
La oracin compuesta puede ser yutapuesta, coordinada y subordinada.
0raciones yutapuestas son las que siendo independientes estn ligadas entre si por la
lgica del discurso. Lsta se maniiesta en orma de coma, punto y seguido, punto y coma...
His mother is blonde,
his ather is brown. : 3u madre es rubia, su padre es moreno.
0raciones coordinadas son oraciones independientes entre si, ninguna de ellas es un
elemento sintctico de la otra, unidas por neos que normalmente son conjunciones:
His mother is blond and
his ather is brown. : 3u madre es rubia y su padre es moreno.
0raciones subordinadas son las que dependen de otra oracin, que recibe el nombre de
subordinante. va unida a sta a travs de neos, tambin conjunciones. Desempean la
uncin sintctica de cualquiera de los elementos de la oracin:
l think (that) it is wrong. : Pienso que esto est equivocado.
2. Oraciones coordinadas: clases
Hay aceptacin general en considerar tres clases de oraciones coordinadas:
1. Cccrdinadas ccpulativas:
3on las unidas por conjunciones copulativas: /ND, sobre todo, que indica que las oracio-
nes son anlogas:
3he goes and comes. : va y viene.
2. Cccrdinadas disyuntivas:
3on las unidas por esta clase de conjunciones: LlJHLR ... 0R, NLlJHLR...N0R, o 0R.
Lpresan ideas o juicios contradictorios entre si por que no pueden ser verdaderos y alsos a
la vez. 3e trata, pues, de contenidos alternativos:
He dances or tell stories. : Baila o cuenta historias.
JLM/ 21: LA 0RACI0N C0MPUES1A (I) 239
Janto /ND como 0R permiten la omisin del sujeto y del auiliar, como hemos visto en los
ejemplos. /dems, ambas, si son varias las oraciones que unen, slo aparecen al inal,
uniendo la ltima y la penltima:
3he goes, comes, runs
and smiles. : va, viene, corre, y sonrie.
3. Cccrdinadas adversativas:
3on las unidas por la conjuncin BUJ. Lpresan juicios contrarios entre si:
l went to the shop but
l didn't buy anything. : Fui a la tienda pero no compr nada.
0tros neos adversativos son LJ y /LJH0U0H.
3. La oracin subordinada sustantiva: clases
Representan en la oracin compuesta la uncin de sintagma nominal o sustantivo.
Las principales subordinadas sustantivas son:
1. Las oraciones ormadas por un ininitivo con J0:
3he wants to know it. : uiere conocerlo.
3i el sujeto del ininitivo es dierente al de la oracin de la que depende aparece delante
del J0 en orma de pronombre personal objeto, si se usase esta orma:
3he wants him to know it. : uiere que l lo conozca.
Llevan esta clase de construccin los verbos que epresan voluntad (order, permit, allow,
persuade, recommend...), los que indican agrado y desagrado (like, love, hate, preer,
want...), los verbos preposicionales (ya eplicaremos en que consisten), los verbos que
indican iniciacin y continuacin (begin, start...), las perirasis verbales (try to, decide to,
aord to...) adems de otras ormas verbales:
3he wanted to eat an apple.: Llla queria comer una manzana.
l was waiting or the police
to come. : Lstaba esperando que la policia viniera.
l will begin to work net
Monday. : Lmpezar a trabajar el primo lunes.
240 JLM/ 21: LA 0RACI0N C0MPUES1A (I)
2. 0raciones ormadas por el ininitivo sin J0:
3e omite el J0 tras verbos que indican accin de los sentidos (see, hear, notice...), detrs
de LLJ, M/KL y H/vL, detrs de los verbos deectivos (can, may...), principalmente:
l can't speak French. : No puedo (s) hablar rancs.
Let me speak to Mike. : Djame hablar con Mike.
ou have seen him run. : Has visto a l correr (lo has visto correr).
3. 0raciones ormadas con wH:
Nos reerimos a las ormadas por las particulas interrogativas wH/J, wHLRL, wHLN,
wH0..., ecepto wH.
Hay dos clases de construcciones de este tipo:
- lninitivo precedido del interrogativo en verbos como KN0w, w0NDLR, UNDLR3J/ND,
sin que preceda un pronombre personal:
l know what to do with
the cat. : 3 que hacer con el gato.
- lninitivo precedido, por este orden, de pronombre personal, particula interrogativa e ini-
nitivo con J0. 0curre en verbos como /3K, 3H0w, JLLL, JL/CH...:
He asks me how to do it.: Me pregunta cmo hacerlo.
La construccin inglesa con KN0w ms H0w se traduce por el castellano 3/BLR C0M0.
4. 3ubordinadas sustantivas ormadas con JH/J:
Hay una serie de verbos que rigen JH/J. Los principales son: BLLlLvL, FLLL, FlND,
3UPP03L, lM/0lNL, JHlNK, KN0w, LXPLCJ, 3H0w, UNDLR3J/ND, DLCL/RL,....
Jhey think that you are
wrong. : Piensan que ests equivocado.
La conjuncin JH/J puede ser omitida sin cambio de sentido:
Jhey think you are wrong. : Piensan que ests equivocado.
Los verbos antes citados tienen otras construcciones dierentes, como ya hemos visto:
ou know how to write it. : 3abes cmo escribirlo.
5. 0raciones en estilo indirecto:
Dependen de una oracin que contiene un verbo de epresin, o sea, que signiica hablar,
decir, pensar..., del que es complemento directo:
He asked me what
the time was. : Me pregunt qu hora era. (estilo indirecto)
He asks: what is the time? : Pregunta: u hora es? (estilo directo)
Ln el estilo directo se reproducen tetualmente las palabras que el hablante ha utilizado
para epresar su airmacin o pregunta, en el indirecto, otra persona relata con sus pro-
pias palabras lo que otros han dicho.
Para pasar de estilo directo al indirecto hay que transormar el verbo, cambiando el tiempo:
Presente simple Pasado simple
Present perect Past perect
Pasado simple Past perect
Futuro simple pasa a Condicional simple
Condicional simple Condicional perecto
Futuro perecto Condicional perecto
La rase, adems, sure otras modiicaciones:
- La conjuncin JH/J puede ser suprimida
- Los pronombres pueden ser modiicados. Lgicamente, si alguien narra algo dicho en
primera persona, no puede repetir la rase de la misma manera, porque no es l quien
lo ha dicho. /si,l pasa a HL/3HL y wL a JHL.
- 0tros elementos que cambian son HLRL, que pasa a JHLRL, N0w a JHLN...
He said: l'm happy in
this place now. : Dijo: 3oy eliz en este lugar ahora.
(estilo directo)
He said (that) he was happy
in that place then. : Dijo que era eliz en aquel lugar entonces.
(estilo indirecto)
Ln las preguntas se usa /3K y w0NDLR seguidos de lF o wHLJHLR, si la rase original
lleva el auiliar D0 o el verbo mismo es un auiliar:
He asks: Do you like coee?: Pregunta: Je gusta el ca?
He asked i she liked coee : Pregunt si le gustaba el ca.
3i la pregunta empieza por particula interrogativa slo admite el cambio del orden de la
interrogacin, que ya hemos observado en el ejemplo anterior. 3i en la oracin interrogativa el
orden normal era:
Particula interrogativa + auiliar + sujeto + verbo
/l pasarlo al estilo indirecto se convierte en:
Particula interrogativa + sujeto + verbo
He asks: where is she? : Pregunta: Dnde est?
He asked where she was : Pregunt dnde estaba.
Por ltimo, para pasar al estilo indirecto una rase imperativa se emplea el ininitivo:
He said: 0o to bed. : Dijo: vete a la cama. (directo)
He told me to go to bed. : Me dijo que me uera a la cama. (indirecto)
4. La oracin subordinada sustantiva: funciones
Puede cumplir normalmente todas o casi todas las unciones del nombre o del sintagma
nominal:
a) 3ujeto:
Jo ly is un. : volar es divertido.
b) Complemento directo:
l want to go to London. : uiero ir a Londres.
c) Complemento de un nombre, adjetivo o verbo:
l'm araid that they don't go. : Me temo que ellos no vayan.
d) /posicin:
My idea, to go to London,
was marvellous. : Mi idea de ir a Londres era maravillosa.
/broad : en el etranjero Jired : cansado
/bundance : abundancia Jo aord to : permitirse
/iry : aireado Jo allow : permitir
Cotton : algodn Jo believe : creer
Daily : cotidiano, diario Jo belong : pertenecer
Dead : muerto Jo decide to : decidir
Delightul : delicioso Jo demolish : demoler
Diicult : diicil Jo eport : eportar
Distinguished : distinguido Jo hate : odiar
Factory : brica Jo import : importar
Famous : amoso Jo order : ordenar
Kind : clase, especie, amable Jo permit : permitir
Lawyer : abogado Jo persuade : persuadir
Material : material Jo preer : preerir
Merchant : comerciante Jo produce : producir
Nation : nacin Jo recommend : recomendar
Necessity : necesidad Jo require : requerir
0verseas : allende el mar, ultramar Jo start : empezar
Product : producto Jo survive : sobrevivir
Rail : errocarril Jo try on : probar
Raw : en bruto Jo try to : intentar
Road : camino, carretera Jo wear : vestir
3ize : tamao, talla Jrade : comercio
3ock : calcetin Jrader : comerciante
3ot : blando Underwear : ropa interior
3tockings : medias varied : variado
3ure : seguro wide : ancho
3weet : dulce wise : sabio
/ternoon tea you can hardly call a meal, but it is a sociable sort o thing
when people come in or a chat with their cup o tea, cake or biscuit.
ln some houses dinner is the biggest meal o the day.
we begin with soup, then we have ish or roast chicken with potatoes
and vegetables and a sweet or dessert to ollow. Jhen we go into the
sitting-room or coee and cigarrettes.
But in a great many Lnglish homes, people make the midday meal bigger
and have much simpler suppers: an omelette or sausages, sometimes
bacon and eggs or bread and cheese, a cup o coee or tea and ruit.
l you want to know how to lay a table l can tell you : First l spread
the table-cloth and then l take all the cutlery out o the drawer (a ish
knie and ork, a knie and ork or the meat, a small knie or the
butter and a ruit knie or the dessert). Jhen there is a spoon and ork
or the dessert and a soup spoon.
l put the knives and the soup spoon on the right-hand side and the
orks on the let, ecept the spoon and ork or the dessert.
(continuar)
b) Pcn lcs nexcs aprcpiadcs en las siguientes frases y traduce:
1. Jhey had ____ cheese nor butter. 2. l never drink ____ l do not eel
thirsty. 3. Jhey did not come ____ ear o the rain. 4. He could not tell us
____ he was punished. 5. ou are very rich ____ l am not. 6. Jhey did
not say ____ the purse was yours. 7. Jwo ____ two are our. 8. ____ l
have no invitation, l will go to the concert. 9. He went to bed early ____
he was tired. 10. l know ____ you are very ill, ____ l want ____ go there.
c) Seala las ccnjuncicnes y dems nexcs que aparezcan en las
siguientes frases y traduce:
1. /ttend to me, when l speak. 2. l lost my knie, so l can't eat. 3. l
you don't eat, you don't get at. 4. Be as quick as you can.
E
Ejercicios
1) His sister is clever, 2) l went to town but l didn't buy
his brother is stupid. anything.
a) 3u padre es listo, su a) Fui al pueblo y no compr
hermana tonta. nada.
b) 3u hermana es inteligente, b) Fui a la ciudad pero no he
su hermano tonto. comprado nada.
c) 3u hermano es inteligente c) Fui a la ciudad para nada.
y su hermana tambin. d) Ninguna es correcta.
3) He wants to have a 4) l don't know what to do
big house. with him.
a) ueremos una casa a) No s que hacer con ella.
pequea. b) 3abemos que hacer.
b) uiere tener una casa c) uiero hacer algo con l.
grande. d) Ninguna es correcta.
c) No quiere casa.
5) l'll start work tomorrow.
a) Lmpezar el trabajo maana.
b) No trabajo maana.
c) Jerminar de trabajar maana.
E
a)
/l t de la tarde se puede diicilmente llamar una comida, pero es
algo social cuando la gente viene a charlar con su taza de t, pastel o
galleta.
Ln algunas casas la cena es la mayor comida del dia.
Lmpezamos con sopa, despus hay pescado o pollo asado con pata-
tas y vegetales y un dulce o postre para seguir. Luego vamos a la sala
de estar para el ca y los cigarrillos.
Pero en un gran nmero de hogares ingleses, la gente hace la comida
del mediodia mayor y tienen la cena mucho ms simple: una tortilla o
salchichas, algunas veces jamn y huevos o pan y queso, una taza de
ca o t y ruta.
3i quieres saber cmo poner la mesa puedo decirtelo: primero e-
tiendo el mantel y luego saco del cajn toda la cuberteria (un cuchillo
y un tenedor de pescado, un cuchillo y un tenedor para la carne, un
pequeo cuchillo para la mantequilla y un cuchillo de ruta para el
postre). Luego hay una cuchara y un tenedor para el postre y una cu-
chara sopera.
Pongo el cuchillo y la cuchara sopera (~ de sopa) en el lado derecho
y los tenedores a la izquierda, ecepto la cuchara y el tenedor para el
postre.
b)
1.neither. 2.when. 3.or. 4.why. 5.but. 6.i. 7.and. 8.though.
9.because. 10.that, but, to.
c)
1.to, when. 2.so. 3.i. 4.as, as.
d)
1.b 2.d 3.b 4.d 5.a
S
Soluciones
Numerology...
... is said to be based on the Hebrew alphabet. Jhe letters are
associated with numbers rom one to eight and it is thought that you can
ind out what someone is like by adding the letters o his Christian name
and surname together according to the ormula. l the total comes to 34
or 48, or eample, the numbers must be broken down until you can put
the person into one o nine basic categories (3 and 4 make 7, 4 and 8
make 12 and 1 and 2 make 3). Jhree is the number that stands or luck,
which is not surprising, and eight is the number that indicates success. lt
seems a little strange to me to give names so much signiicance. Jhe
eldest son in my amily has been given the same Christian name or
seven generations, which is quite a common custom. Jhat may be the
reason why we say Like ather like son.
Everyday eating
Jhe British are not interested in restaurants. visitors to London oten
say that the people who eat in restaurants in the evening, the people who
work in restaurants and the people who have restaurants, are all rom
other countries. Jhey say that they don't eel that that they're in Lngland
i they go to a restaurant.
Most o the British eat at home as much as they can. /nd they eel in
a restaurant like in another country, too. / young man who takes his
girlriend to a restaurant, perhaps doesn't understand, because everything
is written in French or ltalian.
l've heard that the British aren't interested in ood! well, not so
much in good cooking, let's say. But once a year they save a lot o money
to have good ood. /t Christmas they eat very well. But even then, most
o the Lnglish think it's better to eat at home. Jhey're right and they even
can eat the resh vegetables rom their gardens. lt's cheaper, too. /nd
the British don't like spending much money on ood.
T Traduccin
During this century ood always has been cheap and o good quality.
when you eat Lnglish or 3cotch meat, you understand why words like
roast bee or bee steak are used in other languages, too. wiltshire
bacon, ork ham and Norolk chicken are ecellent, too. /nd o course
the Lnglish invented bacon and eggs.
Jhere's nothing better than an Lnglish breakast. But what else do
they have? ls ish and chips the national dish? Jhis dish is not cooked at
home and it is an invention o the last century.
But perhaps the most amous idea is the sandwich - another
international word today.
Jhe British certainly like quick meals, because they are more
interested in other things. Many people don't usually take more than ten
minutes to eat their lunch. Jhat's certainly not enough time to cook and
eat a well-prepared meal. But today ood is oten pre-prepared. lt saves
time. Jhe Jimes still uses the same language as in the old days, to tell
us how to make soup:
Lmpty two tins o asparagous soup into a saucepan and add the
liquid you need. Mi well, then heat slowly. l you like, open one
large tin o asparagous and add them. Heat again and serve.
ln other words, the important thing is not so much to be a good cook,
but to be a good tin-opener!
T
la oracin
compuesta (||)
1. La oracin relativa: clases

3on las equivalentes a un adjetivo.
Pueden ser de dos clases: especiicativas (en ingls, deining) o eplicativas
(non-deining). Las primeras son esenciales para la comprensin del signiicado del antece-
dente; las segundas, aaden inormacin complementaria que no es imprescindible.
Jhe man who is wearing
a suit is my ather. : Ll hombre que lleva (viste) un traje es mi padre.
(deining).
He, who went there,
is a doctor. : Ll, que ue alli, es mdico. (non-deining).
3e dierencian en:
- Las deining pueden ver suprimidos los relativos si se reieren a un complemento di-
recto; las non-deining, no.
- Las deining van unidas a su antecedente directamente, las non- deining van entre
comas u otras ormas de epresar pausa.
Las defining pueden reerirse a un sustantivo que es el sujeto, objeto (complemento) o
complemento circunstancial. Lmplean los relativos wH0, wHLRL, wHLN, wHlCH, wH/J y
JH/J. Lsta ltima sustituye recuentemente a las anteriores.
Las ncn-defining usan los relativos anteriores, pero no pueden ser sustituidas por JH/J ni
suprimidas.
Jhe Liel Jower, which
is in Paris, is beautiul. : La torre Liel, que est en Paris, es bella.
(non-deining)
Jhe tower which is in Paris
is the Liel Jower. : La torre que est en Paris es la torre Liel.
(deining)
2. Oraciones subordinadas de lugar
Representan en la oracin compuesta el papel de un adverbio de lugar. 3e suele unir a la
principal por medio de where, si no lleva antecedente. 3i lo llevara, seria una oracin subor-
dinada adjetiva.
l went where he lives
in Madrid. : Fui donde vive en Madrid. (adverbial)
l went to the place where
he lives in Madrid. : Fui al lugar donde vive en Madrid. (adjetiva)
JLM/ 22: LA 0RACI0N C0MPUES1A (II) 253
Ln algunas oraciones se emplea el compuesto de wHLRL : wHLRLvLR, donde uera, en
cualquier lugar donde:
He slept wherever
he was admitted. : Dormia en cualquier lugar donde era admitido.
3. Oraciones subordinadas adverbiales temporales
Representan el papel de un adverbio de tiempo. 3us principales neos son : wHLN, cuan-
do, wHlLL, mientras, BLF0RL, antes de (que), wHLNLvLR, siempre que, UNJlL, hasta que,
N0w JH/J, ahora que...
Ll tiempo del verbo de la adverbial temporal varia:
- 3i se habla de acciones que se realizan habitualmente, ir en presente:
1oan takes her umbrella
when it rains. : 1oan lleva su paraguas cuando llueve.
- 3i se habla de acciones que transcurren en el pasado:
3i supone una accin que transcurre al mismo tiempo que la principal y sta est en
past simple, la subordinada estar en el mismo tiempo:
ou went to the oice
when l got home. : Fuiste a la oicina cuando llegu a casa.
3i supone una accin que transcurre antes que la de la principal, el verbo estar en past
perect:
/rthur went to the theatre ater
he had done his eercises. : /rthur ue al teatro despus que habia hecho sus
ejercicios.
- 3i suponen acciones uturas, se suele usar el presente, salvo si es una accin que tiene
que estar terminada:
l'll go to the pub when
l get home. : lr al pub cuando llegue a casa.
l'll go to Lngland when
l have passed my eamination. : lr a lnglaterra cuando haya aprobado mi
eamen.
254 JLM/ 22: LA 0RACI0N C0MPUES1A (II)
4. Oraciones subordinadas adverbiales modales
lndican la manera en la que se realiza la accin del verbo del que dependen. Llevan las
conjunciones /3, como, LlKL, como, H0w, como. La dierencia entre las primeras est en
que /3 indica calidad o manera y LlKL parecido:
He eats like an elephant. : Come como un eleante.
He is like his sister. : Ls como su hermana.
He is wonderul as a doctor. : Ls maravilloso como doctor.
Como hemos visto es recuente en ambas la supresin del verbo. Menos lo es con H0w:
Jhat is how she lives. : /si es como vive.
5. Oraciones subordinadas adverbiales comparativas
3uponen una comparacin entre dos acciones...
3e orman con las particulas /3.../3, 30.../3, y las construcciones con adjetivos en
grado comparativo ms JH/N. La orma con 30.../3 se construye en los casos de oracin
negativa:
He speaks Russian as well as
he writes it. : Habla ruso tan bien como lo escribe.
He drinks more water than
she drinks coee. : Bebe ms agua de lo que ella bebe ca.
3he isn't so tall as he is at. : No es tan alta como l gordo.
3imilares a estas oraciones son las adverbiales proposicionales, que en castellano se po-
drian traducir con construcciones del tipo mientras ms...ms.... 3e construyen en ingls
con JHL M0RL... JHL M0RL, por dos adjetivos comparativos en correlacin y por JHL LL33...
JHL LL33:
Jhe more you drink the more
you smoke. : Mientras ms bebes ms umas.
Jhe bigger the dog is the more
it eats. : Mientras mayor es el perro, ms come.
6. Oraciones subordinadas adverbiales restrictivas
lndican una restriccin a la accin principal. Los principales neos que se emplean para su
introduccin son:
/3 F/R /3 y wlJH0UJ + N0MBRL/ PR0N0MBRL 0B1LJ0 + 0LRUNDl0
/s ar as l know, she is still
single. : ue sepa es todavia soltera.
Do it without Mary knowing. : Hazlo sin que Mary lo sepa.
7. Oraciones subordinadas finales
Lpresan la intencin con la que se realiza la accin del verbo de la oracin principal.
Las principales particulas empleadas para su introduccin son: lN 0RDLR J0, J0, 30 /3
J0 seguido de ininitivo, si la subordinada tiene el mismo sujeto que el de la oracin prin-
cipal:
l do it in order to inish beore. : Hago esto para terminar antes.
l eat to get at. : Como para engordar.
30 JH/J + sujeto + verbo anmalo + ininitivo, que se usa tanto si la subordinada tiene
el mismo o dierente sujeto.
l've come so that
you can speak with me. : He venido para que puedas hablar conmigo.
F0R + sustantivo o pronombre sujeto + J0 + ininitivo, para sujeto dierente al de la
principal:
l've bought it or you to eat. : Lo he comprado para que lo comas.
F0R FL/R JH/J indica temor. For ear va seguido recuentemente de 3H0ULD o
Ml0HJ.
Jerry closed the door or ear
that 1ane might see him. : Jerry cerr la puerta por miedo de que 1ane
lo viera.
8. Oraciones subordinadas adverbiales causales
Lpresan el motivo por el que se realiza la accin principal.
Los principales neos que se usan son: F0R, F0R + 0LRUNDl0, /3, 3lNCL y BLC/U3L.
l made it because
l need have it. : Lo hice porque necesito tenerlo.
He goes to the cinema by himsel
because he hasn't any riends. : va solo al cine porque no tiene amigos.
Jhe teacher punished him
or getting up late. : La proesora le castig por levantarse tarde.
9. Oraciones subordinadas adverbiales consecutivas
lndican el resultado de la oracin principal. Hay dos clases: una de tipo coordinado; la
otra, subordinada.
Los principales neos que usan en la primera son : 30, JHLRLF0RL, wHlCH l3 wH, /ND
JH/J l3 wH...
My car is broken down, so
we have to go to the garage. : Mi coche est estropeado, asi que tenemos
que ir al taller.
Los neos que se usan en la segunda son 30...JH/J, 30 M/N...JH/J, 30 MUCH...JH/J,
3UCH...JH/J.
30...JH/J, tan...que, se usa con adjetivos y adverbios; 30 M/N...JH/J, tantos...que, se
usa con sustantivos en plural; 30 MUCH...JH/J, tanto...que, con sustantivos incontables;
3UCH...JH/J, tan...que, con sustantivos precedidos de adjetivos:
lt was so cold that
the river roze. : Hacia tanto rio que el rio se hel.
He is such a clever boy that
he passed the eam. : Ls un chico tan inteligente que aprob el
eamen.
10. Oraciones subordinadas condicionales
3e suelen clasiicar en varias clases estas oraciones que implican una condicin necesaria
para que se cumpla la oracin principal.
a) Condicional general: 3e realiza siempre la oracin principal si la condicin se hace reali-
dad. Los tiempos de las dos oraciones son el presente simple:
l it rains, you get wet. : 3i llueve, te mojas.
b) Condicional posible: 3e reiere a una situacin del uturo. La subordinada se compone con
el presente simple, si se reiere al uturo y el presente continuo si tiene matriz de presente.
Ll verbo de la oracin principal est en presente, si se reiere al presente, y en uturo, si se
reiere a este tiempo:
l you give me the money,
you will have the car. : 3i me das el dinero tendrs el coche.
l they have the car, they
arrive early. : 3i tienen el coche, llegan pronto.
c) Condicional improbable: 3upone una condicin remota. 3e construye con w0ULD, C0ULD,
Ml0HJ o 3H0ULD en la oracin principal y con el past simple, en la subordinada condicional:
l would buy it i l were you : Lo compraria si yo uera t.
l you had more work, you
would have less time. : 3i tuvieras ms trabajo, tendrias menos
tiempo.
d) Condicional imposible: No puede realizarse porque se reiere a un hecho pasado y ya no
puede cumplirse. 3e construye con w0ULD, C0ULD, Ml0HJ, 3H0ULD + have + participio
pasado, en la oracin principal, y H/D + participio pasado en la subordinada:
l you hadn't done it, we'd
never met. : 3i no lo hubieras hecho, nunca nos hubieramos
encontrado.
l l had been born in France,
l would have been French. : 3i hubiera nacido en Francia, hubiera sido
rancs.
/ veces UNLL33 sustituye a lF si se trata de una condicin negativa. Con este neo la ora-
cin se pone en orma airmativa. Podria traducirse por si no, a menos que.
Unless you pay it, your telephone
will be disconnected. : / no ser que pagues, tu teleono ser
desconectado.
11. Oraciones subordinadas adverbiales concesivas
Lpresan una diicultad para la realizacin de la accin del verbo principal, diicultad que
no la impide. Los principales neos que se emplean son /LJH0U0H, aunque, JH0U0H, aun-
que, LvLN lF, aunque, wHlLL, aunque, wHLRL/3, mientras, por un lado, por cuanto,
H0wLvLR + adjetivo, por muy + adjetivo, lN 3PlJL 0F, a pesar de que...
/lthough he is rich, he wants
more money. : /unque es rico, quiere ms dinero.
Jhough he waited at home
all day, she didn't telephone. : /unque esper en casa todo el dia, no
teleone.
12. Uso del participio, del gerundio y del infinitivo en
oraciones adverbiales
Ln algunas ocasiones, los ininitivos, participios y gerundios equivalen a una oracin adver-
bial. / veces van precedidos de preposiciones.
He took a tai, thinking that
he would be late. : Cogi un tai, pensando que llegaba tarde.
Having inished, he sat down. : Habiendo terminado, se sent.
13. Verbos con preposicin
Ln ingls, determinados verbos necesitan de una preposicin para su conjugacin. Ll sig-
niicado de stos varia al desaparecer o cambiarla.
/lgunos de los principales son:
(J0...)
/pologise or : pedir perdn por Hope or : desear, esperar
/pologise to : pedir perdn a lnsist on : insistir en
/sk or : pedir lntroduce to : presentar a
/sk about : preguntar por, sobre Laugh at : reirse de
Be away : estar de viaje Live on : vivir de
Be out : estar apagado, Live or : vivir para
uera,ausente Look at : mirar
Be on : estar encendido Look or : buscar
(Jv...) Look down : bajar la mirada
Be o : estar apagado Look orward : esperar con ilusin
(Jv...) Make up : maquillarse
Believe in : creer en Pay or : pagar
Belong to : pertenecer a Run into : estrellarse contra
Borrow rom : pedir prestado Run over : pillar, atropellar
Care or : cuidar 3it down : sentarse
Come out : salir 3it or : posar
Drive to : llevar, ir a 3tand up : ponerse en pie
0et in : llegar a, entrar Jake o : quitarse (ropa)
0et up : levantarse Jhank or : agradecer
0et on : mejorar, subir Jurn on : encender (radio)
0et over : recuperarse, cruzar Jurn o : apagar (radio)
0o out : salir Jurn out : resultar
0o up : subir (precios) wait or : esperar
Hear rom : tener noticias
de
a) 1raduce al castellanc: (viene del tema anterior)
Jhen l take out the serving spoons and orks, the carving knie and
ork, the bread-board and a knie to cut the bread.
0n the let o each plate l put a small plate or bread and on his right a
wine-glass (or wine-glasses i there is more than one wine), and in the
middle o the table l put a jug o water with a ew blocks o ice rom the
rerigerator in it. Jhen l take out the serviettes or each guest, put the
coee cups and saucers, cream, brown sugar and coee spoons on the
tray, and l am ready or the guests to come.
b) Pcn la ccnjuncin aprcpiada en las frases siguientes y traduce:
1. l took the handkerchie ____ the gloves ____ the lady had orgotten
on the armchair. 2. ____ you did not see the boy break the window,
____ do you know ____ he was the one ____ broke it? 3. l have lost
the key o the bo in ____ l kept those letters. 4. Lnglish is not so
easy ____ French or a 3paniard. ____ you know it has also many
words taken rom French ____ are not diicult ____ understand
though their pronunciation is ar rom being the same ____ in the
language rom ____ they were borrowed. 5. we shook hands ____
said good-bye without knowing ____ we should see each other again.
6. ____ my teacher is back rom his journey l will ask him ____ lend
me the book we spoke about a ew days beore his departure. 7. l am
araid he would not understand my Lnglish ____ you say ____ l speak
it as well ____ a native.
1) Llevo mi paraguas cuando llueve. 2) Mientras ms bebes, ms
comes.
a) l take my umbrella when a) while more drink, more
it rains. eat.
b) Carry my umbrella yes rain. b) Jhe more you drink the
c) l take my umbrella because more you smoke.
raining. c) More drinks, more eats.
d) l take my umbrella then d) Jhe more you drink, the
it rains. more you eat.
E
Ejercicios
3) Hazlo sin que 1uan lo sepa. 4) Lo hice porque lo necesito.
a) Do it without 1ohn a) l done it because it
knowing. need.
b) Do so with not 1ohn b) l made it because
knowed. l need it.
c) Do it without that 1ohn c) lt made because it
it knew. need.
d) Do no let 1ohn know. d) l do it as l need it.
5) Lo hubiera comprado si uera t.
a) l would have bought it i l were you.
b) lt would bought yes was you.
c) lt l would bought it were you.
d) l it would have buy it was you.
E
a)
Luego saco las cucharas y tenedores de servir, el cuchillo y el tenedor
de trinchar, la tabla del pan y un cuchillo para cortar el pan.
/ la izquierda de cada invitado pongo un pequeo plato para el pan y
a su derecha un vaso de vino (o vasos de vino, si hay ms de un
vino), y en el medio de la mesa pongo una jarra con agua con unos
pocos cubitos de hielo del rerigerador dentro. Luego saco las serville-
tas para cada invitado, pongo en la bandeja las tazas y platos de ca,
nata y azcar moreno y cucharillas de ca y estoy preparada para
que los invitados vengan.
b)
1. and, that. 2. i, how, that, who. 3. which. 4. as, as, which, to, as,
which. 5. and, when 6. when, to. 7. though, that, as.
c)
1.a 2.d 3.a 4.b 5.a
S
Soluciones
Ihe Iarot Pack...
...is said to come rom ancient Lgypt but it is not known when it came
into eistence. lt is certain that it was used by gypsy ortune tellers, but it
was already in Lurope beore the gypsies arrived. Jhere are 78 cards in
the pack, which makes it much larger than our card-playing pack o 52,
although the same 52 cards appear in it. Jhe only dierence is that there
is a ourth picture card, a knight, making 56 cards - the basic pack. lt is
interesting that in 3pain the suits o modern cards are the same as in
Jarot: cups, swords, clubs and coins. Do we only use clubs, diamonds,
hearts and spades in northern countries? But the other 22 cards are the
ones that are primarily used or ortune telling. lt is in these aspects, too,
that the Jarot diers rom the l Ching. Jarot seems to deal entirely with a
personal world and personal ortune. Perhaps this represents the
dierence between the western and the 0riental mind.
T Traduccin

ljercicios de
repaso
1. l've never used a dictionary.
2. l won't have studied the present tense until tomorrow.
3. we will have visitors net weekend.
4. we can see the moon and many stars.
5. why haven't they brought the eercise book?
6. Have you turned o the light at 1ohn's?
7. ou must accept that Lnglish grammar is very easy.
8. esterday we were in the country with your cousins.
9. l don't like ishing.
10. He won't have time to go to your house.
11. 3ell your car!
12. Don't shout!
13. Let's go to the cinema tomorrow!
14. He seems to be sleeping.
15. 0ne branch o the tree has allen o.
16. Jhe ueen liked the plan or the new castle a lot.
17. l am sorry to wake you up.
18. Jhe sound o money is charming.
19. My uncle is very proud o his hair.
20. 3ometimes it's useul to cry.
21. Michael was in his room.
22. King wilhelm married Katharine.
23. l wash my hair every day.
24. Peter gets up at seven.
25. l didn't remember to buy ham.
26. His mother is a beautiul woman.
27. we walked 20 miles to get to the net village.
28. l can do it mysel.
29. Jhese girls are always quarrelling with each other.
30. l can't drive.
8olucionario de los e]ercicios:
1. No he usado nunca un diccionario.
2. No habr estudiado el presente hasta maana.
3. Jendremos visita el in de semana que viene.
4. Podemos ver la luna y muchas estrellas.
5. Por qu no han traido el libro de ejercicios?
6. Has apagado la luz en casa de 1uan?
7. Debes aceptar que la gramtica inglesa es muy cil.
8. /yer estuvimos en el campo con tus primos.
9. No me gusta la pesca.
10. No tendr tiempo para ir a tu casa.
11. Ivende tu coche!
12. INo grites!
13. Ivmonos al cine maana!
14. Parece que est durmiendo.
15. Una rama de rbol se ha caido.
16. Ll plan para el nuevo castillo le gust mucho a la reina.
17. Lamento despertarte.
18. Ll sonido de dinero es encantador.
19. Mi tio est muy orgulloso de su pelo.
20. / veces es til llorar.
21. Miguel estaba en su habitacin.
22. Ll rey 0uillermo se cas con Catarina.
23. Me lavo el pelo todos los dias.
24. Pedro se levanta a las siete.
25. No me acord de comprar jamn.
26. 3u madre es una mujer bella.
27. /ndbamos 20 millas para llegar al pueblo siguiente.
28. Puedo hacerlo yo misma.
29. Lstas nias siempre estn peleando.
30. No s conducir.
/hora deberias saber el signiicado de las siguientes palabras:
Lista de verbos
accept (-ed) lend (lent, lent)
admire (-d) let (let, let)
admit (-ted) lie (lay, lain)
aord to (-ed) light (lit, lit)
allow (-ed) like (-d)
annoy (-ed) listen (-ed)
apologise or (-d) live (-d)
arrange (-d) live on
ask (-ed) look ater (-ed)
ask about look at
ask or look down
be (was, been) look or
be araid o look orward
be away lose (lost, lost)
be o love (-d)
be on make (made, made)
.../...
be out manage (-d)
be sorry mean (meant, meant)
be worth meet (met, met)
become (became, become) mi (-ed)
begin (began, begun) must ()
believe (-d) notice (-d)
Believe in obey (-ed)
Belong (-ed) obtain (-ed)
belong to (-ed) open (-ed)
borrow rom (-ed) paint (-ed)
break (broke, broken) pay (paid, paid)
bring (brought, brought) permit (-ted)
buy (bought, bought) persuade (-d)
call (-ed) phone (-d)
can (could, -) preer (-red)
care or (-d) prepare (-d)
catch (caught, caught) print (-ed)
close (-d) produce (-d)
collect (-ed) pronounce (-d)
come (came, come) put (put, put)
come out put on
correct (-ed) quarrel (-ed)
cry (cried, cried) read (read, read)
cure (-d) recommend(-ed)
cut (cut, cut) reign (-ed)
change (-d) remain (-ed)
choose (chose, chosen) remember (-ed)
decide to (-d) require (-d)
deeat (-ed) ride (rode, ridden)
deliver (-ed) ring (rang, rung)
demolish (-ed) rise (rose, risen)
die (died, dead) run (run, run)
dirty (-ied) sail (-ed)
do (did, done) say (said, said)
.../...
.../...
dream (dreamt, dreamt) see (saw, seen)
drink (drank, drunk) seem (-ed)
drive (drove, driven) sell (sold, sold)
drive to send (sent, sent)
drop (-ped) set (set, set)
eat (ate, eaten) shine (shone, shone)
employ (-ed) shoot (shot, shot)
enjoy (-ed) shout (-ed)
eport (-ed) show (showed, shown)
all (ell, allen) shut (shut, shut)
eed (ed, ed) sing (sang, sung)
eel (elt, elt) sit (sat, sat)
ill (-ed) sleep (slept, slept)
ind (ound, ound) smile (-d)
inish (-ed) smoke (-d)
low (lew, lown) speak (spoke, spoken)
ollow (-ed) spell (spelt, spelt)
orget (orgot, orgotten) spend (spent, spent)
get (got, got) stand (stood, stood)
get in start (-ed)
get on stay (-ed)
get over steal (stole, stolen)
get up study (-ied)
give (gave, given) survive (-d)
go (went, gone) swim (swam, swum)
go out take (took, taken)
go up take o
guess (-ed) teach (taught, taught)
hang (hung, hung) tell (told, told)
happen (-ed) think (thought, )
hate (-d) travel (-led)
have (had, had) try (-led)
hear (heard, heard) try on
hear rom turn (-ed)
.../...
.../...
hide (hid, hidden) turn o
hit (hit, hit) turn on
hold (held, held) turn out
hope (-d) understand (understood, ~)
import (-ed) use (-d)
injure (-d) visit (-ed)
invite (-d) wait (-ed)
jump (-ed) wake (woke, woken)
kill (-ed) wake up
know (knew, known) walk (-ed)
laugh (-ed) wash (-ed)
learn (learnt, learnt) wear (wore, worn)
leave (let, let) win (won, won)
write (wrote, written)
Lista de a/abras
a lot o near
about nearly
above neither (nor)
abroad never
across new
ater net
ago net to
already nice
also no one
although / though no/not
always noble
and nobody
anybody nor
anyone nothing
anything now
anywhere nowadays
as / while nowhere
as ar as o
.../...
.../...
as well as o course
at o
at least oten
bad old
because on
beore on the right
behind only
below open
besides opposite to
between or
big order
black out o
blue over
breakast own
brown piece
but poor
by product
careully proud o
cause quickly
century quiet
city quite
clean rather
clever reason
close to red
clothing relation/relative
country rich
customer river
cheap road
danger sad
despite same
dirty serious
down since
due (to) small
during so
.../...
.../...
each so that
early some
earth somebody
either ... or someone
empty something
even sometimes
every somewhere
everybody still
everyone such as
everything summer
everywhere than
epensive that
eperience the best
eplanation the least
amous the most
ar the worst
ashion then
ew there are
or thereore
oreign thing
ree though
riend throughout
rom till/until
ull to
good today
grey too
hard town
high trade
how training
how many under
however unortunate
hungry unless
i until
in up
.../...
.../...
in act useul
in ront o very
in order to way
in spite o week
in the middle well
into what
kind what ... like
knowledge when
land where
landscape which
large while
last who
late whose
lazy why
less wide
little winter
long with
machine without
many work
name world
worth
yesterday
.../...
Textos para
traducir resue/tos
Texto 1
Birthdays
For British and /merican people, birthdays are very special days, especially or children.
Parents and amily members send cards and give presents. 0ten, children have birthday
parties. Jhey invite their riends, who bring presents to the party. Jhere are games, and prizes,
and a birthday tea with sandwiches, biscuits, ice cream and a birthday cake. Jhere are small
candles on the cake. l the child is our years old, she or he has our candles. l she or he is
ive, the cake has ive candles and so on. when the little guests leave, they each get a small
present and a balloon.
Birthdays are special days or older people too. Family members and riends give presents,
and send birthday cards. when people meet someone on their birthday, sometimes even at
work, they say Happy Birthday! or Many happy returns o the day! (Jhis means l hope you
will live to have many more birthdays.)
Jhe most important birthday is the eighteenth. when you are eighteen, you are grown up.
ou can vote, you can get married, and you can even go to prison! People oten have a big
party on their eighteenth birthday, and receive a lot o presents. Until a ew years ago, the
most important birthday was the twenty-irst, and some people still wait or their big party until
they are twenty-one.
Fortieth and seventieth birthdays are also rather special, and in Britain, i you live to be a
hundred, the ueen sends you her congratulations.
Texto 2
Great Britain
0reat Britain consists o Lngland, wales and 3cotland. Jhere live about 60 million people.
Jhe capital is London. Jhe Lnglish country has many dierent aspects: Jhere are a lot o
mountains in the North and the west. Jhere are a lot o harbours all over the country. Jhe
important rivers are: Jhames, 3evern, Jrent and Jweed. Jhe summers are quite cold, the
winters bring a lot o rain and og. Jhere live a lot o coloured people in Lngland. Jhe biggest
part o people live in and around the 60 big cities. Jhe main cities are: London, Birmingham,
Manchester, Leeds, 0lasgow and Liverpool.
0reat Britain is a parliamentary monarchy. Jhe parliament consists o the House o
Commons and the House o Lords. Jhe country is divided in Counties and County Boroughs
(big cities). 0reat Britain is the oldest industrialized country in Lurope. Jhe most important
products are: machines, ships, and vehicles. Jhe industrial centres are: London, Manchester,
Liverpool, Birmingham and Newcastle.
/NLX0: 1EX10S PARA 1RADUCIR RESUEL10S 279
Jhe schools are state-run, but there eist private schools, too. ou must go to school rom
5 to 15. Jhe Primary 3chool (5 to 11 years), the 3econdary 3chool (11 to 15) and then there
are continuation schools.
Texto 3
Weddings
ln Britain and the U3/, wedding invitations go out about si weeks beore the wedding day.
Jhe guests write as soon as possible to say i they can or cannot come.
Choosing a present or the couple can be diicult. People don't take their presents to the
wedding. Jhey send them to the girl's house beore the wedding day. Jo help them ind a
present, couples oten make a list o what they want and leave it at a store. Jheir riends call
the store and order something rom the list.
Most weddings take place beore lunch or in the early aternoon. Many people like to get
married in a church. Jhe bride oten wears a long white dress. 0uests wear their best clothes,
and most o the women wear hats. ln the church, the brides's amily sits on the let, and the
groom's amily sits on the right.
ln Britain you have to get married in a church, or in a registry oice (never both). But in the
3tates you get married where you like, in your home, in a hotel, or in a park or garden.
/ter the wedding, there is a short reception. Jhe guests go to the bride's home, or to a hotel,
pub or restaurant and have something to eat and champagne to drink. Jhe bride and groom cut
the wedding cake, and the groom's riend (his best man) makes a speech. Jhe guests leave
usually ater the bride and the groom. 3ometimes the couple give a party or disco in the evening.
Married people wear their wedding ring on the third inger o the let hand. Most married
women wear wedding rings, but married men do not always.
Texto 4
Oxford and Cambridge
Jhis tet is about two o Lngland's oldest and most amous cities - 0ord and
Cambridge. Jhese two cities are about 100 kilometres rom London. Both cities are amous
or their universities. People have studied in the Universities o 0ord and Cambridge or
more than 700 years.
0ord and Cambridge are also amous or their many beautiul buildings. People rom all
over the world visit them every year.
280 /NLX0: 1EX10S PARA 1RADUCIR RESUEL10S
1he beginning of the cities
Cambridge was well-known when the Romans lived in Britain. Roman soldiers were living
in Cambridge early. Jhe Romans built their houses near the river Cam. Jhe land around
Cambridge is very lat and in those days most o it was covered by water. Jhe Romans were
sae in Cambridge. Jhe water made it diicult or their enemies to attack them. Jhe Romans
built good roads to Cambridge. Jheir soldiers travelled there easily.
Later, a strong bridge was built over the river Cam. Jhis bridge and the river gave
Cambridge its name.
Jhe city o 0ord is not as old as the city o Cambridge. But people were living there in the
seventh century.
Jwo rivers, the Jhames and the Cherwell, meet at 0ord. Jhe water was not deep there
and people crossed the river on oot. 3ometimes oen pulled carts across this ord. Jhat is
how 0ord got its name.
1he beginning of the universities
Beore 1167, there were no universities in Lngland. Lnglish students usually went to the
University o Paris. Jhese students went to the university when they were 14 or 15 years old.
Most o them wanted to be vicars. Jhe others became teachers.
Jhere were no printed books until 1454. Beore then, all books were written by hand and
only the Masters had these epensive books. Jhey read and eplained them. Jhen the students
wrote their Master's words. Lams were discussions between the students and their Masters.
ln 1167, the French and Lnglish kings quarrelled. /ll the Lnglish students in Paris
came back to Lngland. Jhese students had to ind a place to study. Jhey knew about the
amous religious teachers o 0ord. 3o, in 1167, the Lnglish students rom Paris went to
0ord.
Jhe religious teachers were poor and the rich people o 0ord did not want them in their
city. 3oon 0ord was ull o poor, young students. 0ord's students had to pay a lot o money
or their rooms and ood. /nd the students had to pay their teachers, too.
1he ha//s
0ord was very crowded. Fights oten started between the people and the students. 3ome
students rented houses and lived in them together. Jhese were called halls. Lach hall had a
Master who looked ater his students.
1he first co//eges
/t the beginning, the Universities didn't have any buildings, no land and very little money.
Jhey had their meetings in churches. Jhe Masters earnt by teaching. Jheir money helped
them to go on studying. Jhe Masters were also priests o the Church. Jhey had to pray or
dead people. Rich people oten gave money to priests. when the rich people died, the priests
prayed or them every day.
Texto 5
Ihe people of Britain
Many oreigners who have not visited Britain call all the inhabitants Lnglish, because they
are used to thinking o the British lsles as Lngland. Really, the British lsles have a variety o
peoples and only the people o Lngland call themselves Lnglish. Jhe others call themselves
welsh, 3cottish or lrish; they are oten a little angry being classiied as Lnglish.
ln Lngland there are many dierences in regional character and speech, too. Jhe most
important division is between southern Lngland and northern Lngland. /t the 3outh o a line
going rom Bristol to London, people speak the kind o Lnglish oreigners usually learn, but
there are local dierences.
ln the North (at the North o a line going rom Manchester to Hull) the regional speech is
usually wider than that o southern Britain. Northerners say they work harder than the
3outherners, and they are more thorough. Jhey are open-hearted and hospitable; oreigners
oten make riends with them quickly. Northerners generally have a good appetite: the visitor
to Lancashire or orkshire, or instance, will receive big courses at meal times.
ln accent and character the people o the Midlands represent a gradual change rom the
southern to the northern type o Lnglishman.
ln 3cotland the sound o the letter r is generally a strong one, and r is oten
pronounced in words in which it would be silent in southern Lnglish. ln the Highlands and the
western lsles the old 3cottish language, 0aelic, is still actual-in 1971 some 88,000 people
spoke 0aelic. Jhe 3cots are serious, cautious, thrity people. /ll the Celtic people o Britain
(the welsh, the lrish, the 3cots) seem to be more iery than the Lnglish. Jhey are o a race
that is dierent rom the Lnglish.
Jhe welsh still have their own language. Jhe Lnglish see the welsh as an emotional people
who are, however, a little diicult.
lreland is divided into two parts. Jhe si countries o Northern lreland are still part o 0reat
Britain, but they have their own Parliament. Jhe majority o people in Northern lreland are
protestants. Jhe Republic o lreland, which is bigger, is a separate state, not part o 0reat
Britain. Jhe population is catholic. lrish, oten called Lrse, is a orm o 0aelic, and now the
oicial irst language o the Republic. Lnglish is the second. Jhe lrish are known or their
charm and the beauty o the lrish girls.
Texto 6
National Railways
Jhe National Railways have been losing money or years, but until recently nobody paid
much attention to the problem. Jhe deicits were covered by government subsidies which were
inanced out o general taation.
Jhis year, however, the railways made a record loss and leaders o the 0pposition
demanded that the 0overnment take action to reduce the deicit. Jhe Prime Minister,
anticipating an angry reaction rom tapayers, ordered that a commission be set up to ind
ways o making the railway more eicient.
Jhe Commission's report, which was published three days ago, showed that most o the
losses were made on local lines with ew passengers. lt also indicated that the National
Railways had ar too many employees. Jhe Commission recommended that unproitable lines
be closed and that the work orce be reduced.
Jhe 0overnment has already accepted these recommendations in principle and is now
considering which lines to close and how to trim the work orce. /lthough there have been no
oicial announcements yet, it is believed that over orty lines will be closed and that no new
workers will be hired or several years.
Texto 7
Modern medicine
we are not always aware o it, but medical science has made such tremendous progress
over the last ity years that it has managed to get rid o nearly all the urgent problems that
aced it. Jhe diseases that our grandparents' generation suered rom-tuberculosis, smallpo,
diphteria and so on-have practically disappeared thanks to vaccination, and to Fleming's great
discovery, penicillin-the irst antibiotic.
/lthough people now live longer, they still die in the end, but the causes o death are
dierent rom those which were common ity years ago. Nowadays the vast majority o people
die o our main courses: heart attacks, cancer, strokes and accidents. /nd now doctors and
scientists are having to make their second eort, to overcome these new killers.
/t the same time, our society has changed; lie is more intense, less relaed, and this
increased stress in our daily lie has produced its own complications that were either unknown
or uncommon a ew decades ago: many people now suer rom over-eating and over-working,
the number o mentally ill patients is increasing all the time, a terriying number o people are
killed or injured on the roads every day, there are more suicides, more alcoholism...
People are desperately trying to ind ways o ighting against the stress that they know can
make them have the heart attacks that they are rightened o: more and more people are
starting to do yoga, or eperimenting with 0riental philosophy, acupuncture or hippy
communes. Lven so, doctors' surgeries are always ull o patients trying to make him give
them a prescription, people whose only solution is to take more pills, more injections, more
capsules. /nd any doctor will tell you that the inal solution is not in the chemist's shop, but in
learning to live a healthy, natural lie.
Texto 8
A language teacher's personal opinion
Lvery day l see advertisements in the newspapers and on buses claiming that it is easy to
learn Lnglish. /ccording to these advertisements, with very little eort on the student's part,
she will be able to speak the language luently in three months or even ten days. Jhere is
oten a reerence to 3hakespeare or Charles Dickens to encourage her even more. when l see
advertisements like this, l don't know whether to laugh or to cry. l it were as easy to learn
Lnglish as they say, l would have to look or another job, because very ew qualiied teachers
would be needed. But a large number o people must believe these ridiculous claims, or else
the advertisements would not appear.
lt is natural or students to be attracted to methods that will teach them as quickly and
eiciently and cheaply as possible. But it is diicult or anyone to eplain in simple language
why one method is better than another, and it is no use pretending that anyone has
discovered a perect way o teaching Lnglish in every possible situation. 3ome eperts even
argue that there are as many good methods o teaching a language as there are good
teachers, because every teacher is an individual with her own personality. No doubt this is
true to a certain etent, but it is not very helpul to students.
For a long time people believed that the only way to learn a language was to spend a great
deal o time in a country where it was spoken. 0 course it is clear that students who go to
Lngland to learn Lnglish have a great advantage over others, but a large number o students
cannot aord to do so. 3ome students go to the opposite etreme and think they can teach
themselves at home with dictionaries. But it is wrong to assume that each word in Lnglish has a
precise equivalent in another language and vice versa, and it is impossible or any translation
method to provide students with the natural orms o a language in speech, let the students
alone produce good pronunciation and intonation.
Jhere is another relevant point worth mentioning here. lt will be helpul i there are other
students around us who can practise with us in real situations, talking to each other about
real lie in real language.
Texto 9
Nashville
Nashville, Jennessee, has been or several generations o singers the home o country
music, the music that originated in the olk ballads and dances o Jeas cowboys, 0klahoma
armers, Negro slaves... Nashville, where names like Llvis Presley, Buddy Holly, Chuck Berry
were irst heard in public, where the miture o /merican country traditions crystallized into a
style loosely known as rock, a style that appealed to a young generation looking or
ecitement and movement, a style that brought millions o dollars and world-wide ame to an
almost interminable list o great names, thanks to an enormous publicity machine and modern
/merican managerial methods. / style that crossed the /tlantic, where the Rolling 3tones, the
Beatles and others took it up and put their own personal stamp on it.
/longside the development o rock in Nashville, the old country traditions still lourished: olk
singers like 1ohnny Cash kept alive the sentiments o the typical /merican country boy, and their
inluence is obvious in the music o 1oan Baez, Cat 3tevens, even Bob Dylan. Country music,
however, inally became just as commercialised as rock, and thereore lost a lot o its original
sincerity and honesty: it became absurd to see young men wearing gold suits, driving Cadillacs,
living in Hollywood and singing about the troubles o the black slave or the /ppalachian miner.
3o now Nashville, the home o country music, has produced a new breed o singers, the
outlaws, men and women brought up on olk traditions, people whose songs were turned down
by the big recording companies in Nashville until the managers realised that the public enjoyed
listening to them. Names like Kris Kristoerson may not yet be well-known on this side o the
/tlantic, but they are on their way with a kind o honest, up-to- date, sensitive music with all the
weight o the /merican country tradition behind it. Jhese are people who have spent years on
the road, always hard up, moving rom city to city, singing or peanuts, and inally getting their
big break and getting into the big time in the only possible place - Nashville, Jennessee.
Texto 10
Clive Boone
when Clive Boone rang me up the day beore yesterday l could hardly believe my ears. l
had known him well at school, and when l was iteen l imagined that l had allen in love with
him, but we parted - he gave me up in avour o his music - and until his phone call l hadn't
seen him or at least our years.
/nyway, when he asked me on the phone to look him up, l couldn't help accepting, and
accordingly at si yesterday aternoon l turned up at the address he had given me. lt was a
sort o warehouse, where he and his group, the Boonemen, were rehearsing. Jhere wasn't
much light inside, but l soon ound them by ollowing the sound o crashing drums and
twanging guitars. l stood in the shadows listening to them playing or a moment, but as soon
as Clive spotted me he put down his guitar and rushed up to me.
Hal an hour later we were sitting in the Pirate's Cabin, holding hands and talking
animatedly. Clive wanted to know what l had been doing during the last our years, i a had a
steady boyriend, where l was working ... 0 course l knew that Clive was now amous, and
that he had had a record in the Jop Jen, but l didn't know the ull story - how he had
managed to reach stardom. He eplained:
/s you know, Mandy, l was brought up in a musical amily - my parents made me play
Chopin and Debussy or hours every day - but l couldn't put up with it and gave it up when l
was about ourteen. l think l could have gone to college to study classical music, but l took up
the guitar, started going to rock concerts, and soon got caught up in the pop music world -
and that's how it all started. He suddenly stopped talking and looked at me. Do you ancy
coming to our show tonight? he asked. Here's a ree ticket i you eel like listening to us.
0 course, l whispered, and perhaps we could go dancing aterwards. l'll look orward to
dancing with you again, he answered, smiling.
Texto 11
American prisons
Jhe United 3tates has more than 700 prisons, and they are not enough. Not enough, that
is, or the murders, raptists, orgers, petty thieves, drunken drivers and all other law-breakers
that /mericans and their public oicials want behind bars.
From the mid-1970's to the mid-1980's, the prison population doubled. More than 500,000
people are now held in ederal and state prisons. Jhe ederal prison system is relatively small,
because most criminal trials take place in state courts. Jhe 50 state governments operate their
own prison system, and nearly all o them are chronically overcrowded.
North Carolina, or instance, whose eperience is airly typical, had 18,103 prisoners last
month, about 1,500 more than the prison system's capacity. Jhe state has spent $ 114 m
epanding its prisons over the past decade and will spend $ 219 m in the current iscal year
on running them. et, despite its enormous spending, North Carolina remains open to lawsuits
in ederal courts alleging that overcrowding constitutes cruel and unusual punishment in
violation o the constitution.
/s an alternative to epanding prisons, state legislators are considering a variety o dierent
penalties or minor oenders. ln North Carolina, the Centre on Crime and Punishment is
promoting community service, which keeps an oender under strict supervision. 3ome counties in
New ork use electronic bracelets and computers to monitor prisoners conined to their homes.
Texto 12
Nuclear7 Unclear...
/lthough many governments try to convince their respective subjects that atomic energy is
an acceptable alternative to the burning o ossil uels, no government has taken the least
trouble to eplain the dangers. Perhaps they are unaware o them. whatever the reason, the
public must learn by eperience, even though this eperience may be catastrophic.
while it is true that nuclear reactors do not produce visible smoke, it is certainly not true
that they do not pollute. /nd the pollution they produce is much more insidious precisely
because it is invisible.
During the cooling o nuclear reactors, large quantities o water become radioactive. Jhere
is no way o making this radiation inert.
However inconvenient it may be or governments to publish all the acts, they have no
moral ecuse or not doing so, even i they think they are acting in our best interest. /t least
some o the acts are known, even though they are not widely reported.
Nuclear reactors produce radioactive water and gases in vast quantities. what happens to
all this waste? lt is put into concrete tanks and stored on tank arms. lt is stored in disused
salt mines. lt is run into ractured rock, it is buried, it is transported about in special trains.
But even when dumped, it has to be kept cold by sprinklers to stop it boiling. /nd the
contents o the tanks are, o course, etremely corrosive. Jhe eects o a racture in the tank
or a ailure o the cooling system would be disastrous.
lt seems that as long as governments can get away with not telling the truth, they will
continue to keep silent. Nevertheless the people have a right to know the ull acts.
Texto 13
Everyday eating
Jhe British are not interested in restaurants. visitors to London oten say that the people
who eat in restaurants in the evening, the people who work in restaurants and the people who
have restaurants, are all rom other countries. Jhe say that they don't eel that that they're in
Lngland i they go to a restaurant.
Most o the British eat at home as much as they can. /nd they eel in a restaurant like in
another country, too. / young man who takes his girlriend to a restaurant, perhaps doesn't
understand, because everything is written in French or ltalian.
l've heard that the British aren't interested in ood! well, not so much in good cooking,
let's say. But once a year they save a lot o money to have good ood. /t Christmas they eat
very well. But even then, most o the Lnglish think it's better to eat at home. Jhey're right and
they even can eat the resh vegetables rom their gardens. lt's cheaper, too. /nd the British
don't like spending much money on ood.
During this century ood always has been cheap and o good quality. when you eat Lnglish
or 3cotch meat, you understand why words like roast bee or bee steak are used in other
languages, too. wiltshire bacon, ork ham and Norolk chicken are ecellent, too. /nd o
course the Lnglish invented bacon and eggs.
Jhere's nothing better than an Lnglish breakast. But what else do they have? ls ish and chips
the national dish? Jhis dish is not cooked at home and it is an invention o the last century.
But perhaps the most amous idea is the sandwich - another international word today.
Jhe British certainly like quick meals, because they are more interested in other things. Many
people don't usually take more than ten minutes to eat their lunch. Jhat's certainly not enough
time to cook and eat a well-prepared meal. But today ood is oten pre-prepared. lt saves time.
Jhe Jimes still uses the same language as in the old days, to tell us how to make soup:
Lmpty two tins o asparagous soup into a saucepan and add the liquid you need. Mi
well, then heat slowly. l you like, open one large tin o asparagous and add them. Heat
again and serve.
ln other words, the important thing is not so much to be a good cook, but to be a good
tin-opener!
Texto 14
Ihe great fire
Jhe ire broke out in a bakery in the early hours o 3unday, 2 3eptember 1966. Jhe baker
was a man called Jhomas Farrinor, whose premises were in Pudding Lane. No-one knows
eactly how it happened, but he probably let a pile o sticks too near the oven. Jhey caught
ire and then set the kitchen alight. Jhe wooden houses nearby were dry because o a long,
hot summer and were joined together by narrow streets. / strong Last wind caused the lames
to spread quickly rom the bakery to other houses.
/t irst, no-one took notice o the ire. 3amuel Pepys woke up at three a.m. but 'thought it
ar enough o, and so to bed again and to sleep', as he wrote in his diary. Jhe Lord Mayor
also thought it was just a minor outbreak and so he too returned to bed. By the morning, over
three hundred houses were burning.
Pepys at last realised the seriousness o the situation and went to warn the King, Charles ll,
who sent him to the Lord Mayor with instructions to pull down the houses. But ew people listened
to him, and many o them reused to allow soldiers to demolish their shops and houses.
0n Juesday, 4 3eptember, the King put his brother, the Duke o ork, in charge o
operations. He organised demolition immediately. Jhe King himsel helped to ight the ire and
distributed gold coins to encourage the workmen. Finally, on Jhursday, the ire was brought
under control. Miraculously, only eight people had died, but over 13,000 houses had been
destroyed; almost a quarter o a million people were homeless. Lighty churches had been
burnt including 3t Paul's Cathedral. Five-siths o the medieval city had disappeared or ever.
Texto 15
Ihe arms race
ln 1982, the world spent a billion dollars per day on arms. Much o this went towards
increasing the eisting stock o nuclear weapons. /t present, there are approimately ity
thousand such weapons in the world, each capable o destroying large cities in an instant.
/lthough only si nations have established nuclear capability, many more have the potential to
build atomic weapons and some may have already done so. /mong the latter group are
several politically unstable developing countries which are on bad terms with each other and
would probably use nuclear weapons in any uture conlict. More horriying, however, is the
prospect o a nuclear war involving the major powers.
ln 1962 President Kennedy threatened to destroy Russian missiles deployed in Cuba
unless they were withdrawn immediately. Fortunately, the missiles were withdrawn and the
world was spared a nuclear war. 3ince then, however, both nations have modernized their
nuclear arsenals and attempts to restrain the arms have ailed. Jhe consequences o even a
limited nuclear war would be disastrous not only or the protagonists but also or the rest o
the world, which would be enveloped in a destructive cloud o radioactive dust.
lt is hard to believe that intelligent leaders o civilized nations would allow their ideological
dierences to bring about the destruction o mankind, even though history teaches us not to
epect leaders to be reasonable. Jhere is, however, the rightening possibility o a nuclear war
beginning by accident. 0n several occasions in 1980, computers employed in the U.3. deense
system gave alse warnings o an attack by 3oviet missiles, causing U.3. missiles to be prepared
or launching. How many times this has happened in the 3oviet Union will never be known.
while most ordinary people are indierent to the threat o nuclear destruction, some are
actively engaged in peace movements opposed to the arms race while others are spending their
savings on allout shelters which they hope, will enable them to be among the ew survivors o a
nuclear war.
8olucionario del anexo de textos para traducir resueltos
Texto 1
Cumpleaos
Para los britnicos y los americanos los cumpleaos son dias muy sealados, sobre todo
para los nios. Los padres y amiliares mandan postales y hacen regalos. lnvitan a sus ami-
gos, que traen regalos a la iesta. Hay juegos y premios y una merienda de cumpleaos con
bocadillos, pasteles, helado y una tarta de cumpleaos. Ln la tarta hay velitas. 3i el nio
cumple cuatro aos, hay cuatro velas. 3i cumple cinco, tiene cinco, etc. /l marcharse cada
pequeo invitado recibe un regalito y un globo.
Los cumpleaos son dias especiales tambin para los mayores. Los amiliares y amigos les
dan regalos y les mandan tarjetas. Cuando uno se encuentra con alguien en su cumpleaos,
a veces incluso en el trabajo, se le desea eliz cumpleaos o se dice Iue cumplas muchos
ms! (Lo cual quiere decir espero que vivas para celebrar muchos cumpleaos ms).
Ll cumpleaos ms importante es el de los 18. Cuando se cumplen 18 aos, se es mayor
de edad. 3e puede votar, casarse e incluso ir a la crcel. / menudo la gente celebra una gran
iesta el dia de su 18 cumpleaos y recibe muchos regalos. Hasta hace pocos aos el cum-
pleaos ms importante era a los 21 y algunas personas todavia esperan esa gran iesta has-
ta que cumplen los 21 aos.
Los cumpleaos de los 40 y los 70 son tambin bastante sealados, y en 0ran Bretaa si
vive hasta los 100 la Reina le elicita.
Texto 2
Gran Bretaa
0ran Bretaa est constituida por lnglaterra, 0ales y Lscocia. Jiene unos 60 millones de
habitantes. La capital es Londres. Ll paisaje ingls tiene muchos aspectos distintos: hay mu-
chas montaas en el norte y el oeste; hay tambin muchos puertos por todo el pais. Los rios
importantes son el Jmesis, 3evern, Jrent y Jweed. Los veranos son bastante rescos y los in-
viernos muy lluviosos y con niebla. vive mucha gente pintoresca [o de color] en lnglaterra. La
mayoria de la gente vive en y alrededor de las 60 grandes ciudades. Las ciudades principales
son: Londres, Birminghan, Manchester, Leeds, 0lasgow y Liverpool.
0ran Bretaa es una monarquia parlamentaria. Ll parlamento comprende la Cmara de
los Comunes y la Cmara de los Lores. Ll pais est dividido en Condados y Municipios (gran-
des ciudades). 0ran Bretaa es el primer pais que se industrializ en Luropa. 3us productos
ms importantes son: mquinas, barcos y vehiculos. Los centros industriales son: Londres,
Manchester, Liverpool, Birmingham y Newcastle.
Los colegios son estatales, pero eisten tambin colegios privados. Ls obligatorio ir al cole-
gio desde los 5 hasta los 15 aos, la escuela primaria de 5 a 11, la secundaria de 11 a 15 y
ms tarde hay escuelas para continuar estudios.
Texto 3
Bodas
Ln 0ran Bretaa y los LL.UU. las invitaciones para la boda se envian con unas seis se-
manas de antelacin. Los invitados contestan tan pronto como les sea posible diciendo si
pueden ir o no.
Llegir un regalo para la pareja puede resultar diicil. Los regalos no se llevan a la boda. 3e
mandan antes a la casa de la novia. Para acilitar la eleccin muchas parejas hacen una lista
de boda y la dejan en una tienda. Los amigos llaman a la tienda y piden algo de la lista.
La mayoria de las bodas se celebra antes del almuerzo o a primera hora de la tarde. / mu-
cha gente le gusta casarse en una iglesia. La novia suele llevar un vestido largo y blanco. Los
invitados llevan su mejor ropa y la mayoria de las mujeres llevan sombreros. Ln la iglesia la
amilia de la novia se sienta a la izquierda y la del novio a la derecha.
Ln 0ran Bretaa hay que casarse en la iglesia o en el juzgado (nunca en ambos). Pero en los
LL.UU. uno puede casarse donde quiera, en su casa, en un hotel, en un parque o en un jardin.
Despus del casamiento, hay un pequeo convite. Los invitados van a casa de la novia o a
un hotel, bar o restaurante, comen algo y toman una copa de champn. Los novios cortan la
tarta y el amigo del novio (el mejor hombre) da un discurso. Los invitados suelen marcharse
despus de los novios. / veces la pareja invita a una iesta o una discoteca por la noche.
Los casados llevan su alianza de boda en el tercer dedo de la mano izquierda. La mayoria
de las mujeres llevan anillo, pero los hombres no siempre.
Text 4
Oxford y Cambridge
Lste teto trata de dos de las ciudades ms amosas y antiguas de lnglaterra: 0ord y
Cambridge. Lstas dos ciudades se encuentran a unos 100 kilmetros de Londres. /mbas son
amosas por sus universidades. Desde hace ms de 700 aos la gente estudia en 0ord y
Cambridge.
Jambin son amosas por la cantidad de ediicios maravillosos. 0ente de todo el mundo va
a visitarlas todos los aos.
La fundacion de /as ciudades
Cambridge ya era amosa cuando los romanos vivian en 0ran Bretaa. Desde muy pronto
los soldados romanos habitaron en Cambridge. Ldiicaron al lado del rio Cam. Ll terreno alre-
dedor de Cambridge es muy llano y en esa poca gran parte de l estaba cubierto de agua.
Los romanos estaban seguros en Cambridge. Ll agua diicultaba el ataque enemigo. Constru-
yeron buenas carreteras a Cambridge. Los soldados viajaban alli con acilidad.
Ms tarde se construy un slido puente sobre el rio Cam. Lste puente y el rio dieron a
Cambridge su nombre.
La ciudad de 0ord no es tan antigua como Cambridge. Pero ya en el siglo vll vivia gente alli.
Dos rios, el Jmesis y el Cherwell, conluyen en 0ord. Ll cauce no era muy proundo y la
gente cruzaba el rio a pie. / veces los bueyes tiraban de carros por este vado. /si recibi
0ord su nombre.
La creacion de /as universidades
/ntes de 1167 no habia universidades en lnglaterra. Los estudiantes ingleses solian ir a la
universidad de Paris. Lstos estudiantes iban a la universidad con 14 15 aos. La mayoria
querian ser sacerdotes. Los otros se hacian proesores.
No eistieron libros impresos hasta 1454. /ntes de esta echa todos los libros se escribian
a mano y slo los Maestros tenian estos caros ejemplares. Lllos los leian y eplicaban. Luego
los estudiantes escribian las palabras de sus maestros. Los emenes consistian en charlas
entre los estudiantes y sus maestros.
Ln 1167 los reyes de lnglaterra y Francia entraron en disputa. Jodos los estudiantes ingleses
en Paris volvieron a lnglaterra. Jenian que encontrar un sitio para estudiar. 3abian de los amosos
proesores religiosos de 0ord. /si, en 1167, los estudiantes ingleses de Paris ueron a 0ord.
Los proesores religiosos eran pobres y la gente rica de 0ord no los queria en su ciudad. Pron-
to 0ord estaba lleno de pobres estudiantes jvenes. Los estudiantes de 0ord tenian que pagar
mucho dinero por sus habitaciones y alimentos. Jambin tenian que pagar a sus proesores.
Residencias
0ord estaba lleno de gente. Lmpezaron a ser habituales las peleas entre los estudiantes
y la poblacin. /lgunos estudiantes arrendaban casas y vivian juntos. Lstas ueron llamadas
residencias. Cada residencia tenia un Maestro que se ocupaba de sus estudiantes.
/l principio las universidades no tenian ni ediicios ni terreno y muy poco dinero. 3e reu-
nian en iglesias. Los Maestros ganaban enseando. 3u dinero les servia para seguir estudian-
do. Los maestros tambin eran sacerdotes de la iglesia. Jenian que rezar por los muertos. Los
ricos pagaban a los sacerdotes. Cuando un rico allecia, los curas rezaban por l diariamente.
Texto 5
La poblacin de Gran Bretaa
Muchos etranjeros que no han visitado 0ran Bretaa llaman a todos sus habitantes in-
gleses, porque estn acostumbrados a pensar en las lslas Britnicas como lnglaterra. Ln rea-
lidad en las lslas Britanicas viven naciones distintas y slo la poblacin de lnglaterra se llama
a si misma inglesa. Los dems se consideran galeses, escoceses o irlandeses; a menudo se
enadan un poco si les llamamos ingleses.
Jambin en lnglaterra hay muchas dierencias regionales de carcter y de habla. La divisin
ms importante se da entre el sur y el norte de lnglaterra. /l sur de una linea que va de Bristol
a Londres, se habla el ingls que los etranjeros aprenden, aunque hay dierencias locales.
Ln el norte (al norte de una linea de Manchester a Hull) el dialecto regional parece ser
ms abierto que el del sur. La gente del norte dice que trabaja ms que los del sur y que
son ms cuidadosos. 3on abiertos y hospitalarios; los etranjeros suelen hacer amistad con
ellos muy pronto. Ln general la gente del norte tiene buen apetito: el que visita Lancashire o
orkshire, por ejemplo, tendr mens abundantes a la hora de comer.
Ll acento y carcter de la gente de Midlands representa un cambio gradual del ingls del
sur al del norte.
Ln Lscocia el sonido de la letra r en general es uerte y suele pronunciarse en palabras
en las que en el sur no se pronunciaria. Ln las Jierras /ltas de Lscocia y las islas del 0este se
habla todavia el antiguo idioma escocs, el galico; en 1971 lo hablaban unas 88.000 perso-
nas. Los escoceses son serios, prudentes y ahorrativos. Jodos los celtas de 0ran Bretaa (los
galeses, los irlandeses, los escoceses) parecen ser ms apasionados que los ingleses. 3on
de una raza dierente a los ingleses.
Los galeses tienen su propio idioma. Los ingleses consideran a los galeses como gente
emocional que son, a veces, de un trato un poco diicil.
lrlanda est dividida en dos partes. Los seis paises de lrlanda del Norte orman todavia parte
de 0ran Bretaa, pero tienen su propio Parlamento. La mayoria de la gente en lrlanda del Norte
son protestantes. La Repblica de lrlanda, que es ms grande, es un estado independiente, no
orma parte de 0ran Bretaa. Los habitantes son catlicos. Ll irlands, que se llama a menudo
'Lrse', es una orma de galico y ahora primer idioma oicial de la Repblica. Ll ingls es el se-
gundo. 3e conoce a los irlandeses por su encanto y la belleza de las irlandesas.
Texto 6
Ferrocarriles nacionales
Durante aos el errocarril nacional ha estado perdiendo dinero, pero hasta hace poco na-
die prest mucha atencin al problema. Los dicits se cubrieron con subvenciones del Lsta-
do, inanciadas por medio de los impuestos generales.
3in embargo este ao el errocarril tuvo prdidas rcord y los lideres de la oposicin pidie-
ron que el gobierno entrara en accin para reducir el dicit. Para que los contribuyentes no
se enadasen el Primer Ministro orden establecer una comisin para encontrar posibilidades
de hacer ms eicaz el errocarril.
Ll inorme de la comisin, publicado hace tres dias, destac que la mayoria de las prdi-
das se produjo en lineas locales con pocos pasajeros. Jambien result que el errocarril nacio-
nal tenia demasiados empleados. La comisin recomend que las lineas no rentables se ce-
rraran y que se redujera el nmero de empleados.
Ll 0obierno acept ya estas recomendaciones en principio y est considerando ahora cu-
les lineas habr que cerrar y cmo se puede reducir el nmero de empleados. /unque todavia
no hay declaraciones oiciales, se cree que ms de cuarenta lineas sern cerradas y que no
se contratar a nuevos empleados durante aos.
Texto 7
La medicina moderna
No tenemos siempre presente que la ciencia mdica ha hecho tal progreso durante los l-
timos 50 aos que ha resuelto casi todos los problemas urgentes que tenia que arontar. Las
enermedades que suri la generacin de nuestros abuelos -tuberculosis, viruela, diteria,
etc.- han desaparecido prcticamente gracias a las vacunas y al gran descubrimiento de
Flemming: la penicilina, el primer antibiotico.
/unque la gente viva ms tiempo hoy en dia, al inal todavia se muere, pero las causas de
la muerte son distintas de las que eran comunes hace 50 aos. Hoy en dia la gran mayoria
de la gente muere por cuatro razones principales: ataques al corazn, cncer, apoplejia y ac-
cidentes. /hora los mdicos y cientiicos tienen que hacer un segundo esuerzo: vencer estos
nuevos enemigos.
/l mismo tiempo nuestra sociedad ha cambiado; la vida es ms intensa, menos relajada, y
esta mayor tensin en la vida diaria produce sus propias complicaciones, que no se conocian
hace unas dcadas. Hoy en dia mucha gente come y trabaja demasiado; tambin aumenta el
nmero de personas con enermedades mentales; demasiada gente se mata o sure heridas
a diario en la carretera; hay ms suicidios y ms alcoholismo.
La gente est buscando desesperadamente ormas para vencer esta tensin ya que
sabe que puede provocar inartos y los temen. Cada vez hay ms gente practicando yoga,
eperimentando ilosoia oriental, acupuntura o comunas de hippies. /un asi, las consul-
tas de los mdicos siempre estn llenas de pacientes que quieren una receta. Para esta
gente la nica solucin es tomar ms pastillas, inyecciones y cpsulas. Cualquier mdico
le dir que la solucin inal no est en la armacia, sino en aprender a llevar una vida sana
y natural.
Texto 8
La opinin personal de un profesor de idiomas
Cada dia veo anuncios en los peridicos y en autobuses diciendo que aprender ingls es
cil. 3egn estos anuncios se puede hablar el idioma con luidez en tres meses o incluso diez
dias, sin mucho esuerzo por parte del alumno. Para animar a la gente an ms, hacen ree-
rencia a menudo a 3hakespeare o Dickens. Cuando veo anuncios como ste no s si reirme o
llorar. 3i aprender ingls uera tan cil como dicen, tendria que buscarme otro trabajo porque
se necesitarian muy pocos proesores cualiicados. Pero tiene que haber mucha gente que
cree en estos ridiculos reclamos, si no, los anuncios no aparecerian.
Ls lgico que los alumnos se sientan atraidos por mtodos que les enseen tan rpido,
eicaz y barato como sea posible. Pero es diicil de eplicar en trminos sencillos por qu un
mtodo es mejor que otro, y no sirve pretender que alguien haya descubierto la orma perec-
ta de ensear ingls en todas las situaciones posibles. /lgunos epertos incluso dicen que
hay tantos buenos mtodos de enseanza de idiomas como buenos proesores, ya que cada
proesor es un individuo con su propia personalidad. No cabe duda que esto es asi hasta cier-
to punto, pero no es de gran ayuda para los estudiantes.
Durante mucho tiempo la gente creia que la nica orma de aprender un idioma era pa-
sar mucho tiempo en un pais donde se habla este idioma. Por supuesto, es evidente que
alumnos que van a lnglaterra para aprender ingls tienen una gran ventaja, pero muchos no
pueden permitirselo. /lgunos alumnos estn convencidos del otro etremo y creen que pue-
den aprender en casa con diccionarios, pero no todas las palabras en ingls tienen equiva-
lente eacto en otro idioma, y viceversa, y es imposible para cualquier mtodo de traduccin
proporcionarle a los alumnos ormas naturales de hablar, o una pronunciacin y entonacin
correctas.
Hay que mencionar otro punto relevante. 3er de gran ayuda si hay estudiantes en nues-
tro entorno que practican con nosotros situaciones reales, hablando de la vida real en habla
real.
Texto 9
Nashville
Nashville, Jennessee, ue para muchas generaciones de cantantes el hogar de la msica
'country' (rural), la msica que tuvo su origen en las baladas y bailes populares de los vaque-
ros tejanos, granjeros de 0klahoma, esclavos negros,.... Nashville, donde nombres como Llvis
Presley, Buddy Holly, Chuck Berry se escucharon por primera vez en pblico, donde la mezcla
de tradiciones regionales americanas cristaliz en un estilo conocido como 'rock'. Ll 'rock' es
un estilo que llam la atencin de la generacin joven que buscaba diversin y movimiento,
un estilo que trajo millones de dlares y ama mundial a un grandisimo nmero de iguras gra-
cias a una enorme maquinaria publicitaria y a mtodos modernos de organizacin americana.
Un estilo que cruz el /tlntico, donde los Rollings 3tones, los Beatles y otros lo recogieron y
le dieron su sello personal.
/l mismo tiempo que el 'rock' se desarroll en Nashville, las tradiciones antiguas del
'country' no se perdieron: cantantes de 'country' como 1ohnny Cash mantuvieron vivos los
sentimientos del chico americano tipico, y su inluencia es evidente en la msica de 1oan
Baez, Cat 3tevens e incluso Bob Dylan. La Msica country, sin embargo, se comercializ al
inal tanto como el 'rock' y por lo tanto perdi mucho de su sinceridad y honradez original: era
absurdo ver jvenes con trajes dorados, conduciendo Cadillacs, viviendo en Hollywood y can-
tando los problemas del esclavo negro o del minero de los /palaches.
/si Nashville, el hogar de la msica country, ha producido ahora un nuevo tipo de cantan-
tes, los 'proscritos', hombres y mujeres educados en la tradicin popular, gente cuyas cancio-
nes ueron rechazadas por las grandes compaias discogricas de Nashville hasta que los di-
rectivos se dieron cuenta que al pblico le gustaba escucharlas. Puede que no se conozca
mucho a personas como Kris Kristoerson en este lado del /tlntico, pero se estn abriendo
camino con su estilo, honesto y sensible hasta ahora, y con todo el peso de la tradicin
'country' americana. Lsta gente ha pasado aos en la carretera, con poco dinero, viajando
de un sitio a otro, cantando por cacahuetes y al inal consiguieron su gran ito y lo pasaron
a lo grande en el nico sitio posible, en Nashville, Jennessee.
Texto 10
Clive Boone
Cuando Clive Boone me llam antesdeayer casi no podia creerlo. Le habia conocido bien
en el colegio y cuando tenia 15 aos creia estar enamorada de l, pero nos separamos -me
dej por su msica- y hasta su llamada no le habia visto desde hacia cuatro aos.
De todas ormas, cuando me pidi por telono que me encontrara con l, tuve que acep-
tar, y ayer a las seis me present en el sitio que me habia indicado. Lra una especie de alma-
cn donde l y su grupo, los 'Boonemen' (hombres Boone) estaban ensayando. No habia mu-
cha luz en el interior pero les encontr pronto siguiendo el sonido impresionante de la bateria
y de las vibrantes guitarras. Me qued en la sombra escuchndolos un momento pero en
cuanto me vio Clive, dej su guitarra y se acerc rpido.
Media hora ms tarde estbamos sentados en el bar Pirate's Cabin (cabina del pirata), co-
gindonos las manos y hablando animadamente. Clive queria saber qu habia estado hacien-
do durante estos ltimos cuatro aos, si tenia novio, dnde estaba trabajando,.... Por supues-
to sabia que Clive era amoso ahora y que tenia un disco en los Jop Jen [los diez mejores dis-
cos del momento], pero no conocia toda la historia, cmo habia logrado el ito. Me eplic:
Como sabes, Mandy, creci en una amilia de msicos, mis padres me hicieron tocar Cho-
pin y Debussy durante horas todos los dias, pero no pude aguantarlo y lo dej cuando tenia
unos 14 aos. Creo que podria haber ido a la Universidad para estudiar msica clsica pero
empec a tocar la guitarra, ir a conciertos de msica 'rock' y pronto me enred en el mundo
de la msica pop y asi empez todo. Dej de hablar de repente y me mir. Je gustaria venir
a nuestro concierto esta noche? me pregunt. /qui tienes una invitacin si quieres escu-
charnos. Por supuesto, dije en voz baja, y quizs podamos ir a bailar despus. Me gustaria
bailar contigo otra vez contest, sonriendo.
Texto 11
Prisiones americanas
Los LL.UU. tienen ms de 700 prisiones y no son suicientes. Ls decir, no suicientes para
los asesinos, violadores, alsiicadores, ladronzuelos, conductores borrachos y todos los dems
inractores de la ley que los americanos y sus uncionarios pblicos quieren ver tras las rejas.
Desde mediados de los aos 70 hasta mediados de los aos 80, la poblacin reclusa se
ha duplicado. Ms de 500.000 personas estn ahora en prisiones ederales y estatales. Ll
sistema ederal de prisiones es bastante pequeo, ya que la mayoria de los juicios criminales
se celebran en tribunales estatales. Los 50 gobiernos estatales tienen su propio sistema de
prisiones y casi todas ellas estn siempre superpobladas.
Carolina del Norte, por ejemplo, cuya eperiencia es bastante tipica, tenia 18.103 reclusos
el mes pasado, unos 1.500 ms de la capacidad del sistema de prisiones. Ll estado ha gasta-
do en la ltima dcada 114 millones de dlares para ampliar sus crceles y gastar 219 millo-
nes en mantenerlas durante el ao iscal actual. 3in embargo, a pesar de este gasto enorme,
Carolina del Norte tiene que arontar procesos en tribunales ederales, en los que se alega que
la superpoblacin constituye un castigo cruel y poco usual que viola la Constitucin.
Como alternativa a la ampliacin de las prisiones, los legisladores del estado consideran
varias penas distintas para delicuentes menores. Ln Carolina del Norte, el Centro del Crimen y
Pena promociona un servicio comunitario, que tiene a los delincuentes bajo un control estric-
to. /lgunos condados en Nueva ork usan pulseras electrnicas y ordenadores para vigilar pri-
sioneros en sus casas.
Texto 12
LNuclear7 Poco claro...
/unque muchos gobiernos intentan convencer a sus sbditos respectivos de que la ener-
gia atmica es una alternativa aceptable a la de quemar combustibles siles, ningn gobier-
no se ha tomado la ms minima molestia de eplicar los peligros. uizs no sean conscientes
de ello. Cualquiera que sea la razn, la gente tendria que aprender por la eperiencia, aunque
sta puede ser catastrica.
/unque es verdad que los reactores nucleares no producen humo visible, ciertamente no
es verdad que no contaminen. la contaminacin que producen es mucho ms insidiosa pre-
cisamente porque es invisible.
Durante el enriamiento de los reactores nucleares, grandes cantidades de agua se hacen
radioactivas. No hay orma de lograr que esta radiacin permanezca inactiva.
Por muy inconveniente que sea para los gobiernos publicar todos los hechos, no tienen e-
cusa moral para no hacerlo, incluso si piensan que estn actuando en nuestro beneicio. Por
lo menos, se conocen algunos de los hechos aunque no se publican mucho.
Los reactores nucleares producen agua y gases radioactivos en grandes cantidades. u
pasa con toda esta basura? 3e mete en tanques de cemento y se guarda en almacenes de
tanques. 3e almacena en minas de sal que ya no se eplotan. 3e introduce en rocas partidas,
se entierra, se transporta en trenes especiales. Pero incluso una vez tirada hay que mantener-
la ria con agua para que deje de arder. por supuesto, el contenido de los tanques es etre-
madamente corrosivo. Los eectos de una rotura en el tanque o un allo en el sistema de en-
riamiento serian desastrosos.
Parece que mientras los gobiernos puedan librarse de decir la verdad, continuarn guar-
dando silencio. 3in embargo, la gente tiene derecho a saber la verdad.
Texto 13
Comida de todos los das
/ los britnicos no les interesan los restaurantes. Los que visitan Londres dicen a menudo
que la gente que come en restaurantes por la noche y la gente que tiene restaurantes es toda
de otros paises. Dicen que no se sienten en lnglaterra cuando van a un restaurante.
La mayoria de los britnicos come en casa tantas veces como pueden. se sienten en un
restaurante como en otro pais tambin. Un joven que lleva a su novia a un restaurante quizs
no entiende, porque todo est escrito en rancs o italiano.
He escuchado que a los britnicos no les gusta comer. Bueno, no estn muy interesados
en la buena cocina, digamos. Pero una vez al ao ahorran mucho dinero para comer bien. Ln
Navidad comen muy bien. Pero incluso entonces la mayoria de los ingleses cree que es mejor
comer en casa. Jienen razn, e incluso pueden comer verdura resca de su propio jardin. Ls
ms barato tambin. a los britnicos no les gusta gastar su dinero en comida.
Durante este siglo la comida siempre ue barata y de buena calidad. 3i se come carne in-
glesa o escocesa se entiende por qu palabras como roast bee (ternera asada) o bee
steak (ilete de ternera) se usan en otros idiomas tambin. wiltshire bacon (bacon de wiltshi-
re), ork ham (jamn de ork) y pollo de Norolk son ecelentes tambin. por supuesto los
ingleses inventaron el bacon con huevos.
No hay nada mejor que el desayuno ingls. Pero qu ms tienen? 3on el pescado y las
patatas ritas la comida nacional? Lste plato no se prepara en casa y es un invento del siglo
pasado.
Pero quizs la idea ms amosa es el sandwich, otra palabra internacional hoy dia.
Ls cierto que a los britnicos les gustan las comidas rpidas porque hay otras cosas que
les interesan ms. Mucha gente no tarda ms de diez minutos en comer su almuerzo. Por su-
puesto que ste no es tiempo suiciente para cocinar y comer una comida bien preparada.
Pero hoy dia la comida a menudo est ya hecha. /horra tiempo. Ll Jimes todavia usa los
mismos trminos que en los viejos tiempos para eplicarnos cmo preparar una sopa:
vacie dos latas de sopa de esprragos en una olla y aada el liquido necesario.
Mezcle bien y calintelo a uego lento. 3i le gusta, abra una lata grande de esprragos
y adalos. Calintelo de nuevo y sirva la sopa.
ILn otras palabras, no es tan importante ser buen cocinero sino, ms bien, ser buen abre-
latas!
Texto 14
El gran incendio
Ll uego empez en la panaderia en las primeras horas del domingo 2 de septiembre de
1666. Ll panadero se llamaba Jhomas Farrinor y su establecimiento estaba en Pudding Lane (la
calle Pudding). Nadie sabe cmo ocurri eactamente, pero es probable que dejase unos troncos
demasiado cerca del horno. 3e incendiaron y la cocina empez a arder. Las casas de alrededor
estaban muy secas por el largo y seco verano y estaban muy unidas por calles estrechas. Un
uerte viento del Lste hizo que las llamas saltaran rpidamente de la panaderia a las otras casas.
/l principio nadie se dio cuenta del uego. 3amuel Pepys se despert a las tres de la ma-
ana, pero pens que estaba muy lejos y volvi a la cama a dormir, como anot en su diario.
Ll alcalde tambin creia que era un pequeo incendio y se volvi a la cama tambin. Por la
maana, ms de trescientas casas estaban ardiendo.
Por in Pepys se dio cuenta de la seriedad de la situacin y ue a avisar al rey, Carlos ll,
quien le mand a ver al alcalde con una orden de derribar las casas. Pero poca gente le escu-
ch y la mayoria se neg a permitir que los soldados destruyeran sus tiendas y casas.
Ll martes, 4 de septiembre, el rey mand a su hermano, el Duque de ork, que se encar-
gara de la situacin. 0rganiz la demolicin enseguida. Ll propio rey ayud en la lucha contra
el uego y distribuy monedas de oro para animar a los trabajadores. Por in, el jueves, el ue-
go estaba controlado. Milagrosamente, slo ocho personas habian muerto, pero ms de
13.000 casas habian sido destruidas; casi 250.000 personas se habian quedado sin hogar.
80 iglesias se habian quemado, incluyendo 3t Paul's Cathedral (la catedral de 3an Pablo). La
mayor parte de la ciudad medieval habia desaparecido para siempre.
Texto 15
Carrera de armamento
Ln 1982, el mundo se gast un billn de dlares al dia en armas. 0ran parte de este dine-
ro era para aumentar el nmero de armas nucleares. Hoy dia eisten aproimadamente cin-
cuenta mil armas de este tipo en el mundo, cada una capaz de destruir grandes ciudades en
un momento. /unque slo seis naciones han desarrollado su capacidad nuclear, muchos ms
tienen posibilidades de construir armas nucleares y algunos quiz lo hayan hecho ya. Ln el l-
timo grupo hay varios paises subdesarrollados, de poca estabilidad politica, que luchan entre
ellos y probablemente usarn estas armas nucleares en uturos conlictos. 3in embargo, un
conlicto con las grandes uerzas seria ms peligroso.
Ln 1962 el Presidente Kennedy amenaz con destruir los misiles rusos estacionados en
Cuba si no ueran retirados inmediatamente. /ortunadamente los misiles ueron retirados y se
evit una guerra nuclear. 3in embargo, desde entonces ambas naciones han modernizado sus
arsenales nucleares e intentos de reducir las armas nucleares han allado. Las consecuencias
de una guerra nuclear, incluso limitado, serian desastrosas no slo para los protagonistas, sino
para todo el mundo, que estaria implicado en una nube destructiva de polvo radioactiva.
Ls diicil de creer que lideres inteligentes de naciones civilizadas permitirn que dierencias
ideolgicas llegaran hasta la destruccin de la raza humana aunque la historia nos muestra que
no debemos esperar que lideres acten con la razn. Liste sin embargo la posibilidad amena-
zadora de una guerra nuclear que empiece por accidente. Ln 1980, en varias ocasiones, los or-
denadores que se usan en el sistema de deensa en LL.UU. dieron alarmas alsas de un ataque
por misiles soviticos e hicieron preparar misiles americanos para ser lanzados. Nunca se sabr
cuntas veces habr ocurrido esto en la Unin 3ovitica. Mientras que a la mayoria de la gente
normal no les importa la amenaza de la destruccin nuclear, algunos militan en movimientos
paciistas que se oponen a la carrera de armementos mientras que otros se gastan sus ahorros
en reugios atmicos de los que esperan la salvacin de una guerra nuclear.
Textos para
traducir
(Niue/ de iniciacin)
Text 1
Dinner-time
lt's a quarter to si. Mrs wilson has already set the table or the amily. Jhere are our o
them. 3he has put our plates on the table. Behind each plate she has put a glass. 0n the
right o each plate she has put a knie and a spoon, and on the let side, a ork. ln the middle
o the table there is a salt-cellar, pepper and a jug o water. Jhere is also a dish o salad
which she has prepared beorehand.
/t si o'clock the amily come back home. Jhey take o their coats, wash their hands, sit
down at the table and begin dinner.
First the mother serves the soup. when they have inished, she takes away the plates and
brings in the meat. lt is a joint o lamb. 3he puts it on the table, carves it and gives a piece o
meat to each person. Jhen she brings a dish o peas or roast potatoes, according to their
taste. /ter this course, Mrs wilson tells her daughter Muriel to bring in the dessert. 3he goes
to the kitchen and comes back with a dish o ruit, which she puts on the table. Jhe ather
takes a banana. Jhe mother takes a pear. 3usan takes an orange and Muriel takes an apple.
/s they eat, they talk about what they have done during the day.
Vccabulary
salt-cellar ~ salero joint o lamb~ asado de cordero
to carve ~ trinchar according to ~ segn
Text 2
Everyday actions
Lverybody does the same things every day. Let's take Mr 3later, or eample: He gets up at
eight o'clock in the morning. He washes and shaves. Jhen he dresses. /ter that he has
breakast. /ter breakast he leaves home and goes to the oice. He usually takes the bus. He
gets to his oice at nine o'clock. He works until one, when he goes to a snack bar near his
oice to have something to eat. He generally eats the same thing: a cheese sandwich or a
hamburger with a glass o beer. Jhen he goes back to work until ive o'clock, when the bell rings
or the people to stop work. /t that moment he tidies up his desk, puts on his coat and hat and
walks out o the oice. He goes to the bus stop, which is just around the corner and catches
the bus home. 0n the bus he reads the paper. when he arrives home, his wie and children are
waiting or him. He takes o his coat. He also takes o his shoes and puts on a pair o slippers.
Jhen he sits down in an armchair. His children come and ask him questions about their
homework. / moment later, his wie calls him and the children or dinner. /ter dinner, he and
his wie sit down to watch television or about an hour. Jhen the amily go to bed.
Vccabulary
slippers ~ zapatillas to tidy up ~ ordenar
Text 3
Ihe five senses
we have ive senses: sight, hearing, smell, taste and touch.
Jhe eyes are the organs o sight. Jhe ears are the organs o hearing. Jhe nose is the organ o
smell. Jhe tongue and the palate are the organs o taste and the skin contains the organs o touch.
we see with our eyes. we hear with our ears. we smell with our nose. we taste with our
tongue and palate. we touch with our ingers.
ln order to live we must eat, drink and breathe.
we eat when we are hungry and we drink when we are thirsty. we breathe continuously.
we never stop breathing. / person stops breathing when he dies.
we see people, things and animals.
we hear music, noises and sounds.
we smell lowers and perume.
we taste ood and drink.
we touch people, things and animals.
Vccabulary
sight ~ vista taste ~ sabor
touch ~ tacto in order to ~ para
to breathe ~ respirar
Text 4
Food and drinks
we would die without ood and drink. Food is what can be eaten by people or animals. we
drink water, milk, tea and coee.
we must choose careully the ood we eat. Meat, ish and eggs provide us with protein,
which is necessary or good health. vegetables and ruit are valuable or their mineral salts
and vitamins.
Jhere are green vegetables, such as peas, French beans, cabbage, caulilower and
spinach, and root vegetables, such as carrots, turnips and potatoes. / salad made o tomato,
lettuce, onion and cucumber is rich in vitamins and very good or your health.
0n the subject o ruit, we must mention oranges, lemons, strawberries, grapes, melon,
water melon, apples, pears and bananas.
Food can be eaten raw or cooked. Jhe art or practice o cooking is called cookery. Jhere
are lots o cookery books which give you inormation about how to cook ood.
we should not drink alcoholic drinks, such as brandy, gin, rum and whisky. Jhey are very
bad or the health. 3ome people drink a little wine or beer with their meals, which is not a bad
thing i you drink just a little.
Vccabulary
can be eaten~ se puede comer to provide ~ proveer (a uno de algo)
health ~ salud pea ~ guisante
French beans~ judias cabbage ~ col
caulilower ~ colilor root ~ raiz
turnip ~ nabo cucumber ~ pepino
grape ~ uva raw ~ crudo
cookery ~ cocina, arte de cocinar a little ~ un poco
Text 5
At the hospital
when we have to be operated on, we are taken to a hospital. ln the town where l live there
is a very big hospital.
/ ortnight ago, l went there to visit Jim, a schoolmate who had been operated on or
appendicitis.
/s l walked along the long corridors o the hospital, l saw a lot o doctors and nurses
coming and going. Jhere were several wards with sick people in them. 0n one door there were
the words 0perating Jheatre.
Jim told me that the surgeon was very good and that he had not elt anything at all. He
also said that as soon as he was put lying on the operating-table, a nurse gave him an
injection and put him to sleep. when he woke up, it was all over.
He recovered rom the operation in a ew days, and now he is walking again.
Vccabulary
ortnight ~ quincena schoolmate ~ compaero de clase
as l walked along ~ andando por corridor ~ pasillo
ward ~ sala sick ~ enermo
operating theatre ~ sala de at all ~ en absoluto
operaciones to recover ~ recuperarse
he was put lying ~ le pusieron as soon as ~ tan pronto como
Text 16
Pets
/ pet is an animal that we keep as a companion and treat with aection. / pet can be a dog,
a cat, a bird or a duck, although some people have very surprising pets, such as snakes or lizards.
Many amilies have a pet. lt is very nice to have an animal as a companion.
Jhe dog is always aithul to us, but it must be well-ed and looked ater, which takes a
long time and is sometimes hard work.
/nother very important condition or keeping a dog, especially in a town, is that it must not
bother your neighbours.
3ome rich people in Lngland become so ond o their pets that they leave their ortunes to
them when they die.
Vccabulary
pet ~ animal domstico to treat ~ tratar
aection ~ aecto, cario duck ~ pato
lizard ~ lagartija aithul ~ iel
well-ed ~ bien alimentado to keep ~ tener, guardar
to bother ~ molestar
to become ond o something ~ llegar a tener cario a algo
Text 7
5hops
ln the street where l live there are many shops. when l walk rom my house to the
underground station, l like looking in the shop-windows.
Jhere is a grocer's shop with lots o good things, such as pots o jam, tins o biscuits, etc.
Jhen comes a greengrocer's. He has vegetables, such as carrots, cabbages, caulilowers and
onions, in one hal o his shop and in the other hal you can see all kinds o ruit, such as
pears, oranges, bananas and grapes. Net door there is a butcher's.
Jhere you can see big pieces o meat hanging up. l like looking in a toyshop which is near.
Jhere you can see a lot o toys: ootballs, toy cars, and toy planes. when l go with my sister,
she looks at the dolls and teddy bears. Near the bank, there is a urniture-shop and net to it,
there is a chemist's. My mother always buys medicine there.
0n the other side o the street, there is a jeweller's, a large shoe-shop and a bookseller's,
where my ather sometimes buys books. Near the underground station, there is a stationer's,
where l buy all l need or school: pencils, rubbers, notebooks, rulers, etc.
Vccabulary
pot ~ bote jam ~ mermelada
tin ~ lata cabbage ~ col
grape ~ uva butcher's ~ carniceria
toy ~ juguete doll ~ mueca
teddy bear ~ osito de peluche chemist's ~ armacia
urniture ~ muebles rubber ~ goma de borrar
stationer's ~ papeleria ruler ~ regla
underground station ~ estacin del metro
grocer's ~ tienda de ultramarinos
Text 8
A street
Jhe street where l live is in the centre o the town. lt is a very busy street. Jhere are a lot
o cars and buses running along it. Jhe traic is controlled by traic lights, although there is
usually a policeman at the crossroads. ln ront o my house there is a zebra crossing and a
bus stop. Jhere are trees and lampposts along the street. Jhere are houses on each side o
the street.
ln this street there are a lot o shops, a cinema, a bank, a church and a school. / ew
yards down the street there is a square with a ountain in the middle and a little garden round
it, where children play on sunny aternoons.
Vccabulary
traic light ~ semoro crossroads ~ cruce
ountain ~ uente
Text 9
A train journey
1ack and 1ill are going to Birmingham to visit 1ill's parents. lt's eight o'clock in the morning
and 1ill is packing the cases. Jhey have a lot o luggage to take with them.
Jhe train leaves at hal past nine. /t hal past eight, 1ack goes to etch a tai. when he
comes back with the tai, he takes down all the cases. Jhe taidriver puts the cases in the
boot o the car and on the top.
0nce in the station, 1ill stays in the hall surrounded by the luggage, while 1ack goes to the
booking oice to get the tickets. He buys a single ticket or 1ill, as she is going to stay with her
parents or a ew days and a return ticket or himsel, because he is going back to work on the
ollowing Monday.
/s their luggage is very heavy, 1ack asks a porter to take it to the platorm where the train
is waiting. Jhey get on the train, ind their compartment, put all the cases on the rack, and sit
down to wait or the train to start.
Five minutes later, the guard waves his lag and blows his whistle. Jhen the train begins to
move. First it goes through some tunnels. /ter that all they can see are the backs o houses
and actories. / ew minutes later, they are out o the town and in the countryside.
/s they have had no breakast, 1ack suggests going to the buet-car, which is our coa-
ches along. /ter breakast, they return to their compartment and sit down again. 1ack takes
out a newspaper and begins to read, while 1ill looks out o the window at the landscape.
Vccabulary
luggage ~ equipaje to etch ~ ir a buscar
boot ~ maletero to surround ~ rodar, circundar
booking oice ~ despacho de billetes single ticket ~ billete de ida
return ticket ~ billete de ida y vuelta to ask someone to do ... ~ pedir
platorm ~ arcn compartment ~ departamento
rack ~ rejilla to wave ~ agitar la mano,
whistle ~ silbato ondear
landscape ~ paisaje
Text 10
Ihe week-end
0n 3unday mornings, people generally go to church, read the 3unday paper, have lunch
and perhaps have a sleep aterwards.
ln the aternoon, some people go to the cinema or to some riend's house, where they play
cards or have tea together. 0ther people preer to stay at home reading a book, writing letters
or watching television.
3ome Lnglish people like working in the garden on 3unday aternoons. /t night, they
generally go to bed early because they have to get up early on Monday morning.
3ome other people take advantage o having two days o to go to the country and breathe
resh air in order to escape rom the noise and the pollution o the town.
Vccabulary
deer ~ ciervo seal ~ oca
parrot ~ loro
rom: 60 1piccs en Ingls sencillc
1os Merino
C.L.L.l. Madrid. 1985
textos para
traducir
(Niue/ intermedio)
Text 1
Ihe United Kingdom
Jhe United Kingdom is very small compared with many other countries in the world.
However, there are only nine other countries with more people, and London is the world's
seventh biggest city.
Jhe main areas o high land are in 3cotland, wales and Cumbria. ln the centre o Lngland is
a range o hills called the Pennines, which are also known as the backbone o Lngland. Jhe
highest mountains are in 3cotland and wales: Ben Nevis is 4,406 eet (1,343m) and 3nowdon
is 3,560 eet (1,085m). 0 course, these are very small compared with other mountains in the
world - Lverest, the highest mountain in the world, is 29,000 eet (8,839m). ln act everything
in the United Kingdom is rather small - the longest rivers are the 3evern (220 miles, 354 km)
and the River Jhames (215 miles, 346 km). Compare these with the River /mazon in 3outh
/merica which is 4,195 miles (6,751 km) long!
Despite its size, there is a great deal o variety within the islands o the United Kingdom.
Text 2
Who are the British7
Why 8ritish not Lng/ish?
Many oreigners say Lngland and Lnglish when they mean Britain, or the UK, and
British. Jhis is very annoying or the 5 million people who live in 3cotland, the 2.8 million in
wales and 1.5 million in Northern lreland who are certainly nct Lnglish. (46 million people live
in Lngland.) However, the people rom 3cotland, wales, Northern lreland and Lngland are all
British. 3o what is the dierence between the names 0reat Britain and the United
Kingdom - and what about the British lsles?
Text 3
Ihe United Kingdom
Jhis is an abbreviation o the United Kingdom o 0reat Britain and Northern lreland. lt is
oten urther abbreviated to UK, and is the political name o the country which is made up o
Lngland, 3cotland, wales and Northern lreland (sometimes known as Ulster). 3everal islands
o the British coast are also part o the United Kingdom (or eample, the lsle o wight, the
0rkneys, Hebrides and 3hetlands, and the lsle o 3cilly), although the Channel lslands and the
lsle o Man are not. However, all these islands do recognize the ueen.
/NLX0: 1EX10S PARA 1RADUCIR 315
Text 4
Ihe British lsles
Jhis is the geographical name that reers to all the islands o the north west coast o the
Luropean continent: 0reat Britain, the whole o lreland (Northern and 3outhern), the Channel
lslands and the lsle o Man.
But it is important to remember that 3outhern lreland - that is the Republic o lreland (also
called Lire) - is completely independent.
3o you can see that the United Kingdom is the correct name to use i you are reerring to
the country in a political, rather than in a geographical way. British reers to people rom the
UK, 0reat Britain or the British lsles in general.
How was the United Kingdom ormed?
Jhis took centuries, and a lot o armed struggle was involved. ln the 15th century, a welsh
prince, Henry Judor, became King Henry vll o Lngland. Jhen his son, King Henry vlll, united
Lngland and wales under one Parliament in 1536.
ln 3cotland a similar thing happened. Jhe King o 3cotland inherited the crown o Lngland
and wales in 1603, so he became King 1ames l o Lngland and wales, and King 1ames vl o
3cotland. Jhe Parliaments o Lngland, wales and 3cotland were united a century later in 1707.
Jhe 3cottish and the welsh are proud and independent people. ln recent years there have
been attempts at devolution in the two countries, particularly in 3cotland where the 3cottish
Nationalist Party was very strong or a while. However, in a reerendum in 1978 the welsh
rejected devolution and in 1979 the 3cots did the same. 3o it seems that most welsh and
3cottish people are happy to orm part o the UK even though they sometimes complain that
they are dominated by Lngland, and particularly by London.
Jhe whole o lreland was united with 0reat Britain rom 1801 up until 1922. ln that year
the independent Republic o lreland was ormed in the 3outh, while Northern lreland became
part o the United Kingdom o 0reat Britain and Northern lreland.
Text 5
lnvasion
what makes 3cottish, welsh, Lnglish and Northern lrish dierent rom each other? /bout
2,000 years ago the British lsles were inhabited by the Celts who originally came rom continental
Lurope. During the net 1,000 years there were many invasions. Jhe Romans came rom ltaly in
/D 43 and, in calling the country Britannia, gave Britain its name. Jhe /ngles and 3aons came
316 /NLX0: 1EX10S PARA 1RADUCIR
rom 0ermany, Denmark and the Netherlands in the 5th century, and Lngland gets its name rom
this invasion (/ngle-land). Jhe vikings arrived rom Denmark and Norway throughout the 9th
century, and in 1066 (the one date in history which every British schoolchild knows) the Normans
invaded rom France. Jhese invasions drove the Celts into what is now wales and 3cotland, and
they remained, o course, in lreland. Jhe Lnglish, on the other hand, are the descendants o all
the invaders, but are more /nglo-3aon than anything else. Jhese various origins eplain many o
the dierences to be ound between Lngland, wales, 3cotland and lreland - dierences in
education, religion and the legal systems, but most obviously, in language.
Text 6
Language
Jhe Celts spoke Celtic which survives today in the orm o welsh, 3cottish 0aelic and lrish
0aelic. Less than a quarter o all welsh people (600,000 out o 2,800,000) speak welsh.
3cottish 0aelic and lrish 0aelic are still spoken, although they have suered more than welsh
rom the spread o Lnglish. However, all three languages are now oicially encouraged and
taught in schools.
Lnglish developed rom /nglo-3aon and is a 0ermanic language. However, all the invading
peoples, particularly the Norman French, inluenced the Lnglish language and you can ind
many words in Lnglish which are French in origin. Nowadays all welsh, 3cottish and lrish people
speak Lnglish (even i they speak their own language as well), but all the countries have their
own special accents and dialects, and their people are easily recognizable as soon as they
speak. 0ccasionally, people rom the our countries in the UK have diiculty in understanding
one another because o these dierent accents. / southern Lnglish accent is generally accepted
to be the most easily understood, and is the accent usually taught to oreigners.
Text 7
Multiracial Britain
Recently, there have been many waves o immigration into Britain and movement within
the UK. For eample, many people rom wales, 3cotland and lreland have settled in Lngland;
and 1ews, Russians, 0ermans, and Poles have come to Britain (particularly London) during
political changes in the rest o Lurope.
Commonwealth citizens were allowed ree entry into Britain until 1962. Beore the 3econd
world war these immigrants were mostly white people rom Canada, /ustralia, New Zealand
and 3outh /rica. ln the 1950s, people rom the west lndies, lndia, Pakistan, Bangladesh and
Hong Kong were encouraged to come and work in Britain. Joday, 2 million British people are
o west lndian or /sian origin and over 50 per cent o them were born in Britain.
Jhe new immigrant communities are concentrated in the ollowing towns and cities:
London, 3lough, Leicester, wolverhampton, Birmingham, Luton, Bradord, Coventry, Bedord,
Reading and 3andwell. Jhe main languages o the /sian immigrants are Urdu, Hindi, Bengali,
Punjabi, 0ujarati, and Cantonese (Chinese). Nowadays the policy is to encourage these
communities to continue speaking their own languages as well as Lnglish. Jhe children o
immigrants are oten taught their own languages in school, and there are special newspapers,
magazines, and radio and television programmes or the /sian community. Jhe west lndians,
o course, arrive speaking Lnglish, but they do have their own culture which they wish to keep
alive. Jhey also have their own newspapers, and radio and television programmes.
Jhis latest wave o immigration has o course caused problems. Jhere is certainly racial
tension and racial prejudice in Britain today. ln spite o laws passed to protect them, there is
still discrimination against /sian and black people, many o whom are unemployed or in
low-paid jobs. However, the atmosphere is improving and the dierent races are slowly
learning to trust one another. ln a wide educational programme white schoolchildren,
teachers, policemen and social workers are learning about the problems and customs o their
neighbours. Jhere are many areas in Britain now where racial harmony is a reality.
British culture is being enriched through its contact with other cultures. For eample, the
British are becoming more adventurous in their cooking and eating habits, and Chinese,
lndian and Pakistani restaurants are very popular. /nother eample can be ound in the pop
music scene where west lndian reggae music has become very inluential.
Text 8
Family life
/ typical British amily used to consist o mother, ather and two children, but in recent
years there have been many changes in amily lie. 3ome o these have been caused by new
laws and others are the result o changes in society. For eample, since the law made it easier
to get a divorce, the number o divorces has increased. ln act one marriage in every three
now ends in divorce. Jhis means that there are a lot o one-parent amilies. 3ociety is now
more tolerant than it used to be o unmarried people, unmarried couples and single parents.
/nother change has been caused by the act that people are living longer nowadays, and
many old people live alone ollowing the death o their partners. /s a result o these changes
in the pattern o people's lives, there are many households which consist o only one person
or one person and children.
ou might think that marriage and the amily are not so popular as they once were.
However, the majority o divorced people marry again, and they sometimes take responsibility
or a second amily.
Members o a amily - grandparents, aunts, uncles, cousins - keep in touch, but they see
less o each other than they used to. Jhis is because people oten move away rom their
hometown to work, and so the amily becomes scattered. Christmas is the traditional season
or reunions. /lthough the amily group is smaller nowadays than it used to be, relatives oten
travel many miles in order to spend the holiday together.
ln general, each generation is keen to become independent o parents in establishing its
own amily unit, and this act can lead to social as well as geographical dierences within the
larger amily group.
Text 9
Christmas
l you try to catch a train on 24th December you may have diiculty in inding a seat.
Jhis is the day when many people are travelling home to be with their amilies on Christmas
Day, 25th December. For most British amilies, this is the most important estival o the
year, it combines the Christian celebration o the birth o Christ with the traditional estivities
o winter.
0n the 3unday beore Christmas many churches hold a carol service where special hymns
are sung. 3ometimes carol-singers can be heard on the streets as they collect money or
charity. Most amilies decorate their houses with brightly-coloured paper or holly, and they
usually have a Christmas tree in the corner o the ront room, glittering with coloured lights
and decorations.
Jhere are a lot o traditions connected with Christmas but perhaps the most important
one is the giving o presents. Family members wrap up their gits and leave them at the
bottom o the Christmas tree to be ound on Christmas morning. Children leave a long
sock or stocking at the end o their bed on Christmas Lve, 24th December, hoping that
Father Christmas will come down the chimney during the night and bring them small
presents, ruit and nuts. Jhey are usually not disappointed! /t some time on Christmas
Day the amily will sit down to a big turkey dinner ollowed by a Christmas Pudding. Jhey
will probably pull a cracker with another member o the amily. lt will make a loud crack
and a small toy or joke will all out!
Later in the aternoon they may watch the ueen on television as she delivers her
traditional Christmas message to the United Kingdom and the Commonwealth. l they have
room or even more ood they may enjoy a piece o Christmas cake or eat a hotmince pie.
26th December is also a public holiday, Boing Day, and this is the time to visit riends and
relatives or watch ootball.
Text 10
London
London Regiona/ 1ransport
Jhe easiest way to travel around London is by a London Regional Jransport bus or
underground train. Jhese run rom the centre o the city out into the countryside.
British people queue up when waiting or a bus (and lots o other things!). Jhey get very
annoyed with queue-jumpers people who don't wait or their turn in the queue.
Jhe London Underground - or tube - has nine lines. lt's very ast, and in Central London
you're never more than a ew minutes' walk away rom a station.
Text 11
A city with a difference
London was not built as a city in the same way as Paris or New ork. lt began lie as a
Roman ortiication at a place where it was possible to cross the River Jhames. / wall was
built around the town or deence, but during the long period o peace which ollowed the
Norman Conquest, people built outside the walls. Jhis building continued over the years,
especially to the west o the city. ln 1665 there was a terrible plague in London, so many
people let the city and escaped to the villages in the surrounding countryside. ln 1666 the
0reat Fire o London ended the plague, but it also destroyed much o the city. /lthough
people returned to live in the rebuilt city ater the plague and the 0reat Fire, there were never
again so many Londoners living in the city centre.
Jhese days not many people live in the city centre, but London has spread urther
outwards into the country, including surrounding villages. Joday the metropolis o 0reater
London covers some 610 square miles (1580 km
2
.) and the suburbs o London continue even
beyond this area. 3ome people even commute over 100 miles (over 150 km.) every day to
work in London, while living ar away rom the city in the country or in other towns.
Jhe gradual growth o the city helps to eplain the act that London does not have just one
centre, it has a number o centres, each with a distinct character: the inancial and business
centre called the City (spelt with a capital C), the shopping and entertainment centre in the
west Lnd, the government centre in westminster. Places like Highgate and Hampstead have
kept their village-like character, they have their own newspapers and the amous Hampstead
Heath is a reminder o country origins.
Text 12
Ihe Old Bailey
Jhe centre o the country's judicial system is to be ound in the western part o the City.
Jhe 0ld Bailey houses many courts and some o Britain's most amous murder trials have
taken place here. Many solicitors and barristers have their oices (called chambers) nearby,
particularly in the area known as the Jemple.
/ll criminal trials in Britain are held beore a judge and a jury consisting o twelve ordinary
people. lt is the jury, not the judge, who decides i a person is guilty or not. /n accused
person is considered innocent until proved guilty. /ll deendants are entitled to legal
representation, which will be provided ree i they cannot pay or it.
Text 13
ln and out of school
1V and radio
watching television is one o the great British pastimes! Broadcasting in the United
Kingdom is controlled by the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) and the lndependent
Broadcasting /uthority (lB/). Jhe BBC receives its income rom the government, but the
private companies controlled by the lB/ earn money rom advertising.
National radio is controlled by the BBC, and listeners can choose between our stations.
Radio 1 is a pop-music station with news and magazine-style programmes. Radio 2 plays light
music and reports on sport. Radio 3 plays classical music whilst Radio 4 has news
programmes, drama and general interest programmes. Jhere are many local stations, some
private and some run by the BBC. Jheir programmes consist mainly o music and local news.
Jhe BBC has two channels. BBC 2 has more serious programmes and newseatures. Jhe lB/
is responsible or looking ater the regional independent Jv companies who broadcast their own
programmes and those they have bought rom other regions. Jhere is a break or advertisements
about every 15-20 minutes. Jhe most recent independent channel is called Channel 4 and it has
more specialized programmes than the main channels. ln general, people think the programmes
oered on British television are o a very high standard. 3ome people, however, are becoming
worried about the amount o violence on Jv, and the eect this may have on young people.
Jv and radio are also two o the main teaching channels used by the 0pen University. Jhis
university o the air allows many thousands o students to study at home or degrees they
never would have obtained in the main educational system. Jhey also have to do without
sleep as most o their programmes are broadcast early in the morning or late at night.
Text 14
5port
3port play such a large part in British lie that many idioms in the Lnglish language have
come rom the world o sport, or eample to play the game means to be air, and that's
not cricket means that's not air.
Jhe most popular sport in Britain as a whole is ootball. / lot o people support their local
clubs at matches on 3aturday aternoons, or watch the matches live on television.
Jhe ootball league in Lngland and wales has our divisions. (3cotland has its own
separate system, and there are not many proessional sides in Northern lreland.) Lach division
contains twenty-two teams, and at the end o each season the top three clubs rom the lower
divisions are promoted to a higher one. Jhose who are at the bottom are relegated. Jhere are
two main prizes each season. Jhe ootball league championship is won by the team that is top
o the irst division, whereas the F/ cup (F/ stands or Football /ssociation) is a knockout
competition between all the teams o the league. Jhe inal o this competition takes place
every May at the amous wembley 3tadium in London. 3ome o the best-known clubs in
Lngland are Manchester United, Liverpool and the /rsenal. ln 3cotland either Rangers, Celtic
or /berdeen usually win the cup or the championship.
Many clubs have problems with money at the moment; increasing costs and alling
attendances. 3ome people say that the league is too big and that the players get paid too
much. 0thers say that television is making the crowds stay at home. Many clubs, however, are
now earning etra income by using the players' shirts or advertising as a way o staying alive
in the 1980s.
Text 15
5chool uniform
Jhe pupils at Lynn Faulkner's school, like the pupils at most secondary schools in Britain,
have to wear a school uniorm. Jhis usually means a white blouse or girls (perhaps with a tie),
with dark-coloured skirt and pullover. Jhe colours may be grey, brown, navy blue, dark green
or similar. Boys wear a shirt and tie, dark trousers and dark-coloured pullovers. Pupils o both
sees wear blazers - a kind o jacket - with the school badge on the pocket. Jhey oten have to
wear some kind o hat on the way to and rom school - caps or the boys, and berets or the
girls. 3hoes are usually black or brown and should be sensible - no high heels!
oung people in Britain oten don't like their school uniorm, especially the hats and shoes.
3ometimes they do not wear the right clothes. 3chools will oten give them a warning the irst
time that this happens but will then punish them i they continue not to wear the correct uniorm.
textos para
traducir
(Tipo examen)
Text 1
Ihe truly British
l you want to be really and truly British, you must become a hypocrite.
Now: how to be a hypocrite?
/s some people say that an eample eplains things better than the best theory, let me try
this way.
l had a drink with an Lnglish riend o mine in a pub. we were sitting on the high chairs in
ront o the counter when a lying bomb eploded about a hundred yards away. l was truly and
honestly rightened, and when a ew seconds later l looked around, l could not see my riend
anywhere. /t last l noticed that he was lying on the loor, lat as a pancake. when he realized
that nothing particular had happened in the pub he got a little embarrassed, licked the dust
o his suit, and turned to me with a superior and sarcastic smile.
0ood Heavens! were you so rightened that you couldn't move?
(0eorge Mikes. How to be an alien)
Text 2
Ihis is part of Bush's White House speech
/ smiling 0eorge Bush gave the /merican people the news they wanted most during his
television address: the ighting was nearing an end in the 0ul and /merican soldiers would be
returning home soon.
Kuwait is liberated. lraq's army is deeated. 0ur military objectives are met. Kuwait is once
more in the hands o Kuwaitis, in control o their own destiny.
we share in their joy, a joy tempered only by our compassion or their ordeal. Jonight the
Kuwaiti lag once again lies above the capital o a ree and sovereign nation and the
/merican lag lies above our embassy.
3even months ago, /merica and the world drew a line in the sand. we declared that the
aggression against Kuwait would not stand. /nd tonight /merica and the world have kept their
word.
Jhis is not a time o euphoria; certainly not a time to gloat. But it is a time o pride - pride
in our troops, pride in our riends who stood with us during the crisis, pride in our nation and
the people whose strength and resolve made victory quick, decisive and just. /nd soon we will
open wide our arms to welcome back home to /merica our magniicent ighting orces.
No one country can claim this victory as its own, or it is not only a victory or Kuwait, but a
victory or all the coalition partners. Jhis is a victory or the United Nations, or all mankind,
or the rule o law and or what's right.
1he Eurcpean weekend March 1-3, 1991, page 2.
Text 3
Ieaching English to businessmen
when a 3wedish businessman talks to a 1apanese businessman, the chances are that it
will be in Lnglish. Jhat creates plenty o opportunities or selling language courses to
oreigners. Jeaching Lnglish to visitors is estimated to be Britain's sith largest invisible eport,
earning about 500 million pounds a year. /dd in the sale o books, the earnings o teachers
abroad and other revenues, and the Lnglish-as-a-oreign-language market could be worth
over 900 million pounds to British irms. By 1992 that might rise to 1.5 billion pounds,
according to a survey o the market. Jhe demand or learning Lnglish is huge, and growing
with the status o Lnglish as the most important international language. Jhe economist
lntelligence Unit estimates that, o 2.4 billion people living in countries where Lnglish is used
as irst or second language, around 300 million speak it as a mother tongue, 300 million as a
second language, and 1.8 billion have yet to learn it. Most teachers o Lnglish as a oreign
language have never been near an Lnglish-speaking country. For instance, 20 million Chinese
schoolchildren are happy to learn it second-hand. But about 500,000 people a year lock to
the country o 3hakespeare to take advantage o its 700 or so language schools.
Text 4
Ihe passing of time
People presumably irst realized that time passed when they saw that they lived in a world
o constant change, and inding a way o measuring the low o time soon became one o
man's main concerns. But inventing calendars and clocks was not an easy task. lt began in
the great civilizations that lowered along the rivers o the Middle Last: in 3umer between the
Jigris and Luphrates, and in Lgypt along the Nile.
Jhe Babilonians were the irst to decide on a year o 360 days, which was divided into 12
lunar months o 30 days each. Jhis was not simple because the cycles o the moon occur
approimately every 25 1/2 days and those o the earth every 365 1/4 days. Babylonian
astronomers knew the true number o days in a year, but kept it at 360 because their priests
insisted that this number possessed magical properties.
Jhe practical Lgyptians etended the year by ive days, which were dedicated to celebrate
the Nile's annual looding. Later reinements by the Romans and by Pope 0regory Xlll in 1582
gave us today's 0regorian calendar, which is accurate to a day in every 3323 years!
Jhe day was also broken into smaller units, and it was the sun with its daily movement
which set the pattern or it. Jhe Lgyptians divided the day into two cycles o 12 hours. Jhis
12-hour division might have come rom the numbering system o the 3umerians, or rom star
patterns in the sky.
Text 5
What the English drink
Jhe British don't drink at dinner when most people do. 3o they seem to drink a lot more at
other times, just to make or it. Jhere's that bottle o milk on the doorstep, which begins the
day. Jhe people o the British lsles are second only to the 3candinavians as milk-drinkers.
Jhat's because the quality o milk is so good. 3ome o this milk goes into puddings, a lot more
goes into tea. Lver since, in the last century, the strong, cheap lndian kind took the place o
China tea, the British have thought that any time is time or tea. ou can hear a woman say
My husband's very good to me, he brings me an early morning cup o tea on 3undays! Jhen,
in the words o the song: /t hal-past eleven, my idea o heaven is a nice cup o tea.
ln the working day, the most important times or it are the breaks in the middle o the
morning and in the middle o the aternoon and this makes the work bearable or many
people. Later there's always a moment when somebody says: l eel like a cup o tea. Jhe
evening at home wouldn't be complete without it. /nd i they want to say Jhat's not really the
kind o thing l like, they say, Jhat's not quite my cup o tea. Beore the days o instant
coee, the British drank a quarter o the world's tea!
l they want to drink beer, they generally go to the bar o a public house, or pub. ln many
pubs there's still a brass bar that you can rest your eet on as you talk to the barman who
serves the drinks. 3o bar has become another international word.
Vccabulary
heaven ~ cielo bearable ~ llevadero, soportable
brass ~ de lata, de metal
Text 6
Winning through
3he had been brought up in the no-nonsense atmosphere o a working class home in a
small Clydeside village. /ter a basic education at the local school, the boys were epected to
work in the shipyards, the girls in shops or oices. lt was a rare pupil who went on to university.
Cathy took a job as a bank clerk and stuck to it or two years, hating every minute. 3he
then moved to a job with the Forestry Comission and ended up marrying her boss. Bill was a
well-educated, intelligent man, a widower. Jhey settled down to married lie in the isolation o
a orester's home - where the trees swept down to the ront door. lt elt as i it were almost
the end o the earth, says Cathy. 0ur social lie was practically nil; i l hadn't been so
absorbed in my new husband and setting up home, l think l'd have gone insane!
lndeed, it wasn't long beore she elt the need or new interests to occupy her, so Cathy
and Bill decided to start a amily. /ter several miscarriages, Lwan arrived. He was to be her
only child and kept Cathy busy as a baby, but when he started school, the rustration o having
nothing to do ecept look ater the house really hit her again.
Jhere seemed no purpose to the day, nothing to do once l'd done the usual domestic
chores. Looking ater a husband and a little boy didn't seem to me to be ull-time
occupation.
Text 7
Ihe Eurotunnel
with modern developments in communications, Britain is certainly getting closer to Lurope.
Jhe old method o crossing the Channel, that stretch o water which separates the islands rom
the continent and so gives Britain its insular identity, is the erry. Jhe shortest time possible on a
erry is an hour and a hal, the journey between Dover and Calais has remained the same, o
course, but the speed o the journey has increased. ou can travel to Lngland on the hovercrat,
and the light time is cut to thirty minutes. 3o it seems much easier to cross the Lnglish
Channel now, merely because o the act that the other side is less than an hour away.
Jhe only means o getting to the other side, until now, has been through or over the water,
in a boat or a hovercrat. However, with the construction o the Lurotunnel under the Lnglish
Channel, a traveller will be able to leave France without seeing water, and arrive in Lngland
with the sea behind him!
Jhe original idea o direct communication across the 3trait o Dover came to a Frenchman,
named Mathiou. ln 1802 he submitted a plan to Napoleon or the construction o a submarine
tunnel. 3ince that time, other engineering schemes have been suggested, such as bridges and
viaducts, but the greatest number and variety o studies have been devoted to the idea o a
tunnel. Jhe most serious and viable plans have been made since the late 1950's.
Text 8
Io live a war
l have always enjoyed lie, even though l have had quite a lot o bad luck. My amily were
very poor, so we never had many material things at home, such as toys or clothes. Lverything
was handed down rom one child to the net. But we always had a lot o un.
My ather died in the First world war. l can remember my mother receiving the news o his
death. 3he had to go out to work then, o course, so my elder sister looked ater us, though
she was only about 12 at the time. /ter l let school l did secretarial work until the outbreak
o war in 1939, when l married or the irst time. l had only been married or nine months
when my husband was killed by a bomb. For a long time l had little interest in anything, but in
the war people had a tremendous sense o survival. 3o l pulled mysel together and
volunteered to drive an ambulance. l was soon so busy that l did not have much time to think
o my personal problems. l enjoyed driving an ambulance.
During the war women had to do jobs they did not normally do, as all men had been called
up. 3o we women drove ambulances, worked in heavy industries and replaced men in all
kinds o important jobs. /nd we managed very well! we proved once and or all that we could
do a so-called man's job.
Vccabulary
to hand down ~ pasar de uno a otro outbreak ~ estallido
called up ~ alistados to pull onesel together ~ sobreponerse,
animarse
Text 9
Nuclear wars
various kinds o nuclear weapons have been produced in the past ew years by many
countries. Jhis is a new and terrible development in the history o man.
very ew events can be more rightul than a nuclear war. ln a nuclear war, most o the
world's population will be eterminated. Jhe ew living creatures that survive will be eposed
to radiation or to electrical rays harmul to lie. lt has been said by scientists that many new
diseases will be caused by radiation. Jhere will also be an acute shortage o ood; or all the
crops and stores will be poisened by radiation. Most o the areas on which nuclear bombs
have been dropped will be ruined. Jhereore the survivors o a nuclear war will be sick, hungry
and homeless.
lt might be better, perhaps, to be killed in a nuclear war than to survive it. lt would be
better still or men to learn to live in peace with one another. l this can be achieved there will
be no nuclear wars.
Text 10
Jhe lrish Jimes, wednesday, November 9, 1988
What is acid rain7
Jen years ago, most o us had never heard o acid rain; today, along with ozone and the
greenhouse eect, it is one o the most talked-about issues o our time. But what is acid rain?
ls it as harmul as many would have us believe?
/cid rain occurs when certain substances in the atmosphere are chemically transormed
into sulphuric or nitric acids. lt has become a major problem in recent years because o the
production o vast quantities o sulphur and nitrogen oides, by industrial processes and the
internal combustion engine. Jhese oides are quickly transormed, by contact with water, into
their acidic counterparts as they are dispersed throughout the atmosphere. Jhe acids are
brought to earth by rain - many hundreds o miles, perhaps, rom their area o origin.
/cid rain is not directly harmul to humans to any signiicant etent, but it aects our
environment in three main ways. Freshwater lakes, ed over long periods by rivers containing
acid rain, become contaminated and many species o ish become locally etinct; a great
many lakes in 3candinavia have suered seriously in this respect.
Jrees are aected because the acid rain removes the nutrients rom the leaves, and also
aects the composition o the soil beneath; there is considerable concern in parts o central
Lurope about the visible damage being caused in this way to conierous orests. /nd inally,
acid rain aects buildings by causing the stonework to deteriorate, and ultimately to crumble
away; some o the architectural wonders o 0reece have required major reurbishment or
this reason.
Otros textos
para traducir
Text 1
Oxford
what is so special about 0ord and Cambridge, the two oldest universities in Lngland?
why do so many students want to study there?
Both o these university towns are very beautiul. Jhey have some o the inest architecture
in Britain. 3ome o their colleges, chapels and libraries are three, our and even ive hundred
years old, and are ull o valuable books and precious paintings. Both towns have many lovely
gardens, where the students can read and rela in summer months.
0ord is the older university o the two. Jhe irst o its colleges was ounded in 1249. Jhe
university now has thirty-our colleges and about twelve thousand students, many o them
rom other countries. Jhere were no women at 0ord until 1878, when the irst women's
college, Lady Margaret Hall, opened. Now, women study at most colleges.
0ord is, o course, amous or its irst class education as well as its beautiul buildings.
3ome o the most intelligent men and women in the country live and work here. 0ord gives
them what they need: a quiet atmosphere, riendly colleagues, and the our-hundred-year-old
Bodleian library, which has about ive million books.
lt is not easy to get a place at 0ord University to study or a degree. But outside the
university there are many smaller private colleges which oer less diicult courses and where
it is easy to enrol. Most students in these private schools take business, secretarial or Lnglish
language courses.
Text 2
Ihe man in the park
Kevin Rogers used to be my boss. /t the time, he was a hard-working, up-and-coming
businessman and a real slave-driver, always telling us we had to sell more and more. /s soon
as l could, l got a job with another company. Jhe last time l saw Rogers was more than ten
years ago. /t least that's what l thought until last Jhursday. But l'm not so sure.
l was on my way back to my oice in the centre o the town. Jhere is a small park nearby,
which l sometimes walk through ater lunch. lt was almost empty, ecept or an unshaven,
shabby-looking man on one o the benches. He looked about ity years old and was wearing
an old, grey overcoat. lt was a cold, wintry day, and he was shivering.
/NLX0: 1EX10S PARA 1RADUCIR EN CLASE 333
"lt's been a long time since l had a meal. Can you help me?" he said. Jhere was
something about his voice that sounded amiliar. l gave him a ew coins and he mumbled
something about being grateul. /s he stumbled past me, l looked at his ace closely. l
wondered where l had seen him beore. Jhen it hit me. Could it possibly be .? No!
lmpossible, l thought. l watched him walking away. He was the same height as Rogers but
looked a lot thinner than l remembered.
esterday, l ran into someone who had worked or Rogers at the same time l did, and had
stayed on longer. l started telling him about the man l had seen in the park.
My e-colleague shook his head. "l thought you knew. Rogers was sent to prison si years
ago. He's probably out by now. For all l know, he's sleeping on park benches and begging
money rom the passers-by."
Text 3
Iea
Jhe trouble with tea is that originally it was quite a good drink.
3o a group o the most eminent British scientists put their head together, and made
complicated biological eperiments to ind a way o spoiling it.
Jo the eternal glory o British science their labour bore ruit. Jhey suggested that i you do
not drink it clear, or with lemon or rum and sugar, but pour a ew drops o cold milk into it,
and no sugar at all, the desired object is achieved. 0nce this rereshing, aromatic, oriental
beverage was successully transormed into colourless and tasteless gargling water, it
suddenly became the national drink o 0reat Britain and lreland still retaining, indeed
usurping, the high sounding title o tea.
Jhere are some occasions when you must not reuse a cup o tea, otherwise you are
judged an eotic and barbarous bird without any hope o ever being able to take your place in
civilised society.
l you are invited to an Lnglish home, at ive o'clock in the morning you get a cup o tea. lt
is either brought in by a heartily smiling hostess or an almost malevolently silent maid. when
you are disturbed in your sweetest morning sleep you must not say: 'Madame (or Mabel), l
think you are a cruel, spiteul and malignant person who deserves to be shot.' 0n the
contrary, you have to declare with your best ive o'clock smile: 'Jhank you so much. l do adore
a cup o early morning tea, especially early in the morning.' l they leave you alone with the
liquid, you may pour it down the wash basin.
334 /NLX0: 1EX10S PARA 1RADUCIR EN CLASE
Text 4
5leep
3leep is something we generally associate with living creatures. 0 course, it is true that a
lot o animals sleep, but zoologists are not certain that primitive orms o animal lie, like
worms and snails, ever really sleep. 0n the other hand, animals such as bears sleep our or
ive months every year.
Jhe amount o sleep a human being needs depends on age, the individual and possibly
race. For eample, doctors think that pre-school children need between 10 and 12 hours a
night; schoolchildren between 9 and 11 hours; and adults between 7 and 9 hours. Jhere are
eceptional cases o old people who only sleep between 2 and 3 hours a day and continue to
be active and healthy. Jhe sleep requirements o dierent races vary, 1apanese people, or
eample, sleep ewer hours than Luropeans.
lt is not known or certain i mental activity (apart rom dreaming) occurs when a person is
asleep. However, it is certainly true that some people can wake up at a speciic,
pre-determined time. Jhere are also stories about mathematicians who solve diicult
problems during sleep, because their subconscious minds continue working on the problem.
3ome types o unpleasant dreams (or nightmares) are quite common: the dreamer is
taking a test, but is not properly prepared; he is alling rom a tree; or an animal or thing is
chasing him. 3ome people say these last two occur because man's ancestors lived in trees
and were in constant danger rom wild animals.
Text 5
Big plans
Contrary to what you might think, /rk have not embarked on some brilliant and etravagant
advertising campaign. Jhe celebrities and stars are involved simply because they want to be,
because they think it is worthwhile. lt is their way o helping to protect the planet and they do
it all or ree.
/rk is a charitable trust, ounded principally with money donated by /nita and 0ordon
Roddick o Jhe Body 3hop and was set up to allow everybody to make a practical contribution to
protecting the natural world. Jheir household cleaners are only the irst step in the plan. within
18 months many more ecologically-sound products will be on sale and a o vegetarian
ast-ood restaurants will have been set up. /rk oicers have already established in the UK,
Holland and /ustria. By the end o net year they epect to be also in /merica, Canada, France,
3pain and 0ermany. Ultimately they hope to be represented in every country on the globe and
or /rk's name and trademark to be one o the most widely known symbols in the world.
Text 6
A ghost story
0ne o the world's most incredible ghost stories began on an aternoon in /ugust 1971, in
a cottage in the 3panish village o Belmez, near Crdoba, in /ndalusia. /n old woman was in
the kitchen, preparing the evening meal, when her grandchild started to scream. Jhe
grandmother turned rom her oven and saw a tormented ace looking at her rom the kitchen
loor. when she tried to rub the vision out with a rag, the eyes opened wider, making the
epression o the ace even more terrible. Jhe woman sent or the owner o the house. He
ripped up the tiles o the loor and replaced them with concrete. But three weeks later another
ace began to orm in the new surace, even more clearly deined than the irst one.
Jhe owner called in the authorities, who ecavated one section o the loor, and ound what
seemed to be the remains o a medieval burial ground. Jhe loor was repaired, but soon aces
started appearing again. Jhe kitchen was locked, but aces began to appear in other parts o the
house. lnvestigators moved in with ultra-sensitive microphones, and picked up voices speaking in
a strange language, sounds undetectable to the human ear. But beore they could discover what
they were, the aces and sounds melted away, as suddenly and mysteriously as they had arrived.
Text 7
Au pair
/u pair is an arrangement under which a girl who is not less than seventeen years old comes
to the United Kingdom primarily to learn the Lnglish language and to live or a while as a member
o a resident Lnglish-speaking amily. 3he receives her keep, entertainment and pocket money
(5 to 7 a week is not unreasonable) and is epected to help with the housework and the care
o any children. Jhe relationship between the girl and her hostess is a personal one depending or
its success both on the willingness o the hostess to help the girl in her studies and recreation,
and on the readiness o the girl to play her part in the lie o the household.
lt is important that the hostess should give the girl ull inormation about the household
and amily: she should make it clear what advantages are oered to the girl, and what is
epected rom her. wherever practicable this inormation should be given beore the girl leaves
her own country; but ailing that, the hostess should ensure that the girl is given all the
necessary inormation as soon as possible ater her arrival.
lnormation about the household and amily should include a description o the house and
should indicate the number and relationship o its occupants, and o any domestic help
employed. lt should be made clear whether the hostess is normally at home during the greater
part o the day, or is regularly absent, e.g., in employment.
Text 8
Life in Britain
Not everybody in Britain is interested in sport or in outings. / minority is interested in going
to the theatre , to the cinema - oten to see ilms in a oreign language - and also to dierent
concerts and operas. But this kind o entertainment is getting epensive and it is largely a city
activity. ln most towns and cities there are at least a ew museums and art galleries.
/ typical British activity is attendance at day and evening classes in /dult lnstitutes and
Colleges o Further Lducation. Jhe activities vary rom arranging lowers artistically to car
maintenance, rom pottery to ballet dancing.
3ports, o course, are practised with great enthusiasm. 0ne particular sport which has
increased in popularity is riding. lt is also estimated that three million Britons go sailing every year.
British people in general have a great appetite or outdoor enjoyment and cultural entertainment.
Text 9
English: well and alive
ln 1984 some /merican writers alarmingly proclaimed the irrecoverable deterioration o the
Lnglish language. 3ome even said that Lnglish was slowly dying.
lt has long been customary to think o a language metaphorically as a living entity. we say that
a language is dead when people no longer use it, in particular when they no longer speak it; we
say that it is dying when the number o people who use it is diminishing or when the number o
ways in which it is used is getting smaller. ln these established metaphorical senses, the reports
o death o Lnglish are surely eaggerated: Lnglish is in a better shape than it has ever been.
/t the beginning o the siteenth century a mere si million people spoke Lnglish, most o
them conined within the borders o Lngland. Joday, Lnglish is spoken as a mother tongue by
about 300 million people. Jhe United Kingdom is now one o a dozen Lnglish speaking
countries dispersed over several continents.
Lnglish is also used as a second language or various purposes: in some regions o the
ormer British Lmpire, British colonists were too ew to displace the indigenous languages with
their own, but as the ruling elite they imposed their language as the medium or government,
law and higher colonies. Politically, it is a neutral language where several native languages are
rivals; economically, it is the language o development.
/part rom this, Lnglish is by ar the most important language or international communication,
or commerce and tourism, or science and technology, or economic and military aid.
Text 10
Ihe generation GAP
/s /merican children enter adolescence, they begin to demand greater reedom to go
where they please, do what they please, and make decisions without parental intererence.
Many /merican parents do not know how to deal with their teenagers and seek advice rom
books, lectures, and parent-training courses. Parents want to maintain a riendly relationship
with their teenagers and also want to guide them so that their behaviour will be whatever the
parents consider proper and constructive.
ln a society o rapidly changing social and moral values, however, parents and children
oten disagree about what is important and what is right. /rguments may concern such
unimportant matters as styles o dress or hairdos. But quarrels may also concern school work,
ater-school jobs, decisions about how the teenager spends his money, career decisions, use
o the amily car, dating, and seual behaviour. 3ome amilies have serious problems with
teenagers who drop out o school, run away rom home, or use illegal drugs. Because so
much publicity is given to the problem teenager, one gets the impression that all teenagers
are trouble makers. /ctually, relatively ew adolescents do anything outrageously wrong, and
nearly all grow up into solid citizens who ulil most o their parents' epectations. ln act,
recent studies show that the generation gap is narrowing. Jhe vast majority o teenagers
share most o their parents' values and ideas. Many parents o teenagers eel that they get
along with their adolescents quite well.
Text 11
Body Adornment
Jhe wearing o clothes is only one o the main ways in which the human animal decorates
itsel. ln addition, skin may be coloured, nails painted and aces powdered. 3ome o these
Body /dornments persist or a lietime while others last or only a ew hours. But they all act
as important human displays, indicating the social status, the seual condition, the
aggressiveness, the group loyalty or some other quality o the decorated body.
Jhe many temporary adornments such as make-up, jewellery, nail-varnish and perumes,
are little more than the etension o clothes. Like clothing, they can be put on and taken o at
will, and do not orce the wearer to be identiied with any particular social group. Jhey can be
used again and again, but can be varied or special moods and contets. 0r they can be
substituted as ashions change.
Jhe permanent adornments, or eample, those involving some orm o body mutilation,
are more typical o rigid societies, where loyalty to the group is o massive importance.
Frequently the application o decoration is perormed at a special ceremony, a tribal initiation,
in which the initiate suers great pain. /cquiring the status o belonging to the group is made
such a painul eperience, diicult to endure, that it will be elt orever as something vitally
important in his lie.
Text 12
Ihe Basques
Jhe most obvious dierence between the Basques and their neighbours in France and
3pain is their etraordinary language which the Basques themselves call e0s|ara or e0s|era,
depending on which dialect they speak. /lthough, over the years, it has absorbed individual
words rom both 3panish and French, the basic vocabulary and structure o the language
bears absolutely no resemblance to either.
/ phrase taken at random rom a tet-book. Jhe table is laid - you can bring in the ood,
comes out in Basque as Ma|a|a gert0 oagc. E|ar oeza|ez0e caz|ar|a. Jhe synta is not less
eotic. Jhe deinite article the is not a separate word but a sui. Nouns used with numerals
remain in the singular. what we call prepositions are in Basque suies and preies, which
alter according to whether the word to which they are attracted represents something animate
or inanimate. Jhe author o the irst Basque 0rammar entitled his work !|e |mcss|c|e
0.erccme. 0ne siteenth-century 3icilian author was convinced that the Basque's strange
tongue enabled them to communicate with the monsters o the deep.
3ome Basque authors claimed that theirs had been the original language o Lurope. Jhere
is no doubt that Basque was once spoken over a much larger area than it is today, but it was
never the language o lberia, or much less that o Lurope.
Text 13
Dream women
Richer, and busier than ever, supermodels do not need the miserable $5,000 or so that
the New ork shows oer them or an appearance. Jhey have better - or at least more
lucrative - things to do with their time. 3upermodels today gain millions o dollars in
advertising contracts or in ilms. 3upermodels are no longer just pairs o beautiul eyes and
divine bodies; they are becoming their own businesses. For eample, Naomi Campbell,
Claudia 3chier and Llle MacPherson have entered the less stressul restaurant business.
Jhey have opened their Fashion Cae at New ork's Rockeeller Centre.
Many observers argue that supermodels have reached ilm stars on the ame hierarchy
because they possess a ragile ascination which has been missing since the '40s and '50s.
Designer lsaac Mizrahi says that when his mother was a little girl she wanted to be Rita
Hayworth. Now all the little girls want to be 3chier or Lvangelista.
Jhe supermodel madness has also been encouraged by the eplosion o the mass media
interest in the ashion world. Most newspapers now treat the semi-annual ashion shows as
celebrity events. Jhis marketing has changed the whole culture o modelling. Models o the
1930's, '40s and '50s, largely anonymous to the general public, travelled in aristocratic social
circles. Nowadays ashion, however, has been taken down rom that superior standard.
Text 14
Camping is the ideal way of spending a holiday
Jhere was a time when camping was considered to be a poor way o spending a holiday.
0K or boy scouts and hard-up students, but hardly the thing or sophisticated comort-loving
adults. Jhe adults have at last discovered that the boy scouts have really been on to a good
thing all these years. l you go camping, it no longer means that you will be bitten to death by
mosquitoes; have to drink brackish coee; live on corned bee; suocate or reeze in a
sleeping bag; hump gargantuan weights on your back. Camping has become the great pursuit
o motorists the world over. /ll the discomorts associated with it have been miraculously
whisked away. For the modest outlay, you can have a comortable, insulated tent. For a
not-so-modest outlay, you can have an elaborate aair which resembles a portable bungalow,
complete with three bedrooms, a living-room, a kitchen and a porch. Jhe portable urniture is
light and comortable; the gas stove brews ecellent coee or grills a tender steak; the
rerigerator keeps the beer and ice-cream cold; and as or good night's rest, well, you literally
sleep on air. what more could you want?
Text 15
Brain work
ln a quiet, darkened hospital room, a 25-year-old man with paranoid schizophrenia lies on
a table, his eyes closed, listening to the "voice" that has plagued him or more than two years.
Jhe voice is speaking once every three seconds or so. "Don't act stupid," it says in a
demeaning tone. Lach time the man hears the voice, he clicks a button. 3cientists,
meanwhile, are monitoring his brain activity. Using a special technique called PLJ scanning,
they take series o pictures every 10 minutes. Later, what they get is, in eect, a photo album
o active hallucinations.
Jhat eperiment, repeated with ive other patients, has yielded results that not only open a
window to the diseased mind, but may lead to better treatment. Jhe new research suggests
that hallucinations are generated by he brain's deep structures that regulate thinking and
emotions, and by the surace regions that process sights and sounds. "we've identiied the
areas that are responsible or the brain creating its own reality," says neurologist David
3ilbersweig. "Jhis may help us tailor the medications."
Text 16
Chess
0ary Kasparov, who became the youngest-ever world champion at the age o twenty-two,
is the most eciting chess player since the /merican Bobby Fisher, who retired ten years ago.
He is like a magnet with its own powerul magnetic ield. Jhe power, glamour and intensity
which characterise his style o chess-playing are also present in his private lie. Kasparov is
lively, an athletic etrovert. He enjoys soccer, badminton, swimming, cycling and jogging - and
he brings the energy and ecitement o these sports to his chess. Because o this lively style,
Kasparov's games are a joy to watch and bring the public to their eet in applause.
Karpov, in contrast, appears gentle, conservative, not very strong. But his cool appearance
hides a will o iron which enabled him to be the world's top chess player or ten years. He
represents all the 3oviet virtues: he works hard, he is sensible and reliable, he thinks about what
he does. Besides, Karpov uses precision, technique and a proound understanding o the game.
what makes this contrast in styles so interesting is not just that they are the most talented
players in the world, but that in representing the virtues o saety and the dangers o risk, they
oer radically dierent approaches to the problems o lie.
Text 17
Ioys
Joys are play objects used primarily by children. Jhe irst toys were probably natural objects
such as bones and round stones. Jhe ball seems to be the oldest toy and it is made, even
today, o diverse materials - animal skins, wood, and paper. Jhe animal shape was another
early and undamental toy. /lthough some o the most ancient animal igures may have been
used as religious objects, other animal shapes were certainly intended only or play.
/mong the oldest are some rom Persia dating back to the 12th century BC. 3ome medieval
manuscripts are decorated with dolls and kites, and some Renaissance paintings show children
with wooden horses or drums, all o them still used today in almost identical orm.
Joys were handmade until late in the 18th century, when mass-produced toys irst began
to appear. Metal rapidly replaced wood, and mechanical toys, which until then had been
epensive curiosities or adults, became a standard toy type. ln the 20th century new
materials have increased the range o possible toy shapes and unctions. Replacing the tin
soldier, we now have plastic ighting igures, many o which originate in television cartoons
and are disliked by many parent groups. Joday the toy industry has become such big business
that there are even toy supermarket chains.
Text 18
Age
Jhe average length o time which industrialised societies live now eceeds 75 years, and
there are indications that this number will continue to increase. Remarkably, a century ago the
average death was just 47 years. Jhe reasons or this dramatic increase are plentiul and
comple but no doubt relect advances in medicine and surgery and improvements in
sanitation, education, and public health strategies. 0ne thing that the increase in average
lie-span does not relect, however, is the maimum length o time human species could
achieve. For human beings the record-lie span is 114 years and 296 days, achieved by a
welsh woman who attributed her longevity to a simple lie, plenty o vegetables and a little
amount o sherry on her birthdays.
l humans cannot realistically hope to etend their lie-span beyond 100-115 years, can
they look orward to the discovery o something that will at least slow their ageing? Jhe
ountain o youth, sought or centuries, has been diicult to ind. However, scientists are in
search o this valuable substance and, on the basis o their inding thus ar, there is some
reason or optimism. /lso promising are human studies o the eects o hormones on ageing:
scientists have demonstrated that the replacement o certain hormones that diminish with age
is associated with an increase in vigour and, presumably, a slowing o the ageing process. But
these results must still be considered preliminary, however.

InglesparaFuerzasyCuerposdeSeguridadEd Mad

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

InglesparaFuerzasyCuerposdeSeguridadEd Mad

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

|ng|os

1. Ad]etivos y pronombres posesivos

1. Formas de expresar la posesin

Mrs Horton is a housewie. 3he has a lot o things to do every day. /

1. Ad]etivos y pronombres demostrativos

1. Formacin del past simple

1. Formacin de la segunda persona del imperativo

A) Pcner en el tiempc adecuadc: Usa diccicnaric si es necesaric.

1. Ad]etivos y pronombres indefinidos

1. Forma del verbo to do

1. La oracin relativa: clases

Anda mungkin juga menyukai